<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" version="2.0"><channel><title>Find Best-Selling Full Trial Audiobooks in Self-Improvement, Career Development</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/find-best-selling-full-audiobooks-in-self-improvement-career-development--6576148</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/454/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/454/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports &amp; Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life. Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></description><atom:link href="https://www.spreaker.com/show/6576148/episodes/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/><language>en</language><category>Self-Improvement</category><copyright>Copyright Megane  Powlowski</copyright><image><url>https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/06e4775b23577677fb2231056f57680e.jpg</url><title>Find Best-Selling Full Trial Audiobooks in Self-Improvement, Career Development</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/find-best-selling-full-audiobooks-in-self-improvement-career-development--6576148</link></image><lastBuildDate>Sat, 29 Mar 2025 10:30:04 +0000</lastBuildDate><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:owner><itunes:name>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:name><itunes:email>feeds@spreaker.com</itunes:email></itunes:owner><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/06e4775b23577677fb2231056f57680e.jpg"/><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/454/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/454/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/454/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports &amp; Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life. Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:category text="Education"><itunes:category text="Self-Improvement"/></itunes:category><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type><item><title>Millionaire Mindset: The Simple Habits And Thinking Behind Money, Wealth, and Success by Paul J. Stanley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/millionaire-mindset-the-simple-habits-and-thinking-behind-money-wealth-and-success-by-paul-j-stanley--65215613</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332559" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332559</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Millionaire Mindset: The Simple Habits And Thinking Behind Money, Wealth, and Success Author: Paul J. Stanley Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.1 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Have you heard that saying? “You have to think rich to be rich.” This is another way of saying that the wealthy people all think as one. This is especially so when it comes to the way they manage their finances. Learn how to think like the rich do! Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. A huge number of millionaires earned their millions by working for it. Only a little fraction of the rich inherited it. What does this show? It shows that the majority of the wealthy people had to work it through, following consistently with their vision to succeed. You can actually live out your dreams! Knowing that there is a mindset that millionaires live by is another way of saying that that can live that way and also become a millionaire in time. After all, a millionaire is a normal person who has stuck with the principles of financial success. If you can stick with it, you can make it right to the very top. - Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... - Who Is A Millionaire? - How Is A Millionaire Mindset Acquired? - What Habits Does A Millionaire Have? - Getting Rich Slowly - Always Seek Good Seek Counsel - Why Choose The Millionaire Mindset? - Some Piece Of Advice - And basically everything you need to know to start improving your mindset today.  Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332559</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2022 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215613/9781982701154.mp3" length="1477801" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332559 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Millionaire Mindset: The Simple Habits And Thinking Behind Money, Wealth, and Success Author: Paul J. Stanley Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332559" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332559</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Millionaire Mindset: The Simple Habits And Thinking Behind Money, Wealth, and Success Author: Paul J. Stanley Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.1 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Have you heard that saying? “You have to think rich to be rich.” This is another way of saying that the wealthy people all think as one. This is especially so when it comes to the way they manage their finances. Learn how to think like the rich do! Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. A huge number of millionaires earned their millions by working for it. Only a little fraction of the rich inherited it. What does this show? It shows that the majority of the wealthy people had to work it through, following consistently with their vision to succeed. You can actually live out your dreams! Knowing that there is a mindset that millionaires live by is another way of saying that that can live that way and also become a millionaire in time. After all, a millionaire is a normal person who has stuck with the principles of financial success. If you can stick with it, you can make it right to the very top. - Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... - Who Is A Millionaire? - How Is A Millionaire Mindset Acquired? - What Habits Does A Millionaire Have? - Getting Rich Slowly - Always Seek Good Seek Counsel - Why Choose The Millionaire Mindset? - Some Piece Of Advice - And basically everything you need to know to start improving your mindset today.  Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1e8cb24e0c7c9b2470ff3929e5e803b3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Self-Discipline: The Ultimate Guide To Beat Procrastination, Achieve Your Goals, and Get What You Want In Your Life by Adam Brown</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/self-discipline-the-ultimate-guide-to-beat-procrastination-achieve-your-goals-and-get-what-you-want-in-your-life-by-adam-brown--65215604</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336516" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336516</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Discipline: The Ultimate Guide To Beat Procrastination, Achieve Your Goals, and Get What You Want In Your Life Author: Adam Brown Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Learn proven steps and strategies on how to start, how to keep going, and how to stay motivated to accomplish any goal in life. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. Nowadays, it’s hard to focus on one thing because of so many things happening at once in our fast-paced world. There are a lot of distractions that keep us away from achieving our dreams. It’s even harder to finish our tasks when they don’t provide us with any excitement at all. But the key to success is self-discipline. We need to train ourselves to see the big picture. Acquiring and strengthening good habits will open doors to countless opportunities. Eventually, we’ll surely be reaping the benefits of hard work. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... - What is Self-Discipline? - Ways to Develop Self-Discipline - Time Management - The Power of Goal Setting - Resisting Temptations - How to Stay Motivated in the Midst of Negativity - Staying on Track - Meditation For Success - And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336516</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2022 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215604/9781982706883.mp3" length="1477843" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336516 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Discipline: The Ultimate Guide To Beat Procrastination, Achieve Your Goals, and Get What You Want In Your Life Author: Adam Brown Narrator: Nick...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336516" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336516</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Discipline: The Ultimate Guide To Beat Procrastination, Achieve Your Goals, and Get What You Want In Your Life Author: Adam Brown Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Learn proven steps and strategies on how to start, how to keep going, and how to stay motivated to accomplish any goal in life. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. Nowadays, it’s hard to focus on one thing because of so many things happening at once in our fast-paced world. There are a lot of distractions that keep us away from achieving our dreams. It’s even harder to finish our tasks when they don’t provide us with any excitement at all. But the key to success is self-discipline. We need to train ourselves to see the big picture. Acquiring and strengthening good habits will open doors to countless opportunities. Eventually, we’ll surely be reaping the benefits of hard work. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... - What is Self-Discipline? - Ways to Develop Self-Discipline - Time Management - The Power of Goal Setting - Resisting Temptations - How to Stay Motivated in the Midst of Negativity - Staying on Track - Meditation For Success - And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2a540c25f2752d21cd1511f78ac56eb9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Infinite Game by Simon Sinek</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-infinite-game-by-simon-sinek--65215493</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343307" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343307</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Infinite Game Author: Simon Sinek Narrator: Simon Sinek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.72 of Total 133   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 36 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From the New York Times bestselling author of Start With Why and Leaders Eat Last, a bold framework for leadership in today’s ever-changing world.     How do we win a game that has no end? Finite games, like football or chess, have known players, fixed rules and a clear endpoint. The winners and losers are easily identified. Infinite games, games with no finish line, like business or politics, or life itself, have players who come and go. The rules of an infinite game are changeable while infinite games have no defined endpoint. There are no winners or losers—only ahead and behind.      The question is, how do we play to succeed in the game we’re in?     In this revelatory book, Simon Sinek offers a framework for leading with an infinite mindset. On one hand, none of us can resist the fleeting thrills of a promotion earned or a tournament won, yet these rewards fade quickly. In pursuit of a Just Cause, we will commit to a vision of a future world so appealing that we will build it week after week, month after month, year after year. Although we do not know the exact form this world will take, working toward it gives our work and our life meaning.      Leaders who embrace an infinite mindset build stronger, more innovative, more inspiring organizations. Ultimately, they are the ones who lead us into the future.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343307</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2019 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215493/9781984828514.mp3" length="2437155" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343307 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Infinite Game Author: Simon Sinek Narrator: Simon Sinek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343307" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343307</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Infinite Game Author: Simon Sinek Narrator: Simon Sinek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.72 of Total 133   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 36 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From the New York Times bestselling author of Start With Why and Leaders Eat Last, a bold framework for leadership in today’s ever-changing world.     How do we win a game that has no end? Finite games, like football or chess, have known players, fixed rules and a clear endpoint. The winners and losers are easily identified. Infinite games, games with no finish line, like business or politics, or life itself, have players who come and go. The rules of an infinite game are changeable while infinite games have no defined endpoint. There are no winners or losers—only ahead and behind.      The question is, how do we play to succeed in the game we’re in?     In this revelatory book, Simon Sinek offers a framework for leading with an infinite mindset. On one hand, none of us can resist the fleeting thrills of a promotion earned or a tournament won, yet these rewards fade quickly. In pursuit of a Just Cause, we will commit to a vision of a future world so appealing that we will build it week after week, month after month, year after year. Although we do not know the exact form this world will take, working toward it gives our work and our life meaning.      Leaders who embrace an infinite mindset build stronger, more innovative, more inspiring organizations. Ultimately, they are the ones who lead us into the future.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/167e20fc8ca99715aceefcb50a3c88da.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Robots Are Coming!: The Future of Jobs in the Age of Automation by Andres Oppenheimer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-robots-are-coming-the-future-of-jobs-in-the-age-of-automation-by-andres-oppenheimer--65215492</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343337" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343337</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Robots Are Coming!: The Future of Jobs in the Age of Automation Author: Andres Oppenheimer Narrator: Henry Levya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Staying true to his trademark journalistic approach, Andrés Oppenheimer takes his readers on yet another journey, this time across the globe, in a thought-provoking search to understand what the future holds for today's jobs in the foreseeable age of automation. The Robots Are Coming! centers around the issue of jobs and their future in the context of rapid automation and the growth of online products and services. As two of Oppenheimer's interviewees -- both experts in technology and economics from Oxford University -- indicate, forty-seven percent of existing jobs are at risk of becoming automated or rendered obsolete by other technological changes in the next twenty years. Oppenheimer examines current changes in several fields, including the food business, legal work, banking, and medicine, speaking with experts in the field, and citing articles and literature on automation in various areas of the workforce. He contrasts the perspectives of 'techno-optimists' with those of 'techno-negativists' and generally attempts to find a middle ground between an alarmist vision of the future, and one that is too uncritical. A self-described 'cautious optimist', Oppenheimer believes that technology will not create massive unemployment, but rather will drastically change what work looks like.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343337</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215492/9781984885852.mp3" length="4837086" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343337 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Robots Are Coming!: The Future of Jobs in the Age of Automation Author: Andres Oppenheimer Narrator: Henry Levya Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343337" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343337</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Robots Are Coming!: The Future of Jobs in the Age of Automation Author: Andres Oppenheimer Narrator: Henry Levya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Staying true to his trademark journalistic approach, Andrés Oppenheimer takes his readers on yet another journey, this time across the globe, in a thought-provoking search to understand what the future holds for today's jobs in the foreseeable age of automation. The Robots Are Coming! centers around the issue of jobs and their future in the context of rapid automation and the growth of online products and services. As two of Oppenheimer's interviewees -- both experts in technology and economics from Oxford University -- indicate, forty-seven percent of existing jobs are at risk of becoming automated or rendered obsolete by other technological changes in the next twenty years. Oppenheimer examines current changes in several fields, including the food business, legal work, banking, and medicine, speaking with experts in the field, and citing articles and literature on automation in various areas of the workforce. He contrasts the perspectives of 'techno-optimists' with those of 'techno-negativists' and generally attempts to find a middle ground between an alarmist vision of the future, and one that is too uncritical. A self-described 'cautious optimist', Oppenheimer believes that technology will not create massive unemployment, but rather will drastically change what work looks like.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/48c74600bcb2021cda8f61b310994b84.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Zen Your Work: Create Your Ideal Work Experience Through Mindful Self-Mastery by Karlyn Borysenko</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/zen-your-work-create-your-ideal-work-experience-through-mindful-self-mastery-by-karlyn-borysenko--65215502</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343266" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343266</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zen Your Work: Create Your Ideal Work Experience Through Mindful Self-Mastery Author: Karlyn Borysenko Narrator: Judith Hoag Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Use mindfulness techniques to handle toxic stress in the workplace and to create your ideal professional experience from the inside out. While working in a particularly toxic environment, Karlyn Borysenko came to this liberating realization: she couldn't control other people, but she could control herself, her perspective, and her actions. Now an organizational psychologist, consultant, and executive coach, Borysenko shows us how to bridge the gap between where we are now and what will bring us the most professional success and happiness. We must achieve self-mastery--by accepting responsibility for our actions, understanding our innate work style, and discerning when and how to push outside our comfort zone.     In Zen Your Work, Borysenko shows us how to set personal goals that allow us to focus our energy and create measures of success that aren't affected by the cynicism, competitiveness, or narcissism of others. Borysenko teaches us to apply mindfulness techniques in a highly practical way to achieve professional success, create game-changing relationships (even with the most negative people in the office), decrease stress, and enjoy a better work/life balance.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343266</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215502/9780525642510.mp3" length="2437145" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343266 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zen Your Work: Create Your Ideal Work Experience Through Mindful Self-Mastery Author: Karlyn Borysenko Narrator: Judith Hoag Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343266" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343266</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zen Your Work: Create Your Ideal Work Experience Through Mindful Self-Mastery Author: Karlyn Borysenko Narrator: Judith Hoag Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Use mindfulness techniques to handle toxic stress in the workplace and to create your ideal professional experience from the inside out. While working in a particularly toxic environment, Karlyn Borysenko came to this liberating realization: she couldn't control other people, but she could control herself, her perspective, and her actions. Now an organizational psychologist, consultant, and executive coach, Borysenko shows us how to bridge the gap between where we are now and what will bring us the most professional success and happiness. We must achieve self-mastery--by accepting responsibility for our actions, understanding our innate work style, and discerning when and how to push outside our comfort zone.     In Zen Your Work, Borysenko shows us how to set personal goals that allow us to focus our energy and create measures of success that aren't affected by the cynicism, competitiveness, or narcissism of others. Borysenko teaches us to apply mindfulness techniques in a highly practical way to achieve professional success, create game-changing relationships (even with the most negative people in the office), decrease stress, and enjoy a better work/life balance.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ebc3c83e607cdaf18e63e613f3388f41.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Make Time: How to Focus on What Matters Every Day by Jake Knapp, John Zeratsky</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/make-time-how-to-focus-on-what-matters-every-day-by-jake-knapp-john-zeratsky--65215494</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342189" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342189</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Time: How to Focus on What Matters Every Day Author: Jake Knapp, John Zeratsky Narrator: John Zeratsky, Jake Knapp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.74 of Total 19   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From the New York Times bestselling authors of Sprint comes “a unique and engaging read about a proven habit framework [that] readers can apply to each day” (Insider, Best Books to Form New Habits). “If you want to achieve more (without going nuts), read this book.”—Charles Duhigg, author of The Power of Habit Nobody ever looked at an empty calendar and said, 'The best way to spend this time is by cramming it full of meetings!' or got to work in the morning and thought, Today I'll spend hours on Facebook! Yet that's exactly what we do. Why? In a world where information refreshes endlessly and the workday feels like a race to react to other people's priorities faster, frazzled and distracted has become our default position. But what if the exhaustion of constant busyness wasn't mandatory? What if you could step off the hamster wheel and start taking control of your time and attention? That's what this book is about. As creators of Google Ventures' renowned 'design sprint,' Jake and John have helped hundreds of teams solve important problems by changing how they work. Building on the success of these sprints and their experience designing ubiquitous tech products from Gmail to YouTube, they spent years experimenting with their own habits and routines, looking for ways to help people optimize their energy, focus, and time. Now they've packaged the most effective tactics into a four-step daily framework that anyone can use to systematically design their days. Make Time is not a one-size-fits-all formula. Instead, it offers a customizable menu of bite-size tips and strategies that can be tailored to individual habits and lifestyles.  Make Time isn't about productivity, or checking off more to-dos. Nor does it propose unrealistic solutions like throwing out your smartphone or swearing off social media. Making time isn't about radically  overhauling your lifestyle; it's about making small shifts in your environment to liberate yourself from constant busyness and distraction. A must-read for anyone who has ever thought, If only there were more hours in the day..., Make Time will help you stop passively reacting to the demands of the modern world and start intentionally making time for the things that matter.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342189</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215494/9781984827951.mp3" length="4837086" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342189 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Time: How to Focus on What Matters Every Day Author: Jake Knapp, John Zeratsky Narrator: John Zeratsky, Jake Knapp Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342189" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342189</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Time: How to Focus on What Matters Every Day Author: Jake Knapp, John Zeratsky Narrator: John Zeratsky, Jake Knapp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.74 of Total 19   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From the New York Times bestselling authors of Sprint comes “a unique and engaging read about a proven habit framework [that] readers can apply to each day” (Insider, Best Books to Form New Habits). “If you want to achieve more (without going nuts), read this book.”—Charles Duhigg, author of The Power of Habit Nobody ever looked at an empty calendar and said, 'The best way to spend this time is by cramming it full of meetings!' or got to work in the morning and thought, Today I'll spend hours on Facebook! Yet that's exactly what we do. Why? In a world where information refreshes endlessly and the workday feels like a race to react to other people's priorities faster, frazzled and distracted has become our default position. But what if the exhaustion of constant busyness wasn't mandatory? What if you could step off the hamster wheel and start taking control of your time and attention? That's what this book is about. As creators of Google Ventures' renowned 'design sprint,' Jake and John have helped hundreds of teams solve important problems by changing how they work. Building on the success of these sprints and their experience designing ubiquitous tech products from Gmail to YouTube, they spent years experimenting with their own habits and routines, looking for ways to help people optimize their energy, focus, and time. Now they've packaged the most effective tactics into a four-step daily framework that anyone can use to systematically design their days. Make Time is not a one-size-fits-all formula. Instead, it offers a customizable menu of bite-size tips and strategies that can be tailored to individual habits and lifestyles.  Make Time isn't about productivity, or checking off more to-dos. Nor does it propose unrealistic solutions like throwing out your smartphone or swearing off social media. Making time isn't about radically  overhauling your lifestyle; it's about making small shifts in your environment to liberate yourself from constant busyness and distraction. A must-read for anyone who has ever thought, If only there were more hours in the day..., Make Time will help you stop passively reacting to the demands of the modern world and start intentionally making time for the things that matter.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c2270562c5758af532690693dacdace6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Wisdom at Work: The Making of a Modern Elder by Chip Conley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/wisdom-at-work-the-making-of-a-modern-elder-by-chip-conley--65215496</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343256" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343256</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wisdom at Work: The Making of a Modern Elder Author: Chip Conley Narrator: Chip Conley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Experience is making a comeback. Learn how to repurpose your wisdom. At age 52, after selling the company he founded and ran as CEO for 24 years, rebel boutique hotelier Chip Conley was looking at an open horizon in midlife. Then he received a call from the young founders of Airbnb, asking him to help grow their disruptive start-up into a global hospitality giant. He had the industry experience, but Conley was lacking in the digital fluency of his 20-something colleagues. He didn't write code, or have an Uber or Lyft app on his phone, was twice the age of the average Airbnb employee, and would be reporting to a CEO young enough to be his son. Conley quickly discovered that while he'd been hired as a teacher and mentor, he was also in many ways a student and intern. What emerged is the secret to thriving as a mid-life worker: learning to marry wisdom and experience with curiosity, a beginner's mind, and a willingness to evolve, all hallmarks of the 'Modern Elder.' In a world that venerates the new, bright, and shiny, many of us are left feeling invisible, undervalued, and threatened by the 'digital natives' nipping at our heels. But Conley argues that experience is on the brink of a comeback. Because at a time when power is shifting younger, companies are finally waking up to the value of the humility, emotional intelligence, and wisdom that come with age.  And while digital skills might have only the shelf life of the latest fad or gadget, the human skills that mid-career workers possess--like good judgment, specialized knowledge, and the ability to collaborate and coach - never expire. Part manifesto and part playbook, Wisdom@Work ignites an urgent conversation about ageism in the workplace, calling on us to treat age as we would other type of diversity. In the process, Conley liberates the term 'elder' from the stigma of 'elderly,' and inspires us to embrace wisdom as a path to growing whole, not old. Whether you've been forced to make a mid-career change, are choosing to work past retirement age, or are struggling to keep up with the millennials rising up the ranks, Wisdom@Work will help you write your next chapter.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343256</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Sep 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215496/9781984827937.mp3" length="2437141" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343256 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wisdom at Work: The Making of a Modern Elder Author: Chip Conley Narrator: Chip Conley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343256" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343256</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wisdom at Work: The Making of a Modern Elder Author: Chip Conley Narrator: Chip Conley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Experience is making a comeback. Learn how to repurpose your wisdom. At age 52, after selling the company he founded and ran as CEO for 24 years, rebel boutique hotelier Chip Conley was looking at an open horizon in midlife. Then he received a call from the young founders of Airbnb, asking him to help grow their disruptive start-up into a global hospitality giant. He had the industry experience, but Conley was lacking in the digital fluency of his 20-something colleagues. He didn't write code, or have an Uber or Lyft app on his phone, was twice the age of the average Airbnb employee, and would be reporting to a CEO young enough to be his son. Conley quickly discovered that while he'd been hired as a teacher and mentor, he was also in many ways a student and intern. What emerged is the secret to thriving as a mid-life worker: learning to marry wisdom and experience with curiosity, a beginner's mind, and a willingness to evolve, all hallmarks of the 'Modern Elder.' In a world that venerates the new, bright, and shiny, many of us are left feeling invisible, undervalued, and threatened by the 'digital natives' nipping at our heels. But Conley argues that experience is on the brink of a comeback. Because at a time when power is shifting younger, companies are finally waking up to the value of the humility, emotional intelligence, and wisdom that come with age.  And while digital skills might have only the shelf life of the latest fad or gadget, the human skills that mid-career workers possess--like good judgment, specialized knowledge, and the ability to collaborate and coach - never expire. Part manifesto and part playbook, Wisdom@Work ignites an urgent conversation about ageism in the workplace, calling on us to treat age as we would other type of diversity. In the process, Conley liberates the term 'elder' from the stigma of 'elderly,' and inspires us to embrace wisdom as a path to growing whole, not old. Whether you've been forced to make a mid-career change, are choosing to work past retirement age, or are struggling to keep up with the millennials rising up the ranks, Wisdom@Work will help you write your next chapter.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/23183d27bfc4b11b7a43c680204b6b41.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Farsighted: How We Make the Decisions That Matter the Most by Steven Johnson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/farsighted-how-we-make-the-decisions-that-matter-the-most-by-steven-johnson--65215498</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343234" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343234</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Farsighted: How We Make the Decisions That Matter the Most Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: George Newbern, Steven Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: September  4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The hardest choices are also the most consequential. So why do we know so little about how to get them right?  Big, life-altering decisions matter so much more than the decisions we make every day, and they're also the most difficult: where to live, whom to marry, what to believe, whether to start a company, how to end a war. There's no one-size-fits-all approach for addressing these kinds of conundrums.  Steven Johnson's classic Where Good Ideas Come From inspired creative people all over the world with new ways of thinking about innovation. In Farsighted, he uncovers powerful tools for honing the important skill of complex decision-making. While you can't model a once-in-a-lifetime choice, you can model the deliberative tactics of expert decision-makers. These experts aren't just the master strategists running major companies or negotiating high-level diplomacy. They're the novelists who draw out the complexity of their characters' inner lives, the city officials who secure long-term water supplies, and the scientists who reckon with future challenges most of us haven't even imagined. The smartest decision-makers don't go with their guts. Their success relies on having a future-oriented approach and the ability to consider all their options in a creative, productive way.  Through compelling stories that reveal surprising insights, Johnson explains how we can most effectively approach the choices that can chart the course of a life, an organization, or a civilization. Farsighted will help you imagine your possible futures and appreciate the subtle intelligence of the choices that shaped our broader social history.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343234</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Sep 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215498/9780525626008.mp3" length="2437159" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343234 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Farsighted: How We Make the Decisions That Matter the Most Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: George Newbern, Steven Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343234" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343234</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Farsighted: How We Make the Decisions That Matter the Most Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: George Newbern, Steven Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: September  4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The hardest choices are also the most consequential. So why do we know so little about how to get them right?  Big, life-altering decisions matter so much more than the decisions we make every day, and they're also the most difficult: where to live, whom to marry, what to believe, whether to start a company, how to end a war. There's no one-size-fits-all approach for addressing these kinds of conundrums.  Steven Johnson's classic Where Good Ideas Come From inspired creative people all over the world with new ways of thinking about innovation. In Farsighted, he uncovers powerful tools for honing the important skill of complex decision-making. While you can't model a once-in-a-lifetime choice, you can model the deliberative tactics of expert decision-makers. These experts aren't just the master strategists running major companies or negotiating high-level diplomacy. They're the novelists who draw out the complexity of their characters' inner lives, the city officials who secure long-term water supplies, and the scientists who reckon with future challenges most of us haven't even imagined. The smartest decision-makers don't go with their guts. Their success relies on having a future-oriented approach and the ability to consider all their options in a creative, productive way.  Through compelling stories that reveal surprising insights, Johnson explains how we can most effectively approach the choices that can chart the course of a life, an organization, or a civilization. Farsighted will help you imagine your possible futures and appreciate the subtle intelligence of the choices that shaped our broader social history.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e513d7d435ae30b7d9e1639fec84e5f3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Leapfrog: The New Revolution for Women Entrepreneurs by Nathalie Molina Niño, Sara Grace</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/leapfrog-the-new-revolution-for-women-entrepreneurs-by-nathalie-molina-nino-sara-grace--65215531</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341627" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341627</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leapfrog: The New Revolution for Women Entrepreneurs Author: Nathalie Molina Niño, Sara Grace Narrator: Nathalie Molina Niño, Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  For women entrepreneurs (and anyone sick of the status quo), this smart, unapologetic collection delivers fifty proven hacks to leapfrog over obstacles and succeed in business. 'A must-read for any woman who has a great idea and the nagging thought that doors are closed to her; Molina Niño helps to blow them open.'--Publishers Weekly Think the most critical factor for becoming a great entrepreneur is grit, risk-taking, or technical skills? Think again. Despite what every other business book might say, historical data show the real secret ingredients to getting ahead in business are being rich, white, and male.  Until now. Leapfrog is the decades-overdue startup bible for the rest of us. It's filled with uncompromising guidance for winning at business, your way. Leapfrog is for entrepreneurs of all stripes who are fed up with status quo advice--the kind that assumes you have rich friends and family and a public relations team. Refreshingly frank and witty, author Nathalie Molina Niño is a serial tech entrepreneur, the founder and CEO of BRAVA Investments, and a proud daughter of Latinx immigrants. While teaching budding entrepreneurs at Barnard College at Columbia University and searching the globe for investment-worthy startups, she has met or advised thousands of entrepreneurs who've gone from zero to scalable business. Here she shares their best secrets in the form of fifty 'leapfrogs'--clever loopholes and shortcuts to outsmart, jump over, or straight up annihilate the seemingly intractable hurdles facing entrepreneurs who don't have family money, cultural capital, or connections.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341627</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Aug 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215531/9780525627630.mp3" length="2437183" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341627 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leapfrog: The New Revolution for Women Entrepreneurs Author: Nathalie Molina Niño, Sara Grace Narrator: Nathalie Molina Niño, Adenrele Ojo Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341627" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341627</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leapfrog: The New Revolution for Women Entrepreneurs Author: Nathalie Molina Niño, Sara Grace Narrator: Nathalie Molina Niño, Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  For women entrepreneurs (and anyone sick of the status quo), this smart, unapologetic collection delivers fifty proven hacks to leapfrog over obstacles and succeed in business. 'A must-read for any woman who has a great idea and the nagging thought that doors are closed to her; Molina Niño helps to blow them open.'--Publishers Weekly Think the most critical factor for becoming a great entrepreneur is grit, risk-taking, or technical skills? Think again. Despite what every other business book might say, historical data show the real secret ingredients to getting ahead in business are being rich, white, and male.  Until now. Leapfrog is the decades-overdue startup bible for the rest of us. It's filled with uncompromising guidance for winning at business, your way. Leapfrog is for entrepreneurs of all stripes who are fed up with status quo advice--the kind that assumes you have rich friends and family and a public relations team. Refreshingly frank and witty, author Nathalie Molina Niño is a serial tech entrepreneur, the founder and CEO of BRAVA Investments, and a proud daughter of Latinx immigrants. While teaching budding entrepreneurs at Barnard College at Columbia University and searching the globe for investment-worthy startups, she has met or advised thousands of entrepreneurs who've gone from zero to scalable business. Here she shares their best secrets in the form of fifty 'leapfrogs'--clever loopholes and shortcuts to outsmart, jump over, or straight up annihilate the seemingly intractable hurdles facing entrepreneurs who don't have family money, cultural capital, or connections.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f8c13f47255ec585c17303bf39d3b077.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>You're Not Lost: An Inspired Action Plan for Finding Your Own Way by Maxie Mccoy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-re-not-lost-an-inspired-action-plan-for-finding-your-own-way-by-maxie-mccoy--65215507</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341617" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341617</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're Not Lost: An Inspired Action Plan for Finding Your Own Way Author: Maxie Mccoy Narrator: Maxie Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  A tough-loving guide to figuring out your next steps and believing in yourself enough to take them  If there's one phrase women’s leadership expert Maxie McCoy hears over and over again in talking to young women, it's 'I'm so lost.' Not only do they doubt the direction their lives are going—they don’t even know where to start making changes. This book provides a straight shot of encouragement to change that.        You're Not Lost is the manifesto for a generation of women who don't have the self-confidence to trust their instincts and go for it. This compelling guide gets to the root of the problem, showing you how to drop the panic-inducing, big-picture obsession over 'Where am I going with my life?' and instead shines a spotlight on the small yet impactful decisions that will take you from lost to found.         With step-by-step advice, thought-provoking exercises, and real-life stories from Maxie and other inspirational women who have been there and succeeded, this book is an energizing action plan for getting to the amazing career and life you deserve. *Includes a Bonus PDF with worksheets]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341617</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Aug 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215507/9780525627593.mp3" length="4837064" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341617 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're Not Lost: An Inspired Action Plan for Finding Your Own Way Author: Maxie Mccoy Narrator: Maxie Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341617" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341617</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're Not Lost: An Inspired Action Plan for Finding Your Own Way Author: Maxie Mccoy Narrator: Maxie Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  A tough-loving guide to figuring out your next steps and believing in yourself enough to take them  If there's one phrase women’s leadership expert Maxie McCoy hears over and over again in talking to young women, it's 'I'm so lost.' Not only do they doubt the direction their lives are going—they don’t even know where to start making changes. This book provides a straight shot of encouragement to change that.        You're Not Lost is the manifesto for a generation of women who don't have the self-confidence to trust their instincts and go for it. This compelling guide gets to the root of the problem, showing you how to drop the panic-inducing, big-picture obsession over 'Where am I going with my life?' and instead shines a spotlight on the small yet impactful decisions that will take you from lost to found.         With step-by-step advice, thought-provoking exercises, and real-life stories from Maxie and other inspirational women who have been there and succeeded, this book is an energizing action plan for getting to the amazing career and life you deserve. *Includes a Bonus PDF with worksheets]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/62aa7fa63a53409b064b38c819ade037.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Pomodoro Technique: The Acclaimed Time-Management System That Has Transformed How We Work by Francesco Cirillo</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-pomodoro-technique-the-acclaimed-time-management-system-that-has-transformed-how-we-work-by-francesco-cirillo--65215497</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341614" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341614</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pomodoro Technique: The Acclaimed Time-Management System That Has Transformed How We Work Author: Francesco Cirillo Narrator: Francesco Cirillo, Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Discover the internationally acclaimed time management system that’s gone viral on TikTok and has already changed millions of lives!  Francesco Cirillo developed his famed system for improving productivity as a college student thirty years ago. Using a kitchen timer shaped like a pomodoro (Italian for tomato), Cirillo divided the time he spent working on a project into 25-minute intervals, with 5-minute breaks in between, in order to get more done, without interruptions.  By grouping a number of pomodoros together, users can tackle a project of any length, and drastically improve their productivity, enhance their focus, and better achieve their goals.  Originally self-published, and shared virally online, this new publication of The Pomodoro Technique includes several new chapters on how teams can use the pomodoro method to save time and increase productivity. The process underlying Cirillo’s technique includes five stages: planning the day’s tasks, tracking your efforts, recording your daily activities, processing what you have done, and visualizing areas for improvement. With this tried and tested method, readers can simplify their work, find out how much time and effort a task really requires, and improve their focus so they can get more done in the same amount of time each day.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341614</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Aug 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215497/9780525500155.mp3" length="4837078" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341614 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pomodoro Technique: The Acclaimed Time-Management System That Has Transformed How We Work Author: Francesco Cirillo Narrator: Francesco Cirillo,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341614" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341614</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pomodoro Technique: The Acclaimed Time-Management System That Has Transformed How We Work Author: Francesco Cirillo Narrator: Francesco Cirillo, Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Discover the internationally acclaimed time management system that’s gone viral on TikTok and has already changed millions of lives!  Francesco Cirillo developed his famed system for improving productivity as a college student thirty years ago. Using a kitchen timer shaped like a pomodoro (Italian for tomato), Cirillo divided the time he spent working on a project into 25-minute intervals, with 5-minute breaks in between, in order to get more done, without interruptions.  By grouping a number of pomodoros together, users can tackle a project of any length, and drastically improve their productivity, enhance their focus, and better achieve their goals.  Originally self-published, and shared virally online, this new publication of The Pomodoro Technique includes several new chapters on how teams can use the pomodoro method to save time and increase productivity. The process underlying Cirillo’s technique includes five stages: planning the day’s tasks, tracking your efforts, recording your daily activities, processing what you have done, and visualizing areas for improvement. With this tried and tested method, readers can simplify their work, find out how much time and effort a task really requires, and improve their focus so they can get more done in the same amount of time each day.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a13932c236de5d1b06c4eb55a94e8879.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>An Audience of One: Reclaiming Creativity for its Own Sake by Robin Dellabough, Srinivas Rao</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/an-audience-of-one-reclaiming-creativity-for-its-own-sake-by-robin-dellabough-srinivas-rao--65215506</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340882" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340882</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Audience of One: Reclaiming Creativity for its Own Sake Author: Robin Dellabough, Srinivas Rao Narrator: Srinivas Rao Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: August  7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The creator of the Unmistakable Creative podcast makes a counterintuitive argument: By focusing your creative work on pleasing yourself, you can increase your productivity, happiness, and (eventually, paradoxically) the size of your audience. Creating for your own pleasure--whether you're writing a novel, composing songs, or painting a landscape--can seem pointless. It's tempting to focus on pursuing money and fame, rather than the process itself. But as Srini Rao warns, creating then turns into a chore that can harm your self-esteem and suck the pleasure out of life, rather than being a source of joy. Rao, host of the podcast The Unmistakable Creative, argues that we should counter this thinking by intentionally creating art for ourselves alone--an audience of one. In this book he shares the fascinating true stories of creatives who took this path, along with actionable tips and the research of creativity experts. You'll learn, for example: - How Oprah's intentional focus on her own work rather than the opinions of everyone else catapulted her into one of the most popular talk shows of all time. - How being process-driven can not only help you produce more work, but can make you happier outside of your creative time. - How to put together a creative 'team of rivals' whose feedback can help you hone your craft and filter out useless feedback. By playing to an audience of one, we can find more happiness, increased productivity, and a greater sense of community.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340882</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Aug 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215506/9780525633242.mp3" length="4837069" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340882 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Audience of One: Reclaiming Creativity for its Own Sake Author: Robin Dellabough, Srinivas Rao Narrator: Srinivas Rao Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340882" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340882</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Audience of One: Reclaiming Creativity for its Own Sake Author: Robin Dellabough, Srinivas Rao Narrator: Srinivas Rao Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: August  7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The creator of the Unmistakable Creative podcast makes a counterintuitive argument: By focusing your creative work on pleasing yourself, you can increase your productivity, happiness, and (eventually, paradoxically) the size of your audience. Creating for your own pleasure--whether you're writing a novel, composing songs, or painting a landscape--can seem pointless. It's tempting to focus on pursuing money and fame, rather than the process itself. But as Srini Rao warns, creating then turns into a chore that can harm your self-esteem and suck the pleasure out of life, rather than being a source of joy. Rao, host of the podcast The Unmistakable Creative, argues that we should counter this thinking by intentionally creating art for ourselves alone--an audience of one. In this book he shares the fascinating true stories of creatives who took this path, along with actionable tips and the research of creativity experts. You'll learn, for example: - How Oprah's intentional focus on her own work rather than the opinions of everyone else catapulted her into one of the most popular talk shows of all time. - How being process-driven can not only help you produce more work, but can make you happier outside of your creative time. - How to put together a creative 'team of rivals' whose feedback can help you hone your craft and filter out useless feedback. By playing to an audience of one, we can find more happiness, increased productivity, and a greater sense of community.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9d2b3a0aaf1a89e8d94a74db714d7713.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Powered by Storytelling: Excavate, Craft, and Present Stories to Transform Business Communication by Murray Nossel, Phd</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/powered-by-storytelling-excavate-craft-and-present-stories-to-transform-business-communication-by-murray-nossel-phd--65215567</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339939" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339939</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powered by Storytelling: Excavate, Craft, and Present Stories to Transform Business Communication Author: Murray Nossel, Phd Narrator: Murray Nossel, Phd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  HARNESS THE UNIVERSAL POWER OF STORYTELLING TO IMPROVE ALL OF YOUR BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS. What’s your story? It’s a question human beings have been asking each other since we first gathered around a campfire. Millennia later, this human need for storytelling hasn’t changed. We communicate most effectively through our personal stories―and our professional success depends on it. This groundbreaking guide shows you how to tap into the timeless power of storytelling to transform your business. Here, executive coach, motivational speaker, and psychologist Murray Nossel, PhD, distills decades of experience into a simple method that will enable you to: - Find the right story for a particular audience and purpose. - Leverage your own experiences, memories, history, and heritage. - Create, develop, and craft a universal story that resonates.  - Connect with business associates on a more personal, relatable level.  - Share your corporate vision and goals―and get others on board.  - Resolve workplace conflicts and find workable solutions.  - Boost creativity, spread ideas, and spark true innovation.  - Improve teamwork and collaboration through listening and learning.  - Integrate storytelling into all your communications for ongoing success. You’ll learn the proven three-step method Murray’s firm, Narativ, uses with its clients, ranging from Fortune 500 companies to nonprofits. First, you excavate your personal memories and experiences to generate story ideas that suit your particular needs. Second, you craft and shape these elements into a classic story structure that really connects with audiences. Third, you present your story to your business audience using simple performance techniques that anyone can master. A fundamental element of this method is a focus on listening: the ability to hear yourself, as well as the feedback provided by a given audience―because it is your audience’s listening that shapes your telling. Everyone needs to communicate well to succeed in business. And everyone has a story to tell. Powered by Storytelling shows you how to tell your story, connect with your audience, and achieve results.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339939</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Jul 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215567/9781978605268.mp3" length="1478332" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powered by Storytelling: Excavate, Craft, and Present Stories to Transform Business Communication Author: Murray Nossel, Phd Narrator: Murray Nossel,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339939" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339939</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powered by Storytelling: Excavate, Craft, and Present Stories to Transform Business Communication Author: Murray Nossel, Phd Narrator: Murray Nossel, Phd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  HARNESS THE UNIVERSAL POWER OF STORYTELLING TO IMPROVE ALL OF YOUR BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS. What’s your story? It’s a question human beings have been asking each other since we first gathered around a campfire. Millennia later, this human need for storytelling hasn’t changed. We communicate most effectively through our personal stories―and our professional success depends on it. This groundbreaking guide shows you how to tap into the timeless power of storytelling to transform your business. Here, executive coach, motivational speaker, and psychologist Murray Nossel, PhD, distills decades of experience into a simple method that will enable you to: - Find the right story for a particular audience and purpose. - Leverage your own experiences, memories, history, and heritage. - Create, develop, and craft a universal story that resonates.  - Connect with business associates on a more personal, relatable level.  - Share your corporate vision and goals―and get others on board.  - Resolve workplace conflicts and find workable solutions.  - Boost creativity, spread ideas, and spark true innovation.  - Improve teamwork and collaboration through listening and learning.  - Integrate storytelling into all your communications for ongoing success. You’ll learn the proven three-step method Murray’s firm, Narativ, uses with its clients, ranging from Fortune 500 companies to nonprofits. First, you excavate your personal memories and experiences to generate story ideas that suit your particular needs. Second, you craft and shape these elements into a classic story structure that really connects with audiences. Third, you present your story to your business audience using simple performance techniques that anyone can master. A fundamental element of this method is a focus on listening: the ability to hear yourself, as well as the feedback provided by a given audience―because it is your audience’s listening that shapes your telling. Everyone needs to communicate well to succeed in business. And everyone has a story to tell. Powered by Storytelling shows you how to tell your story, connect with your audience, and achieve results.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d5a42c91ef511ea11d08c647f3f09a8f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Wishes Won't Bring Riches by Napoleon Hill</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/wishes-won-t-bring-riches-by-napoleon-hill--65215512</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341559" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341559</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wishes Won't Bring Riches Author: Napoleon Hill Narrator: Christopher Grove, Joe Ochman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In this lost classic, the pioneering motivational coach teaches how to make the crucial leap from faith to action in bringing your dreams to life.   Believe in yourself...Have faith. We often hear these expressions. But faith is not enough. We need Applied Faith. In three hard-hitting chapters, motivational master Napoleon Hill teaches you how to transform belief to action, and faith into real-life plans.   Application. Enthusiasm. Action. These are the three keys required to do more than just 'believe in yourself'--but to  actually BE the person you want to be.   Wishes Won't Bring Riches provides you with the missing link necessary to go from visualizing your dreams to living them.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341559</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Jul 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215512/9780525631439.mp3" length="4837095" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341559 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wishes Won't Bring Riches Author: Napoleon Hill Narrator: Christopher Grove, Joe Ochman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341559" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341559</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wishes Won't Bring Riches Author: Napoleon Hill Narrator: Christopher Grove, Joe Ochman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In this lost classic, the pioneering motivational coach teaches how to make the crucial leap from faith to action in bringing your dreams to life.   Believe in yourself...Have faith. We often hear these expressions. But faith is not enough. We need Applied Faith. In three hard-hitting chapters, motivational master Napoleon Hill teaches you how to transform belief to action, and faith into real-life plans.   Application. Enthusiasm. Action. These are the three keys required to do more than just 'believe in yourself'--but to  actually BE the person you want to be.   Wishes Won't Bring Riches provides you with the missing link necessary to go from visualizing your dreams to living them.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/255a06e9e2dca48eec4b80f8fa5fb066.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Without Saying a Word: Master the Science of Body Language and Maximize Your Success by Kasia Wezowski, Patryk Wezowski</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/without-saying-a-word-master-the-science-of-body-language-and-maximize-your-success-by-kasia-wezowski-patryk-wezowski--65215505</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341891" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341891</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Without Saying a Word: Master the Science of Body Language and Maximize Your Success Author: Kasia Wezowski, Patryk Wezowski Narrator: Kate Mulligan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  One wrong move can undercut your message. Believe it or not, our bodies speak louder than our words. Postures, gestures, and expressions convey reams of information—and often not what you’d expect. A smile, for example, is usually considered welcoming. But crook one corner of your mouth higher and you project superiority, subconsciously chasing other people away. Without Saying a Word explains how even the subtlest motions have meaning.  Distilling decades of research, the book deciphers these unspoken signals: from facial expressions and fleeting micro expressions to positive and negative body language. Discover which postures and gestures indicate confidence and build rapport—and which reveal disinterest, arrogance, or even aggression. Learn to end off-putting habits, accentuate good ones, and become an authentic and effective communicator.  Exhibiting body language that is open, honest, and self-assured increases your social influence and enhances your skill as a negotiator … while the ability to read the emotions and intentions of others is equally indispensable. Whether you’re making a presentation, pitching a project, or closing a deal, the right body language can be your best ally.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341891</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Jul 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215505/9781538539934.mp3" length="1478254" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341891 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Without Saying a Word: Master the Science of Body Language and Maximize Your Success Author: Kasia Wezowski, Patryk Wezowski Narrator: Kate Mulligan...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341891" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341891</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Without Saying a Word: Master the Science of Body Language and Maximize Your Success Author: Kasia Wezowski, Patryk Wezowski Narrator: Kate Mulligan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  One wrong move can undercut your message. Believe it or not, our bodies speak louder than our words. Postures, gestures, and expressions convey reams of information—and often not what you’d expect. A smile, for example, is usually considered welcoming. But crook one corner of your mouth higher and you project superiority, subconsciously chasing other people away. Without Saying a Word explains how even the subtlest motions have meaning.  Distilling decades of research, the book deciphers these unspoken signals: from facial expressions and fleeting micro expressions to positive and negative body language. Discover which postures and gestures indicate confidence and build rapport—and which reveal disinterest, arrogance, or even aggression. Learn to end off-putting habits, accentuate good ones, and become an authentic and effective communicator.  Exhibiting body language that is open, honest, and self-assured increases your social influence and enhances your skill as a negotiator … while the ability to read the emotions and intentions of others is equally indispensable. Whether you’re making a presentation, pitching a project, or closing a deal, the right body language can be your best ally.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8d4160997e3d55863f23dc06797706e0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Shift Your Thinking For Success: 77 Ways to Win at Work and in Life by Dean Del Sesto</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/shift-your-thinking-for-success-77-ways-to-win-at-work-and-in-life-by-dean-del-sesto--65215499</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342609" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342609</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shift Your Thinking For Success: 77 Ways to Win at Work and in Life Author: Dean Del Sesto Narrator: Thomas Day Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  We all desire success--but we don't all understand what success actually is. Success isn't a place you arrive at after working hard. That's a goal. Success is found in the character you maintain while you pursue your goals. It's about who we are and how we project our persona at work, at home, at school, and everywhere else. And all it takes to find success and fulfillment are simple shifts in the way we think.  In this wisdom-packed book, Dean Del Sesto offers readers 77 brief reflections to help them shift their thought patterns for greater success in business and life. He shows how to interrupt the things that aren't currently working and provides clear alternatives to think, plan, and act differently for better results.  Perfect for leaders, influencers, businesspeople, coaches, teachers, and professionals of all industries, Shift Your Thinking for Success is a game-changer.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342609</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Jul 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215499/9781621888130.mp3" length="2437155" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342609 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shift Your Thinking For Success: 77 Ways to Win at Work and in Life Author: Dean Del Sesto Narrator: Thomas Day Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342609" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342609</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shift Your Thinking For Success: 77 Ways to Win at Work and in Life Author: Dean Del Sesto Narrator: Thomas Day Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  We all desire success--but we don't all understand what success actually is. Success isn't a place you arrive at after working hard. That's a goal. Success is found in the character you maintain while you pursue your goals. It's about who we are and how we project our persona at work, at home, at school, and everywhere else. And all it takes to find success and fulfillment are simple shifts in the way we think.  In this wisdom-packed book, Dean Del Sesto offers readers 77 brief reflections to help them shift their thought patterns for greater success in business and life. He shows how to interrupt the things that aren't currently working and provides clear alternatives to think, plan, and act differently for better results.  Perfect for leaders, influencers, businesspeople, coaches, teachers, and professionals of all industries, Shift Your Thinking for Success is a game-changer.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fb54ca6019f4333c8e91d752dc924c73.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Monk and the Riddle: The Art of Creating a Life While Making a Living by Kent Lineback, Randy Komisar</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-monk-and-the-riddle-the-art-of-creating-a-life-while-making-a-living-by-kent-lineback-randy-komisar--65215559</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335733" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335733</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Monk and the Riddle: The Art of Creating a Life While Making a Living Author: Kent Lineback, Randy Komisar Narrator: Randy Komisar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  What would you be willing to do for the rest of your life...? It's a question most of us consider only hypothetically-opting instead to ''do what we have to do'' to earn a living. But in the critically acclaimed bestseller ''The Monk and the Riddle'', entrepreneurial sage Randy Komisar asks us to answer it for real.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335733</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Jul 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215559/9780062881717.mp3" length="2437169" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335733 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Monk and the Riddle: The Art of Creating a Life While Making a Living Author: Kent Lineback, Randy Komisar Narrator: Randy Komisar Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335733" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335733</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Monk and the Riddle: The Art of Creating a Life While Making a Living Author: Kent Lineback, Randy Komisar Narrator: Randy Komisar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  What would you be willing to do for the rest of your life...? It's a question most of us consider only hypothetically-opting instead to ''do what we have to do'' to earn a living. But in the critically acclaimed bestseller ''The Monk and the Riddle'', entrepreneurial sage Randy Komisar asks us to answer it for real.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/48590c25211c6c748cc8d266d330a736.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Like She Owns the Place: Give Yourself the Gift of Confidence and Ignite Your Inner Magic by Cara Alwill</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/like-she-owns-the-place-give-yourself-the-gift-of-confidence-and-ignite-your-inner-magic-by-cara-alwill--65215548</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337055" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337055</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Like She Owns the Place: Give Yourself the Gift of Confidence and Ignite Your Inner Magic Author: Cara Alwill Narrator: Cara Alwill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Can you imagine what life would be like if you could accept failure, cellulite, wrinkles, imperfection, screw-ups, and vulnerability?   I’ll tell you what would happen: you would finally take that weight off your shoulders and build unshakeable, sustainable confidence. The truth is that confidence isn’t about living up to anyone’s expectations—it’s about affirming, every day, that you’re an effing boss. It’s not the result of being skinny, making a six figure salary, finding your dream partner, or drinking a green juice every day. It requires patience, dedication, forgiveness, bravery, and an incredible amount of self-compassion.     You’ve probably read that “confidence is a choice,” and while that’s true, it’s more accurate to say that confidence is a series of repeated choices to accept yourself. To choose pride over insecurity. And to fearlessly show up in the world as the truest expression of yourself.  It took me a long time to overcome all the BS. It took me a longer time to develop a rock-solid sense of inner-peace and become intimate with my intuition. To achieve real confidence that lasted longer than a sugar rush.    My goal with this book is to share with you how I have arrived here, how I’ve helped my clients arrive here, and hopefully save you years of pain, shame, and uncertainty. Because, girl, I know how rocky this road can be. I’m going to show you how to block out all the noise around you, and how to free yourself from the opinions and judgment of others. I’m going to teach you how to trust your gut, reclaim your life, and rock what you’ve got.    I’m going to show you how to own the place.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337055</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Jul 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215548/9780525630517.mp3" length="4837231" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337055 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Like She Owns the Place: Give Yourself the Gift of Confidence and Ignite Your Inner Magic Author: Cara Alwill Narrator: Cara Alwill Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337055" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337055</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Like She Owns the Place: Give Yourself the Gift of Confidence and Ignite Your Inner Magic Author: Cara Alwill Narrator: Cara Alwill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Can you imagine what life would be like if you could accept failure, cellulite, wrinkles, imperfection, screw-ups, and vulnerability?   I’ll tell you what would happen: you would finally take that weight off your shoulders and build unshakeable, sustainable confidence. The truth is that confidence isn’t about living up to anyone’s expectations—it’s about affirming, every day, that you’re an effing boss. It’s not the result of being skinny, making a six figure salary, finding your dream partner, or drinking a green juice every day. It requires patience, dedication, forgiveness, bravery, and an incredible amount of self-compassion.     You’ve probably read that “confidence is a choice,” and while that’s true, it’s more accurate to say that confidence is a series of repeated choices to accept yourself. To choose pride over insecurity. And to fearlessly show up in the world as the truest expression of yourself.  It took me a long time to overcome all the BS. It took me a longer time to develop a rock-solid sense of inner-peace and become intimate with my intuition. To achieve real confidence that lasted longer than a sugar rush.    My goal with this book is to share with you how I have arrived here, how I’ve helped my clients arrive here, and hopefully save you years of pain, shame, and uncertainty. Because, girl, I know how rocky this road can be. I’m going to show you how to block out all the noise around you, and how to free yourself from the opinions and judgment of others. I’m going to teach you how to trust your gut, reclaim your life, and rock what you’ve got.    I’m going to show you how to own the place.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/92c59296a726d03d51622ba895298ead.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Getting Things Done for Teens: Take Control of Your Life in a Distracting World by Mark Wallace, Mike Williams, David Allen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-things-done-for-teens-take-control-of-your-life-in-a-distracting-world-by-mark-wallace-mike-williams-david-allen--65215534</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340884" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340884</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Things Done for Teens: Take Control of Your Life in a Distracting World Author: Mark Wallace, Mike Williams, David Allen Narrator: Christopher Gebauer, David Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 34 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  An adaptation of the business classic Getting Things Done for teenage readers The most interconnected generation in history is navigating unimaginable amounts of social pressure, both in personal and online interactions. Very little time, focus, or education is being spent teaching and coaching this generation how to navigate this unprecedented amount of 'stuff' entering their lives each day. How do we help the overloaded and distracted next generation deal with increasing complexity and help them not only survive, but thrive? How do we help them experience stress-free productivity and gain momentum and confidence? How do we help them achieve autonomy, so that they can confidently take on whatever comes their way?  Getting Things Done for Teens will train the next generation to overcome these obstacles and flourish by coaching them to use the internationally renowned Getting Things Done methodology. In its two editions, David Allen's classic has been translated into dozens of languages and sold over a million copies, establishing itself as one of the most influential business books of its era, and the ultimate book on personal organization. Getting Things Done for Teens will adapt its lessons by offering a fresh take on the GTD methodology, framing life as a game to play and GTD as the game pieces and strategies to play your most effective game.  It presents GTD in a highly visual way and frames the methodology as not only as a system for being productive in school, but as a set of tools for everyday life.    Getting Things Done for Teens is the how-to manual for the next generation--a strategic guidebook for creating the conditions for a fruitful and effective future. Includes a bonus PDF with a visual Summary, Lab Experiments, and a Glossary.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340884</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Jul 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215534/9780525635239.mp3" length="4837119" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340884 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Things Done for Teens: Take Control of Your Life in a Distracting World Author: Mark Wallace, Mike Williams, David Allen Narrator: Christopher...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340884" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340884</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Things Done for Teens: Take Control of Your Life in a Distracting World Author: Mark Wallace, Mike Williams, David Allen Narrator: Christopher Gebauer, David Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 34 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  An adaptation of the business classic Getting Things Done for teenage readers The most interconnected generation in history is navigating unimaginable amounts of social pressure, both in personal and online interactions. Very little time, focus, or education is being spent teaching and coaching this generation how to navigate this unprecedented amount of 'stuff' entering their lives each day. How do we help the overloaded and distracted next generation deal with increasing complexity and help them not only survive, but thrive? How do we help them experience stress-free productivity and gain momentum and confidence? How do we help them achieve autonomy, so that they can confidently take on whatever comes their way?  Getting Things Done for Teens will train the next generation to overcome these obstacles and flourish by coaching them to use the internationally renowned Getting Things Done methodology. In its two editions, David Allen's classic has been translated into dozens of languages and sold over a million copies, establishing itself as one of the most influential business books of its era, and the ultimate book on personal organization. Getting Things Done for Teens will adapt its lessons by offering a fresh take on the GTD methodology, framing life as a game to play and GTD as the game pieces and strategies to play your most effective game.  It presents GTD in a highly visual way and frames the methodology as not only as a system for being productive in school, but as a set of tools for everyday life.    Getting Things Done for Teens is the how-to manual for the next generation--a strategic guidebook for creating the conditions for a fruitful and effective future. Includes a bonus PDF with a visual Summary, Lab Experiments, and a Glossary.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6bb73805ea2c19262dab3073a3dbcdfd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Rules of Victory: How to Transform Chaos and Conflict--Strategies from 'The Art of War' by James Gimian, Barry Boyce</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-rules-of-victory-how-to-transform-chaos-and-conflict-strategies-from-the-art-of-war-by-james-gimian-barry-boyce--65215521</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340487" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340487</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rules of Victory: How to Transform Chaos and Conflict--Strategies from 'The Art of War' Author: James Gimian, Barry Boyce Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: July  3, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Sun Tzu's Art of War is widely acknowledged to be one of the greatest tools for understanding and resolving conflict ever. But how do you translate its military insights into practical tactics you can use in the corporate boardroom, the PTA meeting, or the family reunion? James Gimian and Barry Boyce take the principles born on ancient Chinese battlefields and show you how to relate them to the situations of your everyday life. By learning to identify the underlying dynamic of a situation, you can transform conflict into victory. The Rules of Victory features: * In-depth explanations of the essential principles, strategies, and skills of The Art of War  * First-person success stories illustrating how these teachings can be applied to a wide variety of professional and personal challenges  * Guidance on how to recognize, and even create, a critical turning point in any campaign or project you undertake  * A complete translation of The Art of War Cover art by Chogyam Trungpa, used by permission of Diana J. Mukpo]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340487</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Jul 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215521/9780525592372.mp3" length="4837090" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340487 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rules of Victory: How to Transform Chaos and Conflict--Strategies from 'The Art of War' Author: James Gimian, Barry Boyce Narrator: Mark Bramhall...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340487" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340487</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rules of Victory: How to Transform Chaos and Conflict--Strategies from 'The Art of War' Author: James Gimian, Barry Boyce Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: July  3, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Sun Tzu's Art of War is widely acknowledged to be one of the greatest tools for understanding and resolving conflict ever. But how do you translate its military insights into practical tactics you can use in the corporate boardroom, the PTA meeting, or the family reunion? James Gimian and Barry Boyce take the principles born on ancient Chinese battlefields and show you how to relate them to the situations of your everyday life. By learning to identify the underlying dynamic of a situation, you can transform conflict into victory. The Rules of Victory features: * In-depth explanations of the essential principles, strategies, and skills of The Art of War  * First-person success stories illustrating how these teachings can be applied to a wide variety of professional and personal challenges  * Guidance on how to recognize, and even create, a critical turning point in any campaign or project you undertake  * A complete translation of The Art of War Cover art by Chogyam Trungpa, used by permission of Diana J. Mukpo]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9e44cf2df7e0de741df170f0de17753d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Grit: How to Perseverance and Keep Going When You Want to Give Up by Martin J. Dweck</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/grit-how-to-perseverance-and-keep-going-when-you-want-to-give-up-by-martin-j-dweck--65215511</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342511" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342511</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grit: How to Perseverance and Keep Going When You Want to Give Up Author: Martin J. Dweck Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: July  2, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  True grit is a key predictor of success! Staying power to see things through helps predict success and the good news is that it is a skill that can be taught. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. This audiobook will teach you the important ingredient in long-term success: GRIT. Psychology defines it as a unique personality trait. And here, you will understand why. You will learn and understand the importance of grit as a personality trait. If you wonder why some people seem to have an innate ability to succeed, it’s because they’re gritty people.  And while others are critical of its uniqueness, many psychologists argue that grit is another personality trait entirely. Here, you will find discussions about the traits that are correlated to grit -- and learn their difference. On top of that, you will find out the secrets on how to build grit. If you’re not yet a gritty person but you want to be, this audiobook can get the ball rolling for you. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... Grit 101 The Importance of Grit Correlation with Intelligence &amp; Old-School Constructs Correlation to “The Big Five” Grit in Action Secrets on How to Build Grit And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342511</guid><pubDate>Mon, 02 Jul 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215511/9781982712563.mp3" length="1478204" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342511 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grit: How to Perseverance and Keep Going When You Want to Give Up Author: Martin J. Dweck Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342511" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342511</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grit: How to Perseverance and Keep Going When You Want to Give Up Author: Martin J. Dweck Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: July  2, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  True grit is a key predictor of success! Staying power to see things through helps predict success and the good news is that it is a skill that can be taught. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. This audiobook will teach you the important ingredient in long-term success: GRIT. Psychology defines it as a unique personality trait. And here, you will understand why. You will learn and understand the importance of grit as a personality trait. If you wonder why some people seem to have an innate ability to succeed, it’s because they’re gritty people.  And while others are critical of its uniqueness, many psychologists argue that grit is another personality trait entirely. Here, you will find discussions about the traits that are correlated to grit -- and learn their difference. On top of that, you will find out the secrets on how to build grit. If you’re not yet a gritty person but you want to be, this audiobook can get the ball rolling for you. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... Grit 101 The Importance of Grit Correlation with Intelligence &amp; Old-School Constructs Correlation to “The Big Five” Grit in Action Secrets on How to Build Grit And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7d8fbe8ae0f006982db240c512d68de1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Your Money or Your Life: 9 Steps to Transforming Your Relationship with Money and Achieving Financial Independence: Fully Revised and Update</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-money-or-your-life-9-steps-to-transforming-your-relationship-with-money-and-achieving-financial-independence-fully-revised-and-update--65215550</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335793" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335793</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Money or Your Life: 9 Steps to Transforming Your Relationship with Money and Achieving Financial Independence: Fully Revised and Updated for 2018 Author: Joe Dominguez, Vicki Robin Narrator: Vicki Robin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 86   Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 9 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Brand new for 2018: A fully revised edition of one of the most influential books ever written on personal finance with more than a million copies sold   “The best book on money. Period.” –Grant Sabatier, founder of “Millennial Money,” on CNBC Make It 'This is a wonderful book. It can really change your life.' -Oprah   For more than twenty-five years, Your Money or Your Life has been considered the go-to book for taking back your life by changing your relationship with money. Hundreds of thousands of people have followed this nine-step program, learning to live more deliberately and meaningfully with Vicki Robin’s guidance. This fully revised and updated edition with a foreword by 'the Frugal Guru' (New Yorker) Mr. Money Mustache is the ultimate makeover of this bestselling classic, ensuring that its time-tested wisdom applies to people of all ages and covers modern topics like investing in index funds, managing revenue streams like side hustles and freelancing, tracking your finances online, and having difficult conversations about money.   Whether you’re just beginning your financial life or heading towards retirement, this book will show you how to:    • Get out of debt and develop savings • Save money through mindfulness and good habits, rather than strict budgeting • Declutter your life and live well for less • Invest your savings and begin creating wealth • Save the planet while saving money • …and so much more! 'The seminal guide to the new morality of personal money management.' -Los Angeles Times *Includes a Bonus PDF with charts and graphs]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335793</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215550/9781984837721.mp3" length="4837085" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335793 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Money or Your Life: 9 Steps to Transforming Your Relationship with Money and Achieving Financial Independence: Fully Revised and Updated for 2018...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335793" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335793</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Money or Your Life: 9 Steps to Transforming Your Relationship with Money and Achieving Financial Independence: Fully Revised and Updated for 2018 Author: Joe Dominguez, Vicki Robin Narrator: Vicki Robin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 86   Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 9 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Brand new for 2018: A fully revised edition of one of the most influential books ever written on personal finance with more than a million copies sold   “The best book on money. Period.” –Grant Sabatier, founder of “Millennial Money,” on CNBC Make It 'This is a wonderful book. It can really change your life.' -Oprah   For more than twenty-five years, Your Money or Your Life has been considered the go-to book for taking back your life by changing your relationship with money. Hundreds of thousands of people have followed this nine-step program, learning to live more deliberately and meaningfully with Vicki Robin’s guidance. This fully revised and updated edition with a foreword by 'the Frugal Guru' (New Yorker) Mr. Money Mustache is the ultimate makeover of this bestselling classic, ensuring that its time-tested wisdom applies to people of all ages and covers modern topics like investing in index funds, managing revenue streams like side hustles and freelancing, tracking your finances online, and having difficult conversations about money.   Whether you’re just beginning your financial life or heading towards retirement, this book will show you how to:    • Get out of debt and develop savings • Save money through mindfulness and good habits, rather than strict budgeting • Declutter your life and live well for less • Invest your savings and begin creating wealth • Save the planet while saving money • …and so much more! 'The seminal guide to the new morality of personal money management.' -Los Angeles Times *Includes a Bonus PDF with charts and graphs]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0c9b3228fd89171d7d2cd447e4ea36a7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Daring Greatly: How the Courage to Be Vulnerable Transforms the Way We Live, Love, Parent, and Lead by Brené Brown</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/daring-greatly-how-the-courage-to-be-vulnerable-transforms-the-way-we-live-love-parent-and-lead-by-brene-brown--65215510</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341535" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341535</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Daring Greatly: How the Courage to Be Vulnerable Transforms the Way We Live, Love, Parent, and Lead Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.65 of Total 612   Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 83 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The #1 New York Times bestseller. 1 million copies sold! From thought leader Dr. Brené Brown, a transformative new vision for the way we lead, love, work, parent, and educate that teaches us the power of vulnerability.     “It is not the critic who counts; not the man who points out how the strong man stumbles, or where the doer of deeds could have done them better. The credit belongs to the man who is actually in the arena, whose face is marred by dust and sweat and blood; who strives valiantly; . . . who at the best knows in the end the triumph of high achievement, and who at worst, if he fails, at least fails while daring greatly.”—Theodore Roosevelt  Every day we experience the uncertainty, risks, and emotional exposure that define what it means to be vulnerable or to dare greatly. Based on twelve years of pioneering research, Dr. Brené Brown dispels the cultural myth that vulnerability is weakness and argues that it is, in truth, our most accurate measure of courage.  Brown explains how vulnerability is both the core of difficult emotions like fear, grief, and disappointment, and the birthplace of love, belonging, joy, empathy, innovation, and creativity. She writes: “When we shut ourselves off from vulnerability, we distance ourselves from the experiences that bring purpose and meaning to our lives.”  Daring Greatly is not about winning or losing. It’s about courage. In a world where “never enough” dominates and feeling afraid has become second nature, vulnerability is subversive. Uncomfortable. It’s even a little dangerous at times. And, without question, putting ourselves out there means there’s a far greater risk of getting criticized or feeling hurt. But when we step back and examine our lives, we will find that nothing is as uncomfortable, dangerous, and hurtful as standing on the outside of our lives looking in and wondering what it would be like if we had the courage to step into the arena—whether it’s a new relationship, an important meeting, the creative process, or a difficult family conversation. Daring Greatly is a practice and a powerful new vision for letting ourselves be seen.*Includes a Bonus PDF with an appendix]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341535</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215510/9781984839282.mp3" length="4837060" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341535 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Daring Greatly: How the Courage to Be Vulnerable Transforms the Way We Live, Love, Parent, and Lead Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341535" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341535</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Daring Greatly: How the Courage to Be Vulnerable Transforms the Way We Live, Love, Parent, and Lead Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.65 of Total 612   Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 83 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The #1 New York Times bestseller. 1 million copies sold! From thought leader Dr. Brené Brown, a transformative new vision for the way we lead, love, work, parent, and educate that teaches us the power of vulnerability.     “It is not the critic who counts; not the man who points out how the strong man stumbles, or where the doer of deeds could have done them better. The credit belongs to the man who is actually in the arena, whose face is marred by dust and sweat and blood; who strives valiantly; . . . who at the best knows in the end the triumph of high achievement, and who at worst, if he fails, at least fails while daring greatly.”—Theodore Roosevelt  Every day we experience the uncertainty, risks, and emotional exposure that define what it means to be vulnerable or to dare greatly. Based on twelve years of pioneering research, Dr. Brené Brown dispels the cultural myth that vulnerability is weakness and argues that it is, in truth, our most accurate measure of courage.  Brown explains how vulnerability is both the core of difficult emotions like fear, grief, and disappointment, and the birthplace of love, belonging, joy, empathy, innovation, and creativity. She writes: “When we shut ourselves off from vulnerability, we distance ourselves from the experiences that bring purpose and meaning to our lives.”  Daring Greatly is not about winning or losing. It’s about courage. In a world where “never enough” dominates and feeling afraid has become second nature, vulnerability is subversive. Uncomfortable. It’s even a little dangerous at times. And, without question, putting ourselves out there means there’s a far greater risk of getting criticized or feeling hurt. But when we step back and examine our lives, we will find that nothing is as uncomfortable, dangerous, and hurtful as standing on the outside of our lives looking in and wondering what it would be like if we had the courage to step into the arena—whether it’s a new relationship, an important meeting, the creative process, or a difficult family conversation. Daring Greatly is a practice and a powerful new vision for letting ourselves be seen.*Includes a Bonus PDF with an appendix]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ce30dc0138ea38f13a2ecff1e9294dd9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Switchers: How Smart Professionals Change Careers—and Seize Success by Dawn Graham</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/switchers-how-smart-professionals-change-careers-and-seize-success-by-dawn-graham--65215560</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336843" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336843</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Switchers: How Smart Professionals Change Careers—and Seize Success Author: Dawn Graham Narrator: Caroline Shaffer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Don’t settle … SUCCEED in the right career! Are you stuck in an unsatisfying job? In the wrong profession? An industry that just isn’t a fit? Get unstuck! Land a new career—one you’re genuinely passionate about. Switchers helps you realize that dream. Written by celebrated career coach and psychologist Dr. Dawn Graham, the book provides proven strategies that will get you where you want to go. The first step is to recognize that the usual rules and job search tools won’t work for you. Résumés and job boards were designed with traditional applicants in mind. As a career switcher, you have to go beyond the basics, using tactics tailor-made to ensure your candidacy stands out. The book reveals how to understand the concerns of hiring managers—and think like they do; craft a résumé that catches their attention within six seconds; spotlight transferable skills that companies covet; rebrand yourself—aligning your professional identity with your new aspirations; reach decision makers by recruiting “ambassadors” from within your network; nail interviews by turning tough questions to your advantage;convince skeptical employers to shelve their assumptions and take a chance on you; andnegotiate a competitive salary and benefits package—even as a “newbie” to the field.Career changers face unique challenges that demand fresh approaches. Packed with psychological insights, practical exercises, and inspiring success stories, Switchers helps you leap over obstacles and into a whole new field. Want to pull off the most daring—and fulfilling—career move of your life? Listen to Switchers.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336843</guid><pubDate>Thu, 21 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215560/9781538539866.mp3" length="1478222" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336843 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Switchers: How Smart Professionals Change Careers—and Seize Success Author: Dawn Graham Narrator: Caroline Shaffer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336843" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336843</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Switchers: How Smart Professionals Change Careers—and Seize Success Author: Dawn Graham Narrator: Caroline Shaffer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Don’t settle … SUCCEED in the right career! Are you stuck in an unsatisfying job? In the wrong profession? An industry that just isn’t a fit? Get unstuck! Land a new career—one you’re genuinely passionate about. Switchers helps you realize that dream. Written by celebrated career coach and psychologist Dr. Dawn Graham, the book provides proven strategies that will get you where you want to go. The first step is to recognize that the usual rules and job search tools won’t work for you. Résumés and job boards were designed with traditional applicants in mind. As a career switcher, you have to go beyond the basics, using tactics tailor-made to ensure your candidacy stands out. The book reveals how to understand the concerns of hiring managers—and think like they do; craft a résumé that catches their attention within six seconds; spotlight transferable skills that companies covet; rebrand yourself—aligning your professional identity with your new aspirations; reach decision makers by recruiting “ambassadors” from within your network; nail interviews by turning tough questions to your advantage;convince skeptical employers to shelve their assumptions and take a chance on you; andnegotiate a competitive salary and benefits package—even as a “newbie” to the field.Career changers face unique challenges that demand fresh approaches. Packed with psychological insights, practical exercises, and inspiring success stories, Switchers helps you leap over obstacles and into a whole new field. Want to pull off the most daring—and fulfilling—career move of your life? Listen to Switchers.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ff50b123c37d8b5f76e74e5a79db1e88.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Decoding the Workplace: 50 Keys to Understanding People in Organizations by John Ballard PhD</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/decoding-the-workplace-50-keys-to-understanding-people-in-organizations-by-john-ballard-phd--65215555</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336951</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decoding the Workplace: 50 Keys to Understanding People in Organizations Author: John Ballard PhD Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  This highly readable career development book reveals dynamic aspects of the workplace that are hidden to many, ignored by others—factors that can make or break careers. ● Provides easy-to-read information that allows readers to better understand the workplace around them, the behavior of others, and even themselves ● Offers proven advice that can help readers be more effective, regardless of what stage they are in their careers ● Discusses fifty keys for unlocking the workplace and illustrates key concepts through dozens of stories and practical examples ● Presents insights grounded in what management scholars know about human behavior, management, and the workplace]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336951</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215555/9781469097763.mp3" length="14437222" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336951 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decoding the Workplace: 50 Keys to Understanding People in Organizations Author: John Ballard PhD Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336951</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decoding the Workplace: 50 Keys to Understanding People in Organizations Author: John Ballard PhD Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  This highly readable career development book reveals dynamic aspects of the workplace that are hidden to many, ignored by others—factors that can make or break careers. ● Provides easy-to-read information that allows readers to better understand the workplace around them, the behavior of others, and even themselves ● Offers proven advice that can help readers be more effective, regardless of what stage they are in their careers ● Discusses fifty keys for unlocking the workplace and illustrates key concepts through dozens of stories and practical examples ● Presents insights grounded in what management scholars know about human behavior, management, and the workplace]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2c6f73264d55304ae5ef8e39945bffed.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Make a Six-Figure Income Working Part-Time by Rebecca Whitman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-make-a-six-figure-income-working-part-time-by-rebecca-whitman--65215535</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340167" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340167</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Make a Six-Figure Income Working Part-Time Author: Rebecca Whitman Narrator: Rebecca Whitman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  How to Make a Six-Figure Income Working Part-Time is a guide to help you achieve the ever-elusive state of work-life balance. Many people think that they must earn money before they can live their best life. In this book, the exactly opposite approach is described. Although it may seem counterintuitive, financial abundance is created as a by-product of getting seven specific areas of your life in alignment. This book is about using simple tools and strategies to create more fun and freedom in your life. Author Rebecca Whitman has synthesized teachings from leading experts in order to save you time and money in seeking and comprehending this information on your own. How to Make a Six-Figure Income Working Part-Time is not a get-rich-quick book, nor does it teach you how to make money working from home. Rather, it is an outline on how to have a happy, successful life. Ms. Whitman has been making a six-figure income working part-time for over a decade, and she shares practical advice on how you can apply these same principles to your own life. If you are seeking to feel more empowered in you relationships, finances, and your emotional and physical well being, this book is for you!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340167</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215535/9781982541200.mp3" length="1478314" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340167 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Make a Six-Figure Income Working Part-Time Author: Rebecca Whitman Narrator: Rebecca Whitman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 12...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340167" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340167</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Make a Six-Figure Income Working Part-Time Author: Rebecca Whitman Narrator: Rebecca Whitman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  How to Make a Six-Figure Income Working Part-Time is a guide to help you achieve the ever-elusive state of work-life balance. Many people think that they must earn money before they can live their best life. In this book, the exactly opposite approach is described. Although it may seem counterintuitive, financial abundance is created as a by-product of getting seven specific areas of your life in alignment. This book is about using simple tools and strategies to create more fun and freedom in your life. Author Rebecca Whitman has synthesized teachings from leading experts in order to save you time and money in seeking and comprehending this information on your own. How to Make a Six-Figure Income Working Part-Time is not a get-rich-quick book, nor does it teach you how to make money working from home. Rather, it is an outline on how to have a happy, successful life. Ms. Whitman has been making a six-figure income working part-time for over a decade, and she shares practical advice on how you can apply these same principles to your own life. If you are seeking to feel more empowered in you relationships, finances, and your emotional and physical well being, this book is for you!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/86953f93299cb0cc354266121112395d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Way of the Seal: Think Like an Elite Warrior to Lead and Succeed: Updated and Expanded Edition by Mark Divine</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-way-of-the-seal-think-like-an-elite-warrior-to-lead-and-succeed-updated-and-expanded-edition-by-mark-divine--65215533</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339638" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339638</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way of the Seal: Think Like an Elite Warrior to Lead and Succeed: Updated and Expanded Edition Author: Mark Divine Narrator: Mark Divine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 67   Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Blending the tactics he learned from America's elite force with lessons from the Spartans, samurai, Apache scouts, and other great warrior traditions, Mark Divine has distilled the fundamentals of success into eight powerful principles that will transform you into the leader you always knew you could be. Learn to think like a SEAL and take charge of your destiny at work, at home, and at life. Want to be tough? Cool under fire? Able to sense danger before it's too late? In The Way of the SEAL, Updated and Expanded Edition, retired Navy SEAL Commander Mark Divine reveals exercises, meditations, and focusing techniques to train your mind for mental toughness, emotional resilience, and uncanny intuition. Along the way, you'll reaffirm your ultimate purpose, define your most important goals, and take concrete steps to make them happen. In this updated and expanded edition, timely new chapters apply the principles to leading in an ever-accelerating world and leading in teams. Plus, new key takeaways distill the principles in the book into easier-to-use chunks.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339638</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215533/9781977380678.mp3" length="14437234" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339638 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way of the Seal: Think Like an Elite Warrior to Lead and Succeed: Updated and Expanded Edition Author: Mark Divine Narrator: Mark Divine Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339638" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339638</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way of the Seal: Think Like an Elite Warrior to Lead and Succeed: Updated and Expanded Edition Author: Mark Divine Narrator: Mark Divine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 67   Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Blending the tactics he learned from America's elite force with lessons from the Spartans, samurai, Apache scouts, and other great warrior traditions, Mark Divine has distilled the fundamentals of success into eight powerful principles that will transform you into the leader you always knew you could be. Learn to think like a SEAL and take charge of your destiny at work, at home, and at life. Want to be tough? Cool under fire? Able to sense danger before it's too late? In The Way of the SEAL, Updated and Expanded Edition, retired Navy SEAL Commander Mark Divine reveals exercises, meditations, and focusing techniques to train your mind for mental toughness, emotional resilience, and uncanny intuition. Along the way, you'll reaffirm your ultimate purpose, define your most important goals, and take concrete steps to make them happen. In this updated and expanded edition, timely new chapters apply the principles to leading in an ever-accelerating world and leading in teams. Plus, new key takeaways distill the principles in the book into easier-to-use chunks.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e1e19413f08bcd409b051b3d1cd5eb3f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>8 Hour Sleep Affirmations - Positive Body Image &amp; Self-Esteem, Self Help Meditation &amp; Hypnosis by Catherine Perry, Joel Thielke</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/8-hour-sleep-affirmations-positive-body-image-self-esteem-self-help-meditation-hypnosis-by-catherine-perry-joel-thielke--65215504</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342500" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342500</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 8 Hour Sleep Affirmations - Positive Body Image &amp; Self-Esteem, Self Help Meditation &amp; Hypnosis Author: Catherine Perry, Joel Thielke Narrator: Catherine Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Create a positive body image, feel great about yourself, and get a great night's sleep with this sleep affirmations program! We recommend listening to this program for 21 days in a row, then as needed.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342500</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215504/9781982712013.mp3" length="1476903" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342500 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 8 Hour Sleep Affirmations - Positive Body Image &amp;amp; Self-Esteem, Self Help Meditation &amp;amp; Hypnosis Author: Catherine Perry, Joel Thielke Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342500" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342500</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 8 Hour Sleep Affirmations - Positive Body Image &amp; Self-Esteem, Self Help Meditation &amp; Hypnosis Author: Catherine Perry, Joel Thielke Narrator: Catherine Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Create a positive body image, feel great about yourself, and get a great night's sleep with this sleep affirmations program! We recommend listening to this program for 21 days in a row, then as needed.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f74fbd8150a96ac50a81cdf3d76ae92c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Creative Curve: How to Develop the Right Idea, at the Right Time by Allen Gannett</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-creative-curve-how-to-develop-the-right-idea-at-the-right-time-by-allen-gannett--65215561</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334216" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334216</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Creative Curve: How to Develop the Right Idea, at the Right Time Author: Allen Gannett Narrator: Allen Gannett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Creative Curve, written and read by Allen Gannett.  Great ideas take something familiar and make it feel new.  We've all heard the stories about creative geniuses -- the young Mozart who effortlessly overshadows the hardworking Salieri; Paul McCartney coming up with the tune for Yesterday in a dream one morning; JK Rowling finding inspiration for Harry Potter sitting on a train to London.  What we aren’t told is the real story behind such hits.  In fact there is a science and method for mainstream success, whether writing a popular novel, starting a company or creating an effective marketing campaign, and in this book Allen Gannett – data wizard and successful entrepreneur -- reveals the four laws of creativity that are proven to work. New ideas are surprising at first, and slowly become familiar as we get used to them.  Allan Gannett reveals there’s a sweet spot between what feels familiar and safe to us, and what is innovative and new: the point of optimal tension between safety and surprise, similarity and difference.  The people we think of as creative geniuses are people who understand this sweet spot instinctively; they know what people find familiar and reassuring, and they find ways to reinvent it fresh. Packed with stories and insights ranging from the team behind Dear Evan Hansen to the founder of Reddit, from the Chief Content Officer of Netflix to Michelin starred chefs, The Creative Curve will help you spend less time on ideas destined to fail and more time on ideas that really break out. This book is for everyone, whether you’re a business leader, a creative artist or a budding entrepreneur – and will teach you the secret to conceiving great ideas that can achieve major success.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334216</guid><pubDate>Thu, 14 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215561/9781473563438.mp3" length="2437151" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334216 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Creative Curve: How to Develop the Right Idea, at the Right Time Author: Allen Gannett Narrator: Allen Gannett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334216" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334216</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Creative Curve: How to Develop the Right Idea, at the Right Time Author: Allen Gannett Narrator: Allen Gannett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Creative Curve, written and read by Allen Gannett.  Great ideas take something familiar and make it feel new.  We've all heard the stories about creative geniuses -- the young Mozart who effortlessly overshadows the hardworking Salieri; Paul McCartney coming up with the tune for Yesterday in a dream one morning; JK Rowling finding inspiration for Harry Potter sitting on a train to London.  What we aren’t told is the real story behind such hits.  In fact there is a science and method for mainstream success, whether writing a popular novel, starting a company or creating an effective marketing campaign, and in this book Allen Gannett – data wizard and successful entrepreneur -- reveals the four laws of creativity that are proven to work. New ideas are surprising at first, and slowly become familiar as we get used to them.  Allan Gannett reveals there’s a sweet spot between what feels familiar and safe to us, and what is innovative and new: the point of optimal tension between safety and surprise, similarity and difference.  The people we think of as creative geniuses are people who understand this sweet spot instinctively; they know what people find familiar and reassuring, and they find ways to reinvent it fresh. Packed with stories and insights ranging from the team behind Dear Evan Hansen to the founder of Reddit, from the Chief Content Officer of Netflix to Michelin starred chefs, The Creative Curve will help you spend less time on ideas destined to fail and more time on ideas that really break out. This book is for everyone, whether you’re a business leader, a creative artist or a budding entrepreneur – and will teach you the secret to conceiving great ideas that can achieve major success.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/609bb4d5d63b331b0ffff4a791f55180.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Own Your Power &amp; Turn Your Vision into Action - Sleep Learning System Bundle (Sleep Hypnosis &amp; Meditation) by Joel Thielke</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/own-your-power-turn-your-vision-into-action-sleep-learning-system-bundle-sleep-hypnosis-meditation-by-joel-thielke--65215539</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340891" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340891</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Own Your Power &amp; Turn Your Vision into Action - Sleep Learning System Bundle (Sleep Hypnosis &amp; Meditation) Author: Joel Thielke Narrator: Joel Thielke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 14, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Empower yourself and act on your ideas. Boost your confidence. It's time to turn your dreams into reality and take action, and believe in yourself. It's all here in this Sleep Learning System collection from certified hypnotherapist, Joel Thielke. This collection contains Sleep Learning scripts for: Own Your Power Turn Your Vision into Action Sleep learning takes place when your mind is at rest and the subconscious is open to positive suggestions. It's an easy way of both learning and breaking bad habits while you sleep through the night. Just turn on the tracks when you're ready to go to bed, and let your mind do all the work for you! We recommend listening to the bundle as a whole for 21 days in a row, then as needed. For more information or ask us questions about any of our products, please visit us at motivationalhypnotherapy.com]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340891</guid><pubDate>Thu, 14 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215539/9781982710309.mp3" length="1478462" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340891 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Own Your Power &amp;amp; Turn Your Vision into Action - Sleep Learning System Bundle (Sleep Hypnosis &amp;amp; Meditation) Author: Joel Thielke Narrator: Joel...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340891" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340891</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Own Your Power &amp; Turn Your Vision into Action - Sleep Learning System Bundle (Sleep Hypnosis &amp; Meditation) Author: Joel Thielke Narrator: Joel Thielke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 14, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Empower yourself and act on your ideas. Boost your confidence. It's time to turn your dreams into reality and take action, and believe in yourself. It's all here in this Sleep Learning System collection from certified hypnotherapist, Joel Thielke. This collection contains Sleep Learning scripts for: Own Your Power Turn Your Vision into Action Sleep learning takes place when your mind is at rest and the subconscious is open to positive suggestions. It's an easy way of both learning and breaking bad habits while you sleep through the night. Just turn on the tracks when you're ready to go to bed, and let your mind do all the work for you! We recommend listening to the bundle as a whole for 21 days in a row, then as needed. For more information or ask us questions about any of our products, please visit us at motivationalhypnotherapy.com]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d1b6e97d72123089917394324f0234df.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Creative Curve: How to Develop the Right Idea, at the Right Time by Allen Gannett</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-creative-curve-how-to-develop-the-right-idea-at-the-right-time-by-allen-gannett--65215573</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334194" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334194</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Creative Curve: How to Develop the Right Idea, at the Right Time Author: Allen Gannett Narrator: Allen Gannett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Big data entrepreneur Allen Gannett overturns the mythology around creative genius, and reveals the science and secrets behind achieving breakout commercial success in any field.     We have been spoon-fed the notion that creativity is the province of genius -- of those favored, brilliant few whose moments of insight arrive in unpredictable flashes of divine inspiration.  And if we are not a genius, we might as well pack it in and give up. Either we have that gift, or we don’t.  But Allen shows that simply isn’t true.  Recent research has shown that there is a predictable science behind achieving commercial success in any creative endeavor, from writing a popular novel to starting up a successful company to creating an effective marketing campaign.       As the world’s most creative people have discovered, we are enticed by the novel and the familiar. By understanding the mechanics of what Gannett calls “the creative curve” – the point of optimal tension between the novel and the familiar – everyone can better engineer mainstream success.       In a thoroughly entertaining book that describes the stories and insights of everyone from the Broadway team behind Dear Evan Hansen, to the founder of Reddit, from the Chief Content Officer of Netflix to Michelin star chefs, Gannett reveals the four laws of creative success and identifies the common patterns behind their achievement.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334194</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215573/9780525633518.mp3" length="4837071" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334194 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Creative Curve: How to Develop the Right Idea, at the Right Time Author: Allen Gannett Narrator: Allen Gannett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334194" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334194</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Creative Curve: How to Develop the Right Idea, at the Right Time Author: Allen Gannett Narrator: Allen Gannett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Big data entrepreneur Allen Gannett overturns the mythology around creative genius, and reveals the science and secrets behind achieving breakout commercial success in any field.     We have been spoon-fed the notion that creativity is the province of genius -- of those favored, brilliant few whose moments of insight arrive in unpredictable flashes of divine inspiration.  And if we are not a genius, we might as well pack it in and give up. Either we have that gift, or we don’t.  But Allen shows that simply isn’t true.  Recent research has shown that there is a predictable science behind achieving commercial success in any creative endeavor, from writing a popular novel to starting up a successful company to creating an effective marketing campaign.       As the world’s most creative people have discovered, we are enticed by the novel and the familiar. By understanding the mechanics of what Gannett calls “the creative curve” – the point of optimal tension between the novel and the familiar – everyone can better engineer mainstream success.       In a thoroughly entertaining book that describes the stories and insights of everyone from the Broadway team behind Dear Evan Hansen, to the founder of Reddit, from the Chief Content Officer of Netflix to Michelin star chefs, Gannett reveals the four laws of creative success and identifies the common patterns behind their achievement.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0d8f5008389bafcc885c0aff909eced2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Your Score by Matthew Rudy, Anthony Davenport</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-score-by-matthew-rudy-anthony-davenport--65215563</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333891" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333891</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Score Author: Matthew Rudy, Anthony Davenport Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Like it or not, a healthy credit score is essential if you want to participate in today's financial world. But very few people actually understand how their credit score is determined. Worse yet, most don't know how their score is used by all kinds of companies and banks to dictate financial terms that will strongly affect their daily lives. When consumers interact with the world of credit, they do so from a position of weakness. In Your Score, Anthony Davenport aims to change that. Finally, there's a road map for navigating the confusing world of consumer credit. Drawing on real stories of his own firm's high-profile clients as well as the stories of middle-class Americans, he reveals the hidden credit pitfalls that await even the most careful consumer and shares smart strategies to avoid them.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333891</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215563/9781666608380.mp3" length="1478270" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333891 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Score Author: Matthew Rudy, Anthony Davenport Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: June...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333891" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333891</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Score Author: Matthew Rudy, Anthony Davenport Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Like it or not, a healthy credit score is essential if you want to participate in today's financial world. But very few people actually understand how their credit score is determined. Worse yet, most don't know how their score is used by all kinds of companies and banks to dictate financial terms that will strongly affect their daily lives. When consumers interact with the world of credit, they do so from a position of weakness. In Your Score, Anthony Davenport aims to change that. Finally, there's a road map for navigating the confusing world of consumer credit. Drawing on real stories of his own firm's high-profile clients as well as the stories of middle-class Americans, he reveals the hidden credit pitfalls that await even the most careful consumer and shares smart strategies to avoid them.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1a4d92e370f4256602fe5fa11948058c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Traveler's Summit: The Remarkable Sequel to The Traveler’s Gift by Andy Andrews</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-traveler-s-summit-the-remarkable-sequel-to-the-traveler-s-gift-by-andy-andrews--65215549</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336899" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336899</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Traveler's Summit: The Remarkable Sequel to The Traveler’s Gift Author: Andy Andrews Narrator: Andy Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The Traveler’s Summit explores the historically proven principles that have guided our greatest leaders for centuries, and how we might restore these principles in our own lives…before it’s too late. Dave Ponder is back, and this time, the fate of civilization may be in his hands. Centuries of greed, pride, and hate have sent humankind hurtling toward disaster, far from our original purpose. There is only one solution that can reset the compass and right the ship, and that answer is only two words.  With time running out, it’s up to David Ponder and a cast of history’s best and brightest minds to uncover this solution before it is too late. The catch? They are allowed only five tries to solve the ominous challenge.  Readers first encountered David Ponder in the New York Times bestseller The Traveler’s Gift. Now, in The Traveler’s Summit, Andrews combines a riveting narrative with astounding history to show us the one thing we must do when we don’t know what to do. Released in a previous edition as The Final Summit.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336899</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215549/9780785224402.mp3" length="1478510" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336899 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Traveler's Summit: The Remarkable Sequel to The Traveler’s Gift Author: Andy Andrews Narrator: Andy Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336899" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336899</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Traveler's Summit: The Remarkable Sequel to The Traveler’s Gift Author: Andy Andrews Narrator: Andy Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The Traveler’s Summit explores the historically proven principles that have guided our greatest leaders for centuries, and how we might restore these principles in our own lives…before it’s too late. Dave Ponder is back, and this time, the fate of civilization may be in his hands. Centuries of greed, pride, and hate have sent humankind hurtling toward disaster, far from our original purpose. There is only one solution that can reset the compass and right the ship, and that answer is only two words.  With time running out, it’s up to David Ponder and a cast of history’s best and brightest minds to uncover this solution before it is too late. The catch? They are allowed only five tries to solve the ominous challenge.  Readers first encountered David Ponder in the New York Times bestseller The Traveler’s Gift. Now, in The Traveler’s Summit, Andrews combines a riveting narrative with astounding history to show us the one thing we must do when we don’t know what to do. Released in a previous edition as The Final Summit.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/df3f9e1dd1e8224e5b87b19ba87338e0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Reach: How to Build Confidence and Step Outside Your Comfort Zone by Andy Molinsky</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/reach-how-to-build-confidence-and-step-outside-your-comfort-zone-by-andy-molinsky--65215599</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332957" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332957</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reach: How to Build Confidence and Step Outside Your Comfort Zone Author: Andy Molinsky Narrator: Andy Molinsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: June  7, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Reach written and read by Andy Molinsky.  Is it easy for you to deliver bad news? Do you look forward to speaking in public? Do you enjoy networking? If you answered no to any of these questions, Reach can help. What often sets successful people apart is their willingness to do things most of us fear. What's more, we have the false notion that successful people like to do these things, when the truth is that successful people have simply found their own way to do them. In Reach, Andy Molinsky breaks down the five key challenges underlying our avoidance tendencies and illuminates the path towards enjoying what you once feared. Short, prescriptive, and based not only on the author's ground-breaking research, but on his own personal experience, Reach will help you take the thing you are most afraid of doing and make it a proud part of your personal repertoire. Along with books like Grit, Mindset, Originals, and Peak, Reach takes its place on my shelf of favorite books about living more fully and effectively. I was stunned by how original and helpful it is. - -Doug Stone, New York Times Best Selling Co-Author of Difficult Conversations and Thanks for the Feedback Molinsky delivers an informative take on the subject of behavioral change. Readers will be inspired by his bumper crop of well-chosen stories about people overcoming their fear and reaching beyond the familiar. People interested in pursuing new ventures will find Molinsky's advice invaluable. - Publishers Weekly We all have trouble reaching beyond our comfort zone, but this book shows you how. So many of our disappointments spring from our own unwillingness to stretch beyond what we feel comfortable doing. Reach will take you to the next level, where you really want to be. - Jonah Berger, PhD, New York Times bestselling author of Contagious and Invisible Influence]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332957</guid><pubDate>Thu, 07 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215599/9780241985243.mp3" length="2437164" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332957 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reach: How to Build Confidence and Step Outside Your Comfort Zone Author: Andy Molinsky Narrator: Andy Molinsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332957" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332957</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reach: How to Build Confidence and Step Outside Your Comfort Zone Author: Andy Molinsky Narrator: Andy Molinsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: June  7, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Reach written and read by Andy Molinsky.  Is it easy for you to deliver bad news? Do you look forward to speaking in public? Do you enjoy networking? If you answered no to any of these questions, Reach can help. What often sets successful people apart is their willingness to do things most of us fear. What's more, we have the false notion that successful people like to do these things, when the truth is that successful people have simply found their own way to do them. In Reach, Andy Molinsky breaks down the five key challenges underlying our avoidance tendencies and illuminates the path towards enjoying what you once feared. Short, prescriptive, and based not only on the author's ground-breaking research, but on his own personal experience, Reach will help you take the thing you are most afraid of doing and make it a proud part of your personal repertoire. Along with books like Grit, Mindset, Originals, and Peak, Reach takes its place on my shelf of favorite books about living more fully and effectively. I was stunned by how original and helpful it is. - -Doug Stone, New York Times Best Selling Co-Author of Difficult Conversations and Thanks for the Feedback Molinsky delivers an informative take on the subject of behavioral change. Readers will be inspired by his bumper crop of well-chosen stories about people overcoming their fear and reaching beyond the familiar. People interested in pursuing new ventures will find Molinsky's advice invaluable. - Publishers Weekly We all have trouble reaching beyond our comfort zone, but this book shows you how. So many of our disappointments spring from our own unwillingness to stretch beyond what we feel comfortable doing. Reach will take you to the next level, where you really want to be. - Jonah Berger, PhD, New York Times bestselling author of Contagious and Invisible Influence]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b3efd2a76b473f14d392212ac6ffe43c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Frenemies: The Epic Disruption of the Advertising Industry (and Everything Else) by Ken Auletta</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/frenemies-the-epic-disruption-of-the-advertising-industry-and-everything-else-by-ken-auletta--65215577</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336569" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336569</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frenemies: The Epic Disruption of the Advertising Industry (and Everything Else) Author: Ken Auletta Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: June  7, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  An intimate and profound reckoning with the changes buffeting the $2 trillion global advertising and marketing business from the perspective of its most powerful players, by the bestselling author of Googled                      Advertising and marketing touches on every corner of our lives, and is the invisible fuel powering almost all media. Complain about it though we might, without it the world would be a darker place. And of all the industries wracked by change in the digital age, few have been turned on its head as dramatically as this one has. We are a long way from the days of Don Draper; as Mad Men is turned into Math Men (and women–though too few), as an instinctual art is transformed into a science, the old lions and their kingdoms are feeling real fear, however bravely they might roar.           Frenemies is Ken Auletta's reckoning with an industry under existential assault. He enters the rooms of the ad world's most important players, some of them business partners, some adversaries, many 'frenemies,' a term whose ubiquitous use in this industry reveals the level of anxiety, as former allies become competitors, and accusations of kickbacks and corruption swirl. We meet the old guard, including Sir Martin Sorrell, the legendary head of WPP, the world's largest ad agency holding company; while others play nice with Facebook and Google, he rants, some say Lear-like, out on the heath. There is Irwin Gotlieb, maestro of the media agency GroupM, the most powerful media agency, but like all media agencies it is staring into the headlights as ad buying is more and more done by machine in the age of Oracle and IBM. We see the world from the vantage of its new powers, like Carolyn Everson, Facebook's head of Sales, and other brash and scrappy creatives who are driving change, as millennials and others who disdain ads as an interruption employ technology to zap them. We also peer into the future, looking at what is replacing traditional advertising. And throughout we follow the industry's peerless matchmaker, Michael Kassan, whose company, MediaLink, connects all these players together, serving as the industry's foremost power broker, a position which feasts on times of fear and change.           Frenemies is essential reading, not simply because of what it says about this world, but because of the potential consequences: the survival of media as we know it depends on the money generated by advertising and marketing–revenue that is in peril in the face of technological changes and the fraying trust between the industry's key players.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336569</guid><pubDate>Thu, 07 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215577/9780008297022.mp3" length="2437148" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336569 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frenemies: The Epic Disruption of the Advertising Industry (and Everything Else) Author: Ken Auletta Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336569" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336569</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frenemies: The Epic Disruption of the Advertising Industry (and Everything Else) Author: Ken Auletta Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: June  7, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  An intimate and profound reckoning with the changes buffeting the $2 trillion global advertising and marketing business from the perspective of its most powerful players, by the bestselling author of Googled                      Advertising and marketing touches on every corner of our lives, and is the invisible fuel powering almost all media. Complain about it though we might, without it the world would be a darker place. And of all the industries wracked by change in the digital age, few have been turned on its head as dramatically as this one has. We are a long way from the days of Don Draper; as Mad Men is turned into Math Men (and women–though too few), as an instinctual art is transformed into a science, the old lions and their kingdoms are feeling real fear, however bravely they might roar.           Frenemies is Ken Auletta's reckoning with an industry under existential assault. He enters the rooms of the ad world's most important players, some of them business partners, some adversaries, many 'frenemies,' a term whose ubiquitous use in this industry reveals the level of anxiety, as former allies become competitors, and accusations of kickbacks and corruption swirl. We meet the old guard, including Sir Martin Sorrell, the legendary head of WPP, the world's largest ad agency holding company; while others play nice with Facebook and Google, he rants, some say Lear-like, out on the heath. There is Irwin Gotlieb, maestro of the media agency GroupM, the most powerful media agency, but like all media agencies it is staring into the headlights as ad buying is more and more done by machine in the age of Oracle and IBM. We see the world from the vantage of its new powers, like Carolyn Everson, Facebook's head of Sales, and other brash and scrappy creatives who are driving change, as millennials and others who disdain ads as an interruption employ technology to zap them. We also peer into the future, looking at what is replacing traditional advertising. And throughout we follow the industry's peerless matchmaker, Michael Kassan, whose company, MediaLink, connects all these players together, serving as the industry's foremost power broker, a position which feasts on times of fear and change.           Frenemies is essential reading, not simply because of what it says about this world, but because of the potential consequences: the survival of media as we know it depends on the money generated by advertising and marketing–revenue that is in peril in the face of technological changes and the fraying trust between the industry's key players.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/280f50c3cceabc2f1ab1e3909581783f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Fun Formula: How Curiosity, Risk-Taking, and Serendipity Can Revolutionize How You Work by Joel Comm</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-fun-formula-how-curiosity-risk-taking-and-serendipity-can-revolutionize-how-you-work-by-joel-comm--65215628</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332417" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332417</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fun Formula: How Curiosity, Risk-Taking, and Serendipity Can Revolutionize How You Work Author: Joel Comm Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: June  5, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Find more success in work and in life than you ever dreamed possible—by pursuing fun. The demands of work and the breakneck pace of technological change wear heavily on all of us, whether we are employees at a large company, solo workers in the gig economy, or entrepreneurs launching a new venture. The “hustle-and-grind” lifestyle that we’ve been told is essential to success actually leads to physical ailments, emotional burnout, and a darkness in the soul. But Joel Comm has found a better way.  In The Fun Formula, Comm reveals that the best path to success—in work and in life—is to focus on our passions, curiosity, and the things that bring us great pleasure. Doing this leads not only to more dramatic results in whatever we do, but also to a more fulfilling life. Using entertaining stories and illuminating anecdotes from Comm’s own life and those of others, famous and not, The Fun Formula lays out a plan for making the subtle changes to our thinking and routines that will enable us to design the life we truly desire: one of significance and joy.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332417</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215628/9781400201969.mp3" length="1478342" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332417 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fun Formula: How Curiosity, Risk-Taking, and Serendipity Can Revolutionize How You Work Author: Joel Comm Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332417" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332417</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fun Formula: How Curiosity, Risk-Taking, and Serendipity Can Revolutionize How You Work Author: Joel Comm Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: June  5, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Find more success in work and in life than you ever dreamed possible—by pursuing fun. The demands of work and the breakneck pace of technological change wear heavily on all of us, whether we are employees at a large company, solo workers in the gig economy, or entrepreneurs launching a new venture. The “hustle-and-grind” lifestyle that we’ve been told is essential to success actually leads to physical ailments, emotional burnout, and a darkness in the soul. But Joel Comm has found a better way.  In The Fun Formula, Comm reveals that the best path to success—in work and in life—is to focus on our passions, curiosity, and the things that bring us great pleasure. Doing this leads not only to more dramatic results in whatever we do, but also to a more fulfilling life. Using entertaining stories and illuminating anecdotes from Comm’s own life and those of others, famous and not, The Fun Formula lays out a plan for making the subtle changes to our thinking and routines that will enable us to design the life we truly desire: one of significance and joy.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/21719269496e523aac637a23b1dda4a9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Become Your Own Boss in 12 Months: A Month-by-Month Guide to a Business that Works by Melinda Emerson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/become-your-own-boss-in-12-months-a-month-by-month-guide-to-a-business-that-works-by-melinda-emerson--65215572</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334228" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334228</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Become Your Own Boss in 12 Months: A Month-by-Month Guide to a Business that Works Author: Melinda Emerson Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: June  5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.79 of Total 19   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  As seen on Time.com, Forbes.com, Huffington Post, and Essence.com    'Become Your Own Boss is a must-read if you're thinking of launching a business of your own.' —Jean Chatzky, bestselling author of Money 911 and Financial Editor, NBC Today    Create a successful business this year!    Written by America's #1 Small Business Expert, this essential handbook shows you how to launch your own business in just twelve months. Using her years of experience in business development, Melinda Emerson guides you through the process with step-by-step instructions for developing an effective marketing plan, setting a budget, and maintaining your business once it's up and running. She also offers brand-new strategies for obtaining financing through means like crowdsourcing as well as social media techniques that help build your business—all of which has been updated for today's market.    With Emerson's expert business advice, you will finally follow your dreams and become your own boss!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334228</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215572/9781508260080.mp3" length="1478348" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334228 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Become Your Own Boss in 12 Months: A Month-by-Month Guide to a Business that Works Author: Melinda Emerson Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334228" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334228</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Become Your Own Boss in 12 Months: A Month-by-Month Guide to a Business that Works Author: Melinda Emerson Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: June  5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.79 of Total 19   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  As seen on Time.com, Forbes.com, Huffington Post, and Essence.com    'Become Your Own Boss is a must-read if you're thinking of launching a business of your own.' —Jean Chatzky, bestselling author of Money 911 and Financial Editor, NBC Today    Create a successful business this year!    Written by America's #1 Small Business Expert, this essential handbook shows you how to launch your own business in just twelve months. Using her years of experience in business development, Melinda Emerson guides you through the process with step-by-step instructions for developing an effective marketing plan, setting a budget, and maintaining your business once it's up and running. She also offers brand-new strategies for obtaining financing through means like crowdsourcing as well as social media techniques that help build your business—all of which has been updated for today's market.    With Emerson's expert business advice, you will finally follow your dreams and become your own boss!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/13f0afc8ef4be1044018be893533a061.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Leading from Purpose: Clarity and the Confidence to Act When It Matters Most by Nick Craig</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/leading-from-purpose-clarity-and-the-confidence-to-act-when-it-matters-most-by-nick-craig--65215554</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334298" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334298</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading from Purpose: Clarity and the Confidence to Act When It Matters Most Author: Nick Craig Narrator: Nick Craig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: June  5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Drawing on ten years of experience working with more than 10,000 executives from companies around the globe, Nick Craig takes you on a revelatory journey to understand your purpose, find clarity and focus, and lead with inspiration.   When uncovered, purpose becomes our most fundamental guiding principle. Explaining where true purpose lies and demystifying where it doesn't, Craig offers the methods through which anyone can find their purpose. He identifies three  pathways that will assess where you are with your purpose and where you  should be going.   Illustrated by case studies of leaders from all walks of life and industries, Craig shares their unique stories to  show how top leaders are energized by their purpose, finding in it the  confidence they need to properly evaluate high-stakes decisions and take  the optimal action. The best leaders access their purpose especially when facing the unknown, drawing on the source of it to energize  themselves. Purpose also redefines their relationships to stress, allowing them to thrive where others just survived, and to postpone momentary, fleeting rewards in favor of leaving a sustained, meaningful impact.   Accessible, methodical, and eminently practical, Leading from Purpose offers the comprehensive toolbox with which everyone -- whether a c-suite executive of behind-the-scenes office worker -- can live out their purpose  and achieve success on their own terms.   If you find yourself in an organization that is struggling to live its purpose, Craig's insights on how to bring your purpose and the organization's purpose into the same room at the same time is game-changing and will redefine  your life and career.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334298</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215554/9781549113543.mp3" length="1478352" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334298 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading from Purpose: Clarity and the Confidence to Act When It Matters Most Author: Nick Craig Narrator: Nick Craig Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334298" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334298</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading from Purpose: Clarity and the Confidence to Act When It Matters Most Author: Nick Craig Narrator: Nick Craig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: June  5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Drawing on ten years of experience working with more than 10,000 executives from companies around the globe, Nick Craig takes you on a revelatory journey to understand your purpose, find clarity and focus, and lead with inspiration.   When uncovered, purpose becomes our most fundamental guiding principle. Explaining where true purpose lies and demystifying where it doesn't, Craig offers the methods through which anyone can find their purpose. He identifies three  pathways that will assess where you are with your purpose and where you  should be going.   Illustrated by case studies of leaders from all walks of life and industries, Craig shares their unique stories to  show how top leaders are energized by their purpose, finding in it the  confidence they need to properly evaluate high-stakes decisions and take  the optimal action. The best leaders access their purpose especially when facing the unknown, drawing on the source of it to energize  themselves. Purpose also redefines their relationships to stress, allowing them to thrive where others just survived, and to postpone momentary, fleeting rewards in favor of leaving a sustained, meaningful impact.   Accessible, methodical, and eminently practical, Leading from Purpose offers the comprehensive toolbox with which everyone -- whether a c-suite executive of behind-the-scenes office worker -- can live out their purpose  and achieve success on their own terms.   If you find yourself in an organization that is struggling to live its purpose, Craig's insights on how to bring your purpose and the organization's purpose into the same room at the same time is game-changing and will redefine  your life and career.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c4a947edb7c7a3491bc359518a54550b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Rebel at Work: How to Innovate and Drive Results When You Aren’t the Boss by Natalie Neelan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/rebel-at-work-how-to-innovate-and-drive-results-when-you-aren-t-the-boss-by-natalie-neelan--65215551</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336961" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336961</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebel at Work: How to Innovate and Drive Results When You Aren’t the Boss Author: Natalie Neelan Narrator: Susan Hanfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: June  5, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Are you tired of leadership that claims to want an innovative culture but in fact throws up internal roadblocks against any new initiatives? If you're a frustrated employee banging your head up against the same brick wall, then Rebel at Work is the book for you. The problem with bestselling leadership, innovation, and business books on the market is that they are written for executive leadership. Rebel at Work is for the employee who does the actual work. Change only happens from the inside out. It happens when valuable employees get fed up with leadership's vague direction and conflicting priorities. Rebel at Work will allow you to finally take matters into your own hands. You'll learn: ● How to understand the unwritten rules in your organization—so you can work around them; ● The types of corporate conformists, as well as their hardwiring—so you can mitigate their fear of change; ● How jargon kills promising ideas, and how to bring clarity to all conversations; ● And how to prepare step-by-step plans that increase your chances for buy-in by your leadership]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336961</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215551/9781977384713.mp3" length="14437209" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336961 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebel at Work: How to Innovate and Drive Results When You Aren’t the Boss Author: Natalie Neelan Narrator: Susan Hanfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336961" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336961</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebel at Work: How to Innovate and Drive Results When You Aren’t the Boss Author: Natalie Neelan Narrator: Susan Hanfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: June  5, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Are you tired of leadership that claims to want an innovative culture but in fact throws up internal roadblocks against any new initiatives? If you're a frustrated employee banging your head up against the same brick wall, then Rebel at Work is the book for you. The problem with bestselling leadership, innovation, and business books on the market is that they are written for executive leadership. Rebel at Work is for the employee who does the actual work. Change only happens from the inside out. It happens when valuable employees get fed up with leadership's vague direction and conflicting priorities. Rebel at Work will allow you to finally take matters into your own hands. You'll learn: ● How to understand the unwritten rules in your organization—so you can work around them; ● The types of corporate conformists, as well as their hardwiring—so you can mitigate their fear of change; ● How jargon kills promising ideas, and how to bring clarity to all conversations; ● And how to prepare step-by-step plans that increase your chances for buy-in by your leadership]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/422d9cbcbdd886ceb15cf7ce327c5c91.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Third Door: The Mindset of Success by Alex Banayan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-third-door-the-mindset-of-success-by-alex-banayan--65215546</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334446" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334446</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Door: The Mindset of Success Author: Alex Banayan Narrator: Alex Banayan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: June  5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.79 of Total 34   Ratings of Narrator: 4.85 of Total 13 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  #1 INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER • The larger-than-life journey of an 18-year-old college freshman who set out from his dorm room to track down Bill Gates, Lady Gaga, and dozens more of the world’s most successful people to uncover how they broke through and launched their careers. “If you care about your success, you have to read The Third Door.”—Tony Robbins, entrepreneur, bestselling author, philanthropist, and the nation’s #1 life and business strategist The Third Door takes readers on an unprecedented adventure—from hacking Warren Buffett’s shareholders meeting to chasing Larry King through a grocery store to celebrating in a nightclub with Lady Gaga—as Alex Banayan travels from icon to icon, decoding their success. After remarkable one-on-one interviews with Bill Gates, Maya Angelou, Steve Wozniak, Jane Goodall, Larry King, Jessica Alba, Pitbull, Tim Ferriss, Quincy Jones, and many more, Alex discovered the one key they have in common: they all took the Third Door.   Life, business, success… it’s just like a nightclub. There are always three ways in. There’s the First Door: the main entrance, where ninety-nine percent of people wait in line, hoping to get in. The Second Door: the VIP entrance, where the billionaires and celebrities slip through. But what no one tells you is that there is always, always… the Third Door. It’s the entrance where you have to jump out of line, run down the alley, bang on the door a hundred times, climb over the dumpster, crack open the window, sneak through the kitchen—there’s always a way in. Whether it’s how Bill Gates sold his first piece of software or how Steven Spielberg became the youngest studio director in Hollywood history, they all took the Third Door. If you dream of learning under the wings of world-class mentors, achieving your biggest goals, or just transforming yourself into the person you always imagined you could be, The Third Door gives you the tools you need—so you can get what you want.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334446</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215546/9780525500414.mp3" length="4837194" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334446 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Door: The Mindset of Success Author: Alex Banayan Narrator: Alex Banayan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334446" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334446</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Door: The Mindset of Success Author: Alex Banayan Narrator: Alex Banayan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: June  5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.79 of Total 34   Ratings of Narrator: 4.85 of Total 13 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  #1 INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER • The larger-than-life journey of an 18-year-old college freshman who set out from his dorm room to track down Bill Gates, Lady Gaga, and dozens more of the world’s most successful people to uncover how they broke through and launched their careers. “If you care about your success, you have to read The Third Door.”—Tony Robbins, entrepreneur, bestselling author, philanthropist, and the nation’s #1 life and business strategist The Third Door takes readers on an unprecedented adventure—from hacking Warren Buffett’s shareholders meeting to chasing Larry King through a grocery store to celebrating in a nightclub with Lady Gaga—as Alex Banayan travels from icon to icon, decoding their success. After remarkable one-on-one interviews with Bill Gates, Maya Angelou, Steve Wozniak, Jane Goodall, Larry King, Jessica Alba, Pitbull, Tim Ferriss, Quincy Jones, and many more, Alex discovered the one key they have in common: they all took the Third Door.   Life, business, success… it’s just like a nightclub. There are always three ways in. There’s the First Door: the main entrance, where ninety-nine percent of people wait in line, hoping to get in. The Second Door: the VIP entrance, where the billionaires and celebrities slip through. But what no one tells you is that there is always, always… the Third Door. It’s the entrance where you have to jump out of line, run down the alley, bang on the door a hundred times, climb over the dumpster, crack open the window, sneak through the kitchen—there’s always a way in. Whether it’s how Bill Gates sold his first piece of software or how Steven Spielberg became the youngest studio director in Hollywood history, they all took the Third Door. If you dream of learning under the wings of world-class mentors, achieving your biggest goals, or just transforming yourself into the person you always imagined you could be, The Third Door gives you the tools you need—so you can get what you want.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b2c9419aec8915130cefdad61366762e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Shift: How Seeing People as People Changes Everything by Kimberly White</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-shift-how-seeing-people-as-people-changes-everything-by-kimberly-white--65215541</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333842" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333842</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shift: How Seeing People as People Changes Everything Author: Kimberly White Narrator: Kimberly White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: June  5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  A vivid depiction and real-world example of the personal and institutional impact of the Arbinger Insititute's transformative ideas (Leadership and Self-Deception; 1.4 million copies sold) within a healthcare organization--The Plum Healthcare Group nursing homes. In general, nursing homes are scorned healthcare institutions--but it was in these transformed Plum homes that Kimberly White discovered a new way of 'seeing' people and underwent her own personal transformation. Both Plum and White shifted their perspective and mindset based on their adoption of The Arbinger Institute's basic principles. Without realizing it, we tend to treat people as objects. We see them solely in terms of their usefulness to us. This invites tension and conflict, and changing this mindset is at the heart of the Arbinger Institute's work. This book is a moving true story of an unhappy woman whose life and family were transformed when she began researching how Arbinger's ideas were being implemented in nursing homes. Kimberly White was astonished to discover that those who choose to care for the elderly and ill, earning low pay in a maligned industry, were nevertheless full of satisfaction, compassion and love because of their ability to see their patients as real and true and valuable people. White's research became a personal exploration of how to see the people in her own life as people in that same profound way. When she did, everything in her life and her world changed--and the reader's will too.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333842</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215541/9781663742469.mp3" length="1477685" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333842 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shift: How Seeing People as People Changes Everything Author: Kimberly White Narrator: Kimberly White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333842" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333842</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shift: How Seeing People as People Changes Everything Author: Kimberly White Narrator: Kimberly White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: June  5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  A vivid depiction and real-world example of the personal and institutional impact of the Arbinger Insititute's transformative ideas (Leadership and Self-Deception; 1.4 million copies sold) within a healthcare organization--The Plum Healthcare Group nursing homes. In general, nursing homes are scorned healthcare institutions--but it was in these transformed Plum homes that Kimberly White discovered a new way of 'seeing' people and underwent her own personal transformation. Both Plum and White shifted their perspective and mindset based on their adoption of The Arbinger Institute's basic principles. Without realizing it, we tend to treat people as objects. We see them solely in terms of their usefulness to us. This invites tension and conflict, and changing this mindset is at the heart of the Arbinger Institute's work. This book is a moving true story of an unhappy woman whose life and family were transformed when she began researching how Arbinger's ideas were being implemented in nursing homes. Kimberly White was astonished to discover that those who choose to care for the elderly and ill, earning low pay in a maligned industry, were nevertheless full of satisfaction, compassion and love because of their ability to see their patients as real and true and valuable people. White's research became a personal exploration of how to see the people in her own life as people in that same profound way. When she did, everything in her life and her world changed--and the reader's will too.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0b77ff142c7c3e2047b175fe0572a38d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Never Stop Learning: Stay Relevant, Reinvent Yourself, and Thrive by Bradley R. Staats</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/never-stop-learning-stay-relevant-reinvent-yourself-and-thrive-by-bradley-r-staats--65215530</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336942" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336942</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Stop Learning: Stay Relevant, Reinvent Yourself, and Thrive Author: Bradley R. Staats Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7 minutes Release date: June  5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  We now live in a learning economy, says Brad Staats, and while learning has always been important, the returns on lifetime learning are greater than ever. Our primary focus must be on our ability to learn. We must strive to develop new skills to create more value--or be left behind. As Jeff Immelt, Chairman and former CEO of GE, has noted, 'You never hire somebody, no matter what the job you're hiring for, for what they know. You're hiring them for how fast you think they can learn.' In Never Stop Learning, Staats outlines the framework that will help you become more effective as a lifelong learner. The steps include: Valuing failure; Focusing on process, not outcome, and on questions, not answers; Making time for reflection; Learning to be true to yourself by playing to your strengths; Pairing specialization with variety; Treating others as learning partners. Replete with the most recent research from behavioral science about how we learn as well as engaging stories that show how real learning happens, Never Stop Learning will become the operating manual for your brain in this new environment.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336942</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Jun 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215530/9781980003045.mp3" length="1478246" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336942 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Stop Learning: Stay Relevant, Reinvent Yourself, and Thrive Author: Bradley R. Staats Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336942" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336942</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Stop Learning: Stay Relevant, Reinvent Yourself, and Thrive Author: Bradley R. Staats Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7 minutes Release date: June  5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  We now live in a learning economy, says Brad Staats, and while learning has always been important, the returns on lifetime learning are greater than ever. Our primary focus must be on our ability to learn. We must strive to develop new skills to create more value--or be left behind. As Jeff Immelt, Chairman and former CEO of GE, has noted, 'You never hire somebody, no matter what the job you're hiring for, for what they know. You're hiring them for how fast you think they can learn.' In Never Stop Learning, Staats outlines the framework that will help you become more effective as a lifelong learner. The steps include: Valuing failure; Focusing on process, not outcome, and on questions, not answers; Making time for reflection; Learning to be true to yourself by playing to your strengths; Pairing specialization with variety; Treating others as learning partners. Replete with the most recent research from behavioral science about how we learn as well as engaging stories that show how real learning happens, Never Stop Learning will become the operating manual for your brain in this new environment.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/891d6428f0119e47bb0b7aebf81e4359.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Strive: How Doing The Things Most Uncomfortable Leads to Success by Scott Amyx</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/strive-how-doing-the-things-most-uncomfortable-leads-to-success-by-scott-amyx--65215633</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334293" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334293</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strive: How Doing The Things Most Uncomfortable Leads to Success Author: Scott Amyx Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 30, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Are you frustrated by trying to achieve your dreams by copying others? Internationally-acclaimed speaker and founder of the cutting-edge venture capital Amyx Ventures, Scott Amyx reveals how you can attain real success in your life, your way. His theory of Strive is a challenge to the conventional wisdom that has held so many people back from achieving their goals and enjoying lasting happiness. Scott helps you take stock of your own habits and practices to identify how your routine and misconceptions are holding you back. Fascinating insights from throughout history up through today's cutting-edge research show how embracing discomfort fuels lasting success. Shape your life in new, exciting ways. You can have control over your career, your outlook, your actions, and your priorities. This book helps you get a fresh start to begin building the successful life you want. ● Discover what really drives success—and how conventional wisdom is wrong ● Clearly identify your own personal challenges—and how to overcome them ● Delve into the latest research on high performance to create a better you ● Learn how high-achievers approach challenge, change, and success]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334293</guid><pubDate>Wed, 30 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215633/9781469098500.mp3" length="14437212" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334293 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strive: How Doing The Things Most Uncomfortable Leads to Success Author: Scott Amyx Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334293" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334293</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strive: How Doing The Things Most Uncomfortable Leads to Success Author: Scott Amyx Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 30, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Are you frustrated by trying to achieve your dreams by copying others? Internationally-acclaimed speaker and founder of the cutting-edge venture capital Amyx Ventures, Scott Amyx reveals how you can attain real success in your life, your way. His theory of Strive is a challenge to the conventional wisdom that has held so many people back from achieving their goals and enjoying lasting happiness. Scott helps you take stock of your own habits and practices to identify how your routine and misconceptions are holding you back. Fascinating insights from throughout history up through today's cutting-edge research show how embracing discomfort fuels lasting success. Shape your life in new, exciting ways. You can have control over your career, your outlook, your actions, and your priorities. This book helps you get a fresh start to begin building the successful life you want. ● Discover what really drives success—and how conventional wisdom is wrong ● Clearly identify your own personal challenges—and how to overcome them ● Delve into the latest research on high performance to create a better you ● Learn how high-achievers approach challenge, change, and success]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ac37b0dc160f13919adf798427c63eaf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Dear Client: This Book Will Teach You How to Get What You Want from Creative People by Bonnie Siegler</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/dear-client-this-book-will-teach-you-how-to-get-what-you-want-from-creative-people-by-bonnie-siegler--65215606</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331684" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331684</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear Client: This Book Will Teach You How to Get What You Want from Creative People Author: Bonnie Siegler Narrator: Bonnie Siegler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In a world where every business, brand, product, and service needs a strong visual identity, it’s critical for clients and creative professionals to work together. And the key to success, as with any relationship, is communication. In Dear Client, award-winning graphic designer Bonnie Siegler offers an invaluable step-by-step guide to how to talk so creatives will listen, and how to listen when creatives talk. Written as a series of 46 honest, friendly lessons—“Know What You Like,” “Decide Who Will Decide,” “Focus Groups Suck,” “Don’t Say ‘Make It Yellow,’ Say ‘Make It Sunny,’” “Serve Lunch During Lunchtime Meetings”—it shows exactly how to deal with the subjectivity, emotional pitfalls, and occasional chaos of a creative partnership. Here’s how to articulate your visual goals and set a clear, consistent direction. How to give feedback that works and avoid words that inhibit creative thinking. How to be open to something you didn’t imagine. And most of all, how to have fun, save money, and get the results you want.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331684</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215606/9781543698619.mp3" length="1478238" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331684 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear Client: This Book Will Teach You How to Get What You Want from Creative People Author: Bonnie Siegler Narrator: Bonnie Siegler Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331684" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331684</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear Client: This Book Will Teach You How to Get What You Want from Creative People Author: Bonnie Siegler Narrator: Bonnie Siegler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In a world where every business, brand, product, and service needs a strong visual identity, it’s critical for clients and creative professionals to work together. And the key to success, as with any relationship, is communication. In Dear Client, award-winning graphic designer Bonnie Siegler offers an invaluable step-by-step guide to how to talk so creatives will listen, and how to listen when creatives talk. Written as a series of 46 honest, friendly lessons—“Know What You Like,” “Decide Who Will Decide,” “Focus Groups Suck,” “Don’t Say ‘Make It Yellow,’ Say ‘Make It Sunny,’” “Serve Lunch During Lunchtime Meetings”—it shows exactly how to deal with the subjectivity, emotional pitfalls, and occasional chaos of a creative partnership. Here’s how to articulate your visual goals and set a clear, consistent direction. How to give feedback that works and avoid words that inhibit creative thinking. How to be open to something you didn’t imagine. And most of all, how to have fun, save money, and get the results you want.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/baaf4230a1ddcdfd59c0f31e8388ad9a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Off the Clock: Feel Less Busy While Getting More Done by Laura Vanderkam</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/off-the-clock-feel-less-busy-while-getting-more-done-by-laura-vanderkam--65215562</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334450" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334450</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Off the Clock: Feel Less Busy While Getting More Done Author: Laura Vanderkam Narrator: Laura Vanderkam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  'I well recall a conversation with an executive I hoped to interview about her astonishing productivity. I began our call with an assurance that I would not take much of her time. She laughed. 'Oh, I have all the time in the world,' she said.' Most of us feel constantly behind, unsure how to escape feeling oppressed by busyness. Laura Vanderkam, unlike other time-management gurus, believes that in order to get more done, we must first feel like we have all the time in the world. Think about it: why haven't you trained for that 5K or read War and Peace? Probably because you feel beaten down by all the time you don't seem to have. In this book, Vanderkam reveals the seven counterintuitive principles the most time-free people have adopted. She teaches mindset shifts to help you feel calm on the busiest days and tools to help you get more done without feeling overwhelmed. You'll meet people such as...  ♦ An elementary school principal who figured out how to spend more time mentoring teachers,  and less time supervising the cafeteria  ♦ An executive who builds lots of meeting-free space into his calendar, despite managing teams  across multiple continents    ♦ A CEO who does focused work in a Waffle House early in the morning, so he can keep an open door and a relaxed mindset all day  ♦ An artist who overcame a creative block, and reached new heights of productivity, by being more gentle with herself, rather than more demanding The strategies in this book can help if your life feels out of control, but they can also help if you want to take your career, your relationships, and your personal happiness to the next level. Vanderkam has packed this book with insights from busy yet relaxed professionals, including 'time makeovers' of people who are learning how to use these tools. Off the Clock can inspire the rest of us to create lives that are not only productive, but enjoyable in the moment.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334450</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215562/9780525630555.mp3" length="4837070" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334450 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Off the Clock: Feel Less Busy While Getting More Done Author: Laura Vanderkam Narrator: Laura Vanderkam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334450" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334450</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Off the Clock: Feel Less Busy While Getting More Done Author: Laura Vanderkam Narrator: Laura Vanderkam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  'I well recall a conversation with an executive I hoped to interview about her astonishing productivity. I began our call with an assurance that I would not take much of her time. She laughed. 'Oh, I have all the time in the world,' she said.' Most of us feel constantly behind, unsure how to escape feeling oppressed by busyness. Laura Vanderkam, unlike other time-management gurus, believes that in order to get more done, we must first feel like we have all the time in the world. Think about it: why haven't you trained for that 5K or read War and Peace? Probably because you feel beaten down by all the time you don't seem to have. In this book, Vanderkam reveals the seven counterintuitive principles the most time-free people have adopted. She teaches mindset shifts to help you feel calm on the busiest days and tools to help you get more done without feeling overwhelmed. You'll meet people such as...  ♦ An elementary school principal who figured out how to spend more time mentoring teachers,  and less time supervising the cafeteria  ♦ An executive who builds lots of meeting-free space into his calendar, despite managing teams  across multiple continents    ♦ A CEO who does focused work in a Waffle House early in the morning, so he can keep an open door and a relaxed mindset all day  ♦ An artist who overcame a creative block, and reached new heights of productivity, by being more gentle with herself, rather than more demanding The strategies in this book can help if your life feels out of control, but they can also help if you want to take your career, your relationships, and your personal happiness to the next level. Vanderkam has packed this book with insights from busy yet relaxed professionals, including 'time makeovers' of people who are learning how to use these tools. Off the Clock can inspire the rest of us to create lives that are not only productive, but enjoyable in the moment.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0dc7bc16e9b2a05e79fb2464b5c5482d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Purposeful: Are You a Manager … or a Movement Starter? by Jennifer Dulski</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/purposeful-are-you-a-manager-or-a-movement-starter-by-jennifer-dulski--65215595</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333098" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333098</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Purposeful: Are You a Manager … or a Movement Starter? Author: Jennifer Dulski Narrator: Jennifer Dulski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 24, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Random House presents the audiobook edition of Purposeful written and read by Jennifer Dulski. Managers accept the world as it is; movement starters push the boundaries to make it more just, compassionate and even joyful. We all need to decide: Are we managers or movement starters? Jennifer Dulski, the head of Groups &amp; Community at Facebook, and former president of Change.org, explains how you can turn your mission into a movement that creates change – whether you’re at a startup or a political campaign, a Fortune 500 company or a local community group, as an intern or a CEO. Anyone can spark change if they believe in the power of taking action, no matter where, or how small, they start. Dulski explains how to create a clear vision, inspire supporters, persuade decision-makers, navigate criticism and more. She pairs her own experience as a startup founder, tech executive and social change leader with powerful stories of movement leaders from both business and activism. Our world needs movement starters more than ever. Packed with practical advice and the inspiring true stories of movement starters from all walks of life, Purposeful will empower you to start your own movement, and make your mark on the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333098</guid><pubDate>Thu, 24 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215595/9780753553039.mp3" length="2437149" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333098 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Purposeful: Are You a Manager … or a Movement Starter? Author: Jennifer Dulski Narrator: Jennifer Dulski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333098" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333098</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Purposeful: Are You a Manager … or a Movement Starter? Author: Jennifer Dulski Narrator: Jennifer Dulski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 24, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Random House presents the audiobook edition of Purposeful written and read by Jennifer Dulski. Managers accept the world as it is; movement starters push the boundaries to make it more just, compassionate and even joyful. We all need to decide: Are we managers or movement starters? Jennifer Dulski, the head of Groups &amp; Community at Facebook, and former president of Change.org, explains how you can turn your mission into a movement that creates change – whether you’re at a startup or a political campaign, a Fortune 500 company or a local community group, as an intern or a CEO. Anyone can spark change if they believe in the power of taking action, no matter where, or how small, they start. Dulski explains how to create a clear vision, inspire supporters, persuade decision-makers, navigate criticism and more. She pairs her own experience as a startup founder, tech executive and social change leader with powerful stories of movement leaders from both business and activism. Our world needs movement starters more than ever. Packed with practical advice and the inspiring true stories of movement starters from all walks of life, Purposeful will empower you to start your own movement, and make your mark on the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/683ec29940c11d559bff7a206df309dc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Purposeful: Are You a Manager or a Movement Starter? by Jennifer Dulski</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/purposeful-are-you-a-manager-or-a-movement-starter-by-jennifer-dulski--65215568</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333338" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333338</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Purposeful: Are You a Manager or a Movement Starter? Author: Jennifer Dulski Narrator: Jennifer Dulski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Managers accept the world as it is; movement starters push the boundaries to make it more just, compassionate, and even joyful. We all need to decide: Are we managers or movement starters? Jennifer Dulski, the head of Groups at Facebook, and former president of Change.org, explains how you can turn your mission into a movement that creates change--whether you're at a startup or a political campaign, at a Fortune 500 company or a local community group, or an intern or a CEO. Anyone can spark change if they believe in the power of taking action, no matter where, or how small, they start. Dulski explains how to create a clear vision, inspire supporters, persuade decision makers, navigate criticism, and more. She pairs her own experience as a startup founder, tech executive, and social change leader with powerful stories of movement leaders from both business and activism. Our world needs movement starters more than ever. Packed with practical advice and the inspiring true stories of movement starters from all walks of life, Purposeful will empower you to start your own movement and make your mark on the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333338</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215568/9781524779757.mp3" length="4837072" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333338 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Purposeful: Are You a Manager or a Movement Starter? Author: Jennifer Dulski Narrator: Jennifer Dulski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333338" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333338</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Purposeful: Are You a Manager or a Movement Starter? Author: Jennifer Dulski Narrator: Jennifer Dulski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Managers accept the world as it is; movement starters push the boundaries to make it more just, compassionate, and even joyful. We all need to decide: Are we managers or movement starters? Jennifer Dulski, the head of Groups at Facebook, and former president of Change.org, explains how you can turn your mission into a movement that creates change--whether you're at a startup or a political campaign, at a Fortune 500 company or a local community group, or an intern or a CEO. Anyone can spark change if they believe in the power of taking action, no matter where, or how small, they start. Dulski explains how to create a clear vision, inspire supporters, persuade decision makers, navigate criticism, and more. She pairs her own experience as a startup founder, tech executive, and social change leader with powerful stories of movement leaders from both business and activism. Our world needs movement starters more than ever. Packed with practical advice and the inspiring true stories of movement starters from all walks of life, Purposeful will empower you to start your own movement and make your mark on the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e0877cef83705efa4afd67321f517ba7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Stone's Rules: How to Win at Politics, Business, and Style by Roger Stone</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/stone-s-rules-how-to-win-at-politics-business-and-style-by-roger-stone--65215543</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335507" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335507</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stone's Rules: How to Win at Politics, Business, and Style Author: Roger Stone Narrator: Paul Costanzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  At long last, America’s most notorious political operative has released his operating manual! A freedom fighter to his admirers, a dirty trickster to his detractors, the flamboyant, outrageous, articulate, and extraordinarily well-dressed Roger Stone lays out Stone’s Rules—the maxims that have governed his legendary career as a campaign operative for four American presidents, from Richard Nixon to Donald Trump. As a raconteur, pundit, prognosticator, and battle-scarred veteran of America’s political wars, Roger Stone shares his lessons on punking liberals and playing the media, gives an inside look at his push to legalize marijuana, details how much linen to show at the cuff of an impeccably-cut suit, lays out how and why LBJ orchestrated the murder of JFK, and reveals how to make the truly great marinara sauce that is the foundation of Stone’s legendary Sunday Gravy. Part Machiavelli's The Prince, part Sun Tzu’s The Art of War, Stone’s Rules is an operating manual for navigating the rough-and-tumble of life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335507</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215543/9781666569988.mp3" length="1477713" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335507 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stone's Rules: How to Win at Politics, Business, and Style Author: Roger Stone Narrator: Paul Costanzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335507" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335507</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stone's Rules: How to Win at Politics, Business, and Style Author: Roger Stone Narrator: Paul Costanzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  At long last, America’s most notorious political operative has released his operating manual! A freedom fighter to his admirers, a dirty trickster to his detractors, the flamboyant, outrageous, articulate, and extraordinarily well-dressed Roger Stone lays out Stone’s Rules—the maxims that have governed his legendary career as a campaign operative for four American presidents, from Richard Nixon to Donald Trump. As a raconteur, pundit, prognosticator, and battle-scarred veteran of America’s political wars, Roger Stone shares his lessons on punking liberals and playing the media, gives an inside look at his push to legalize marijuana, details how much linen to show at the cuff of an impeccably-cut suit, lays out how and why LBJ orchestrated the murder of JFK, and reveals how to make the truly great marinara sauce that is the foundation of Stone’s legendary Sunday Gravy. Part Machiavelli's The Prince, part Sun Tzu’s The Art of War, Stone’s Rules is an operating manual for navigating the rough-and-tumble of life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2ddb8e215c9f873ec81a92d7f09999cc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Holistic Success: Power Up Your Mental Game by Ed Foreman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/holistic-success-power-up-your-mental-game-by-ed-foreman--65215542</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334559" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334559</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holistic Success: Power Up Your Mental Game Author: Ed Foreman Narrator: Ed Foreman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Successful life speaker and motivational legend Ed Foreman takes a Texan’s approach to the timeless principles of success, wealth, happiness, and an overall holistically successful life in this rambunctious and comedic three-part series. A self-made millionaire by the age of twenty-six, he speaks from tried-and-true principles that have brought him to where he is today, attracting students to his teachings such as Zig Ziglar and Les Brown who came to Ed Foreman to be mentored. In this three-section series, Ed outlines practical steps and advice on how to take control of the balance of your mental, physical, and professional health to pursue your dreams. Grow your confidence in your public speaking and professional developmentTake control of your mental attitude to win every dayCharge ahead in your physical health so you can enjoy your holistic success for years to comeEd Foreman served in the United States Congress for two terms with two different states and has served in advisory capacity to five presidents including Ronald Reagan and George H. W. Bush; he was also an industrious worker in the oil fields of Texas and positioned himself into millionaire status by the age of twenty-six. It was from this “fruit on his tree” that he created his speaking platform to help others achieve their success through the power of a positive mental attitude and holistic approach to a successful life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334559</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215542/9781982547899.mp3" length="1478218" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334559 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holistic Success: Power Up Your Mental Game Author: Ed Foreman Narrator: Ed Foreman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334559" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334559</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holistic Success: Power Up Your Mental Game Author: Ed Foreman Narrator: Ed Foreman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Successful life speaker and motivational legend Ed Foreman takes a Texan’s approach to the timeless principles of success, wealth, happiness, and an overall holistically successful life in this rambunctious and comedic three-part series. A self-made millionaire by the age of twenty-six, he speaks from tried-and-true principles that have brought him to where he is today, attracting students to his teachings such as Zig Ziglar and Les Brown who came to Ed Foreman to be mentored. In this three-section series, Ed outlines practical steps and advice on how to take control of the balance of your mental, physical, and professional health to pursue your dreams. Grow your confidence in your public speaking and professional developmentTake control of your mental attitude to win every dayCharge ahead in your physical health so you can enjoy your holistic success for years to comeEd Foreman served in the United States Congress for two terms with two different states and has served in advisory capacity to five presidents including Ronald Reagan and George H. W. Bush; he was also an industrious worker in the oil fields of Texas and positioned himself into millionaire status by the age of twenty-six. It was from this “fruit on his tree” that he created his speaking platform to help others achieve their success through the power of a positive mental attitude and holistic approach to a successful life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6785163da6805c25d135743ccd1e8bbb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Make the Most of Your Workday: Be More Productive, Engaged, and Satisfied as You Conquer the Chaos at Work by Mary A. Camuto</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/make-the-most-of-your-workday-be-more-productive-engaged-and-satisfied-as-you-conquer-the-chaos-at-work-by-mary-a-camuto--65215632</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332939" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332939</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make the Most of Your Workday: Be More Productive, Engaged, and Satisfied as You Conquer the Chaos at Work Author: Mary A. Camuto Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: May 21, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Even if you don’t have your dream job, every day is precious and filled with opportunities. Make the Most of Your Workday challenges you to actively manage and make the most of workday possibilities and problems. With drive, determination, and optimism, it offers solutions to workday predicaments. You can take control; you don’t have to wait for leaders, people, or circumstances to change. No matter your level, situation, or dilemma, Mary shows you how to regroup, reframe, and bounce back. Make the Most of Your Workday begins with six common scenarios. Can you relate to any of the following challenges? Getting caught up in office dramasWatching workloads increase while resources decreaseFeeling your interest, enthusiasm, and focus fadeYearning for effective leadershipWanting to avoid working with certain peopleFeeling at the mercy of technologyMake the Most of Your Workday contains powerful strategies and tools from several key areas and combines them into a concise practical guide, from strengthening your mindset and self-awareness to identifying needs and goals, from prioritizing your time and energy to communicating effectively and managing the unexpected.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332939</guid><pubDate>Mon, 21 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215632/9781538521212.mp3" length="1478250" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make the Most of Your Workday: Be More Productive, Engaged, and Satisfied as You Conquer the Chaos at Work Author: Mary A. Camuto Narrator: Pam Ward...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332939" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332939</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make the Most of Your Workday: Be More Productive, Engaged, and Satisfied as You Conquer the Chaos at Work Author: Mary A. Camuto Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: May 21, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Even if you don’t have your dream job, every day is precious and filled with opportunities. Make the Most of Your Workday challenges you to actively manage and make the most of workday possibilities and problems. With drive, determination, and optimism, it offers solutions to workday predicaments. You can take control; you don’t have to wait for leaders, people, or circumstances to change. No matter your level, situation, or dilemma, Mary shows you how to regroup, reframe, and bounce back. Make the Most of Your Workday begins with six common scenarios. Can you relate to any of the following challenges? Getting caught up in office dramasWatching workloads increase while resources decreaseFeeling your interest, enthusiasm, and focus fadeYearning for effective leadershipWanting to avoid working with certain peopleFeeling at the mercy of technologyMake the Most of Your Workday contains powerful strategies and tools from several key areas and combines them into a concise practical guide, from strengthening your mindset and self-awareness to identifying needs and goals, from prioritizing your time and energy to communicating effectively and managing the unexpected.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8171f91e611568639f4a500351159e3e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>What Self-Made Millionaires Do That Most People Don't: 52 Ways to Create Your Own Success by Ann Marie Sabath</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-self-made-millionaires-do-that-most-people-don-t-52-ways-to-create-your-own-success-by-ann-marie-sabath--65215580</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333178" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333178</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Self-Made Millionaires Do That Most People Don't: 52 Ways to Create Your Own Success Author: Ann Marie Sabath Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 21, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Confucius said that a thousand-mile journey begins with a single step. The same principle applies to becoming a self-made millionaire, except this journey is a little shorter, comprising just 52 common sense practices. Featuring interviews with a wide-ranging list of self-made millionaires, you will be astonished to see how anyone can achieve this status by creating the right mindset. You will learn how white-collar professionals, blue-collar workers, small business owners, even teenagers alike have joined this million-dollar net worth club by methodically and consistently putting into practice the self-made millionaire game plan revealed in this book. In What Self-Made Millionaires Do that Most People Don't, Ann Marie Sabath makes it easy for you to implement these simple strategies by posing a question at the end of each section to help you begin your own self-made millionaire journey. What Self-Made Millionaires Do that Most People Don't will teach you: - How to create a self-made millionaire mindset. - The 25 habits all accomplished individuals have in common. - How self-made millionaires benefit from 'failure.' - Powerful advice for anyone ready to begin their self-made millionaire journey. OK, you've been given the rod, now go fish!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333178</guid><pubDate>Mon, 21 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215580/9781543690064.mp3" length="1478372" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333178 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Self-Made Millionaires Do That Most People Don't: 52 Ways to Create Your Own Success Author: Ann Marie Sabath Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333178" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333178</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Self-Made Millionaires Do That Most People Don't: 52 Ways to Create Your Own Success Author: Ann Marie Sabath Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 21, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Confucius said that a thousand-mile journey begins with a single step. The same principle applies to becoming a self-made millionaire, except this journey is a little shorter, comprising just 52 common sense practices. Featuring interviews with a wide-ranging list of self-made millionaires, you will be astonished to see how anyone can achieve this status by creating the right mindset. You will learn how white-collar professionals, blue-collar workers, small business owners, even teenagers alike have joined this million-dollar net worth club by methodically and consistently putting into practice the self-made millionaire game plan revealed in this book. In What Self-Made Millionaires Do that Most People Don't, Ann Marie Sabath makes it easy for you to implement these simple strategies by posing a question at the end of each section to help you begin your own self-made millionaire journey. What Self-Made Millionaires Do that Most People Don't will teach you: - How to create a self-made millionaire mindset. - The 25 habits all accomplished individuals have in common. - How self-made millionaires benefit from 'failure.' - Powerful advice for anyone ready to begin their self-made millionaire journey. OK, you've been given the rod, now go fish!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0aabb40553ca20026c91ddc7e2a632b1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[French] - Bill Gates devoile Les 14 principles cles de creation de la richesse: Decouvrez les Ingredients Mysterieux a l'origine de Toutes</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/french-bill-gates-devoile-les-14-principles-cles-de-creation-de-la-richesse-decouvrez-les-ingredients-mysterieux-a-l-origine-de-toutes--65215574</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337041" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337041</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Bill Gates devoile Les 14 principles cles de creation de la richesse: Decouvrez les Ingredients Mysterieux a l'origine de Toutes les Grandes Fortunes Author: Achille Wealth Phd Narrator: Chris Kayser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 18, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Nous vivons le plus grand moment de toute l'histoire humaine. Plus de gens deviennent riches aujourd'hui, à partir de rien que ce qui n'a jamais été imaginé. Le nombre de millionnaires et de milliardaires est en croissance chaque année. Nous n'avons jamais vu ce type de création de richesse rapide dans toute l'histoire humaine. Voici les bonnes nouvelles. Pratiquement la majorité des hommes et femmes d'affaires prospères ont commencé à partir de rien. Probablement 99% des gens qui ont réussi financièrement aujourd'hui ont commencé hors faillite ou presque brisé par des tentatives infructueuses, mais ils ont persévéré. Le self-made millionnaire moyen a été en faillite ou proche de la faillite à plusieurs reprises. La plupart d'entre eux ont échoué à plusieurs reprises avant de finalement trouver la bonne formule qu'ils ont pu appliquer pour atteindre la réussite financière. Et ce que des centaines de milliers et de millions d'autres personnes l'ont fait, vous pouvez aussi le faire et bien. Dans ce livre audio transformateur et inédit, Bill Gates nous plonge au cœur des principes clés de création de la richesse. Chacun d'eux est indispensable à votre objectif de devenir financièrement indépendant. L'absence de l'un de ces principes peut, par lui-même, saper, voire détruire vos chances pour la santé, le bonheur et une grande prospérité. Les bonnes nouvelles sont que vous pouvez apprendre chacun de ces principes par la pratique et la répétition, encore et encore, jusqu'à ce qu'ils deviennent aussi naturels comme respirer. Tout comme vous avez appris à faire du vélo ou conduire une voiture, vous pouvez apprendre les secrets de la réussite de milliardaires et les appliquer dans votre vie. Et il n'y a pas de limites à l'exception des limites que vous placez sur vous-même.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337041</guid><pubDate>Fri, 18 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215574/9781945213809.mp3" length="2437203" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337041 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Bill Gates devoile Les 14 principles cles de creation de la richesse: Decouvrez les Ingredients Mysterieux a l'origine de Toutes les Grandes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337041" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337041</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Bill Gates devoile Les 14 principles cles de creation de la richesse: Decouvrez les Ingredients Mysterieux a l'origine de Toutes les Grandes Fortunes Author: Achille Wealth Phd Narrator: Chris Kayser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 18, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Nous vivons le plus grand moment de toute l'histoire humaine. Plus de gens deviennent riches aujourd'hui, à partir de rien que ce qui n'a jamais été imaginé. Le nombre de millionnaires et de milliardaires est en croissance chaque année. Nous n'avons jamais vu ce type de création de richesse rapide dans toute l'histoire humaine. Voici les bonnes nouvelles. Pratiquement la majorité des hommes et femmes d'affaires prospères ont commencé à partir de rien. Probablement 99% des gens qui ont réussi financièrement aujourd'hui ont commencé hors faillite ou presque brisé par des tentatives infructueuses, mais ils ont persévéré. Le self-made millionnaire moyen a été en faillite ou proche de la faillite à plusieurs reprises. La plupart d'entre eux ont échoué à plusieurs reprises avant de finalement trouver la bonne formule qu'ils ont pu appliquer pour atteindre la réussite financière. Et ce que des centaines de milliers et de millions d'autres personnes l'ont fait, vous pouvez aussi le faire et bien. Dans ce livre audio transformateur et inédit, Bill Gates nous plonge au cœur des principes clés de création de la richesse. Chacun d'eux est indispensable à votre objectif de devenir financièrement indépendant. L'absence de l'un de ces principes peut, par lui-même, saper, voire détruire vos chances pour la santé, le bonheur et une grande prospérité. Les bonnes nouvelles sont que vous pouvez apprendre chacun de ces principes par la pratique et la répétition, encore et encore, jusqu'à ce qu'ils deviennent aussi naturels comme respirer. Tout comme vous avez appris à faire du vélo ou conduire une voiture, vous pouvez apprendre les secrets de la réussite de milliardaires et les appliquer dans votre vie. Et il n'y a pas de limites à l'exception des limites que vous placez sur vous-même.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5653292c70eb8633c91253bc27d15be4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>80/20 Principle: The Secret to Working Less and Making More by Paul J. Stanley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/80-20-principle-the-secret-to-working-less-and-making-more-by-paul-j-stanley--65215558</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334654" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334654</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 80/20 Principle: The Secret to Working Less and Making More Author: Paul J. Stanley Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.22 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Learn how to optimize everything you do from the get-go! Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. You can either think that's unfair or you can use it to your advantage. If you're reading this, you're one of the smart people who will choose to harness the energy of this principle rather than fight against it. Learn how to apply the 80/20 rule to your life. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn.. 80/20 Principle Concepts Of Earning The Employee The Business Owner Causes Of Low Ration Of Earning To Work Correct Implementation And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334654</guid><pubDate>Fri, 18 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215558/9781982705077.mp3" length="1477615" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334654 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 80/20 Principle: The Secret to Working Less and Making More Author: Paul J. Stanley Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334654" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334654</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 80/20 Principle: The Secret to Working Less and Making More Author: Paul J. Stanley Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.22 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Learn how to optimize everything you do from the get-go! Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. You can either think that's unfair or you can use it to your advantage. If you're reading this, you're one of the smart people who will choose to harness the energy of this principle rather than fight against it. Learn how to apply the 80/20 rule to your life. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn.. 80/20 Principle Concepts Of Earning The Employee The Business Owner Causes Of Low Ration Of Earning To Work Correct Implementation And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8a097e94c96511056d335d1bec527251.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Motivation Toolkit: How to Align Your Employees' Interests with Your Own by David Kreps</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-motivation-toolkit-how-to-align-your-employees-interests-with-your-own-by-david-kreps--65215645</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332674" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332674</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Motivation Toolkit: How to Align Your Employees' Interests with Your Own Author: David Kreps Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Getting your employees to do their best work has never been easy. But it is a particular challenge for knowledge workers, who must attend to many different tasks and whose to-do list is often ambiguous, requiring outside-the-box thinking. Lists of dos and don'ts are rarely effective. Instead, your best bet is to align their interests with your own—the heart of motivation—and set them free to use their own drive and creativity on their, and your, behalf. But how do you align their interests with your own? How do you avoid incentive schemes that warp priorities, encourage perfunctory and sloppy work, or cause unethical behavior? In The Motivation Toolkit, economist and management expert David Kreps offers a variety of tools, drawn from the disciplines of economics and social psychology, that you can adapt to your specific situation to achieve better motivation. This starts with understanding both the economic and social relationship your employees have with their work, their jobs, and your organization, then using that understanding to find economic or psychological motivators that will work.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332674</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215645/9781684413614.mp3" length="14437211" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332674 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Motivation Toolkit: How to Align Your Employees' Interests with Your Own Author: David Kreps Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332674" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332674</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Motivation Toolkit: How to Align Your Employees' Interests with Your Own Author: David Kreps Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Getting your employees to do their best work has never been easy. But it is a particular challenge for knowledge workers, who must attend to many different tasks and whose to-do list is often ambiguous, requiring outside-the-box thinking. Lists of dos and don'ts are rarely effective. Instead, your best bet is to align their interests with your own—the heart of motivation—and set them free to use their own drive and creativity on their, and your, behalf. But how do you align their interests with your own? How do you avoid incentive schemes that warp priorities, encourage perfunctory and sloppy work, or cause unethical behavior? In The Motivation Toolkit, economist and management expert David Kreps offers a variety of tools, drawn from the disciplines of economics and social psychology, that you can adapt to your specific situation to achieve better motivation. This starts with understanding both the economic and social relationship your employees have with their work, their jobs, and your organization, then using that understanding to find economic or psychological motivators that will work.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5330166708f7fe1602f82c8509eedd7d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Next Is Now: 5 Steps for Embracing Change—Building a Business that Thrives into the Future by Lior Arussy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/next-is-now-5-steps-for-embracing-change-building-a-business-that-thrives-into-the-future-by-lior-arussy--65215639</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332922" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332922</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Next Is Now: 5 Steps for Embracing Change—Building a Business that Thrives into the Future Author: Lior Arussy Narrator: Lior Arussy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  One of the world’s leading authorities on customer-centric business transformation, Lior Arussy—founder and CEO of the global consulting firm Strativity Group—offers “a revolutionary, yet pragmatic guide to not only managing change, but driving and thriving in a world of cataclysmic explosions of information and technology” (Joseph Michelli, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Leading the Starbucks Way). The old business model of adapting to change for continued success is dead. Change is the new normal. There are no more periods of stability and predictability. There is only change. This continuous upheaval can undercut morale, decrease productivity and decimate profits, or it can be a game-changing opportunity.   In Next Is Now, “Lior Arussy provides a comprehensive and instructive roadmap for leading change and preparing yourself and your organization for the future. He generously shares insider insights, examples, and lessons learned from his many years advising top business leaders.” (Denise Lee Yohn, author of What Great Brands Do). He helps corporate leaders and their employees view change as an opportunity to become invested, drive that change, and achieve more success and job satisfaction than if change were simply implemented from the top down.   Based on his experience working one-on-one with major corporate clients like Mercedes-Benz, Royal Caribbean Cruises, Thomson Reuters, HSBC and other Fortune 500 clients, Arussy shares his five-step Future Ready Impact program, guiding change-impacted employees and business owners from a victim mentality to one of participation and ownership. As Stephen Cannon, the former president and CEO of Mercedes-Benz USA, raves, “For anyone interested in building a thriving business, Lior Arussy’s insights provide actionable steps to integrate into your plans for achieving success.”]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332922</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215639/9781508260998.mp3" length="1478214" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332922 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Next Is Now: 5 Steps for Embracing Change—Building a Business that Thrives into the Future Author: Lior Arussy Narrator: Lior Arussy Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332922" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332922</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Next Is Now: 5 Steps for Embracing Change—Building a Business that Thrives into the Future Author: Lior Arussy Narrator: Lior Arussy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  One of the world’s leading authorities on customer-centric business transformation, Lior Arussy—founder and CEO of the global consulting firm Strativity Group—offers “a revolutionary, yet pragmatic guide to not only managing change, but driving and thriving in a world of cataclysmic explosions of information and technology” (Joseph Michelli, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Leading the Starbucks Way). The old business model of adapting to change for continued success is dead. Change is the new normal. There are no more periods of stability and predictability. There is only change. This continuous upheaval can undercut morale, decrease productivity and decimate profits, or it can be a game-changing opportunity.   In Next Is Now, “Lior Arussy provides a comprehensive and instructive roadmap for leading change and preparing yourself and your organization for the future. He generously shares insider insights, examples, and lessons learned from his many years advising top business leaders.” (Denise Lee Yohn, author of What Great Brands Do). He helps corporate leaders and their employees view change as an opportunity to become invested, drive that change, and achieve more success and job satisfaction than if change were simply implemented from the top down.   Based on his experience working one-on-one with major corporate clients like Mercedes-Benz, Royal Caribbean Cruises, Thomson Reuters, HSBC and other Fortune 500 clients, Arussy shares his five-step Future Ready Impact program, guiding change-impacted employees and business owners from a victim mentality to one of participation and ownership. As Stephen Cannon, the former president and CEO of Mercedes-Benz USA, raves, “For anyone interested in building a thriving business, Lior Arussy’s insights provide actionable steps to integrate into your plans for achieving success.”]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/093239a3980205dcd51bff80dd1236fd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Bullshit Jobs: A Theory by David Graeber</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/bullshit-jobs-a-theory-by-david-graeber--65215610</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332923" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332923</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bullshit Jobs: A Theory Author: David Graeber Narrator: Christopher Ragland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 31   Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From David Graeber, the bestselling author of The Dawn of Everything and Debt—“a master of opening up thought and stimulating debate” (Slate)—a powerful argument against the rise of meaningless, unfulfilling jobs…and their consequences. Does your job make a meaningful contribution to the world? In the spring of 2013, David Graeber asked this question in a playful, provocative essay titled “On the Phenomenon of Bullshit Jobs.” It went viral. After one million online views in seventeen different languages, people all over the world are still debating the answer.   There are hordes of people—HR consultants, communication coordinators, telemarketing researchers, corporate lawyers—whose jobs are useless, and, tragically, they know it. These people are caught in bullshit jobs.   Graeber explores one of society’s most vexing and deeply felt concerns, indicting among other villains a particular strain of finance capitalism that betrays ideals shared by thinkers ranging from Keynes to Lincoln. “Clever and charismatic” (The New Yorker), Bullshit Jobs gives individuals, corporations, and societies permission to undergo a shift in values, placing creative and caring work at the center of our culture. This book is for everyone who wants to turn their vocation back into an avocation and “a thought-provoking examination of our working lives” (Financial Times).]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332923</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215610/9781508257400.mp3" length="1478344" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332923 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bullshit Jobs: A Theory Author: David Graeber Narrator: Christopher Ragland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: May...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332923" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332923</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bullshit Jobs: A Theory Author: David Graeber Narrator: Christopher Ragland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 31   Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From David Graeber, the bestselling author of The Dawn of Everything and Debt—“a master of opening up thought and stimulating debate” (Slate)—a powerful argument against the rise of meaningless, unfulfilling jobs…and their consequences. Does your job make a meaningful contribution to the world? In the spring of 2013, David Graeber asked this question in a playful, provocative essay titled “On the Phenomenon of Bullshit Jobs.” It went viral. After one million online views in seventeen different languages, people all over the world are still debating the answer.   There are hordes of people—HR consultants, communication coordinators, telemarketing researchers, corporate lawyers—whose jobs are useless, and, tragically, they know it. These people are caught in bullshit jobs.   Graeber explores one of society’s most vexing and deeply felt concerns, indicting among other villains a particular strain of finance capitalism that betrays ideals shared by thinkers ranging from Keynes to Lincoln. “Clever and charismatic” (The New Yorker), Bullshit Jobs gives individuals, corporations, and societies permission to undergo a shift in values, placing creative and caring work at the center of our culture. This book is for everyone who wants to turn their vocation back into an avocation and “a thought-provoking examination of our working lives” (Financial Times).]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cf1870accd4ff4daaa8d827c9d08d256.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Calm Clarity: How to Use Science to Rewire Your Brain for Greater Wisdom, Fulfillment, and Joy by Due Quach</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/calm-clarity-how-to-use-science-to-rewire-your-brain-for-greater-wisdom-fulfillment-and-joy-by-due-quach--65215605</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331880" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331880</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Calm Clarity: How to Use Science to Rewire Your Brain for Greater Wisdom, Fulfillment, and Joy Author: Due Quach Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  We often don't realize how much control we have over our thoughts, feelings, and actions. On some days, the most minor irritation can upset us, but, on others, we are in our best form and can rise to challenges with grace. These fluctuations depend on the neural networks firing in our brains, but we have the power to consciously break hardwired thought patterns. Author Due Quach developed an intimate understanding of the brain during her personal journey of healing from PTSD. According to Quach, people function in three primary emotional states: in Brain 1.0, people act out of fear and self-preservation; in Brain 2.0, they seek instant gratification; in Brain 3.0, their actions are aligned with their core values. Relying on the latest scientific research, ancient spiritual traditions, and her own personal journey, Quach explains how to activate, exercise, and strengthen Brain 3.0 so that we can take ownership of our thoughts, feelings, and actions. A supplemental PDF is included with this audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331880</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215605/9781666587227.mp3" length="1477851" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331880 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Calm Clarity: How to Use Science to Rewire Your Brain for Greater Wisdom, Fulfillment, and Joy Author: Due Quach Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331880" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331880</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Calm Clarity: How to Use Science to Rewire Your Brain for Greater Wisdom, Fulfillment, and Joy Author: Due Quach Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  We often don't realize how much control we have over our thoughts, feelings, and actions. On some days, the most minor irritation can upset us, but, on others, we are in our best form and can rise to challenges with grace. These fluctuations depend on the neural networks firing in our brains, but we have the power to consciously break hardwired thought patterns. Author Due Quach developed an intimate understanding of the brain during her personal journey of healing from PTSD. According to Quach, people function in three primary emotional states: in Brain 1.0, people act out of fear and self-preservation; in Brain 2.0, they seek instant gratification; in Brain 3.0, their actions are aligned with their core values. Relying on the latest scientific research, ancient spiritual traditions, and her own personal journey, Quach explains how to activate, exercise, and strengthen Brain 3.0 so that we can take ownership of our thoughts, feelings, and actions. A supplemental PDF is included with this audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9b060566bb434b7cf6fdd04de1330c65.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Pick Three: You Can Have It All (Just Not Every Day) by Randi Zuckerberg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/pick-three-you-can-have-it-all-just-not-every-day-by-randi-zuckerberg--65215602</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329971" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329971</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pick Three: You Can Have It All (Just Not Every Day) Author: Randi Zuckerberg Narrator: Randi Zuckerberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In this motivational handbook—both a business how-to and self-help guide—the New York Times bestselling author of Dot Complicated takes on the fallacy of the ''well-balanced'' life, arguing that the key to success is learning to be well-lopsided. Work. Sleep. Fitness. Family. Friends. Pick Three. In an increasingly demanding world, we’ve been told that we can do everything—maintain friendships, devote ourselves to work, spend time with family, stay fit, and get enough sleep. We just need to learn to balance it all. Randi Zuckerberg doesn’t believe in being well-balanced. We can’t do it all every day, she contends, and trying to do so only leaves us frustrated and feeling inadequate. But we can succeed if we Pick Three. Randi first introduced the concept of Pick Three in a tweet—''The Entrepreneur’s Dilemma''—that went viral. Now, in this book, she expands on her philosophy and inspires others to follow her lead. From entrepreneurs to professionals, busy parents to students, Randi can help everyone learn to reject the unrealistic burden of balance and enjoy success in their own lives—by picking the most important areas to focus on in any given day. This practical handbook includes stories from Randi’s career learning that there’s no such thing as a perfect balance—as well as insights and examples from other professionals at the top of the biggest businesses in Silicon Valley, new moms searching for permission to focus on family, and recent graduates convinced they should have it all under control, including Arianna Huffington, Reshma Saujani, Laurie Hernandez, and Brad Takei. We can’t have it all every day, and that’s okay, Randi reminds us. Pick Three is her much-needed guide to learning to embrace the well-lopsided life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329971</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215602/9780062847294.mp3" length="2437147" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329971 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pick Three: You Can Have It All (Just Not Every Day) Author: Randi Zuckerberg Narrator: Randi Zuckerberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329971" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329971</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pick Three: You Can Have It All (Just Not Every Day) Author: Randi Zuckerberg Narrator: Randi Zuckerberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In this motivational handbook—both a business how-to and self-help guide—the New York Times bestselling author of Dot Complicated takes on the fallacy of the ''well-balanced'' life, arguing that the key to success is learning to be well-lopsided. Work. Sleep. Fitness. Family. Friends. Pick Three. In an increasingly demanding world, we’ve been told that we can do everything—maintain friendships, devote ourselves to work, spend time with family, stay fit, and get enough sleep. We just need to learn to balance it all. Randi Zuckerberg doesn’t believe in being well-balanced. We can’t do it all every day, she contends, and trying to do so only leaves us frustrated and feeling inadequate. But we can succeed if we Pick Three. Randi first introduced the concept of Pick Three in a tweet—''The Entrepreneur’s Dilemma''—that went viral. Now, in this book, she expands on her philosophy and inspires others to follow her lead. From entrepreneurs to professionals, busy parents to students, Randi can help everyone learn to reject the unrealistic burden of balance and enjoy success in their own lives—by picking the most important areas to focus on in any given day. This practical handbook includes stories from Randi’s career learning that there’s no such thing as a perfect balance—as well as insights and examples from other professionals at the top of the biggest businesses in Silicon Valley, new moms searching for permission to focus on family, and recent graduates convinced they should have it all under control, including Arianna Huffington, Reshma Saujani, Laurie Hernandez, and Brad Takei. We can’t have it all every day, and that’s okay, Randi reminds us. Pick Three is her much-needed guide to learning to embrace the well-lopsided life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/baebaa7f88515cf76a02650b1a4cad9b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Building Resilience with Appreciative Inquiry: ALeadership Journey through Hope, Despair, and Forgiveness by Joan McArthur-Blair, Jeanie Coc</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/building-resilience-with-appreciative-inquiry-aleadership-journey-through-hope-despair-and-forgiveness-by-joan-mcarthur-blair-jeanie-coc--65215591</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332995" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332995</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building Resilience with Appreciative Inquiry: ALeadership Journey through Hope, Despair, and Forgiveness Author: Joan McArthur-Blair, Jeanie Cockell Narrator: Anna Crowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Since the 1980s, Appreciative Inquiry has proven to be one of the most powerful and effective methods for organizational change. Now two top consultants show how leaders can adapt its principles to become more personally and professionally resilient. Appreciative Inquiry is a venerable and widely used organizational change method that emphasizes identifying what's working and building on those strengths. It is the focus on the best of what is and using that to generate the future that makes it so powerful. In answer to numerous requests from their clients, consultants and scholars McArthur-Blair and Cockell show how to apply the lessons of AI to build resilience in leaders. Every leader has moments of despair, that 'dark night of the soul' where there seems to be no clear path forward. The authors' ALIVE process (Appreciate, Love and Inquire in order to Venture and Evolve) helps leaders forgive themselves for their own failures and those of others, focus on their strengths in times of despair, and amplify and grow those strengths so that they are better able to build hope in themselves and throughout their organizations. In times of rapid change like ours, building resilience is a vital leadership skill.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332995</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215591/9781663739124.mp3" length="1477801" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332995 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building Resilience with Appreciative Inquiry: ALeadership Journey through Hope, Despair, and Forgiveness Author: Joan McArthur-Blair, Jeanie Cockell...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332995" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332995</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building Resilience with Appreciative Inquiry: ALeadership Journey through Hope, Despair, and Forgiveness Author: Joan McArthur-Blair, Jeanie Cockell Narrator: Anna Crowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Since the 1980s, Appreciative Inquiry has proven to be one of the most powerful and effective methods for organizational change. Now two top consultants show how leaders can adapt its principles to become more personally and professionally resilient. Appreciative Inquiry is a venerable and widely used organizational change method that emphasizes identifying what's working and building on those strengths. It is the focus on the best of what is and using that to generate the future that makes it so powerful. In answer to numerous requests from their clients, consultants and scholars McArthur-Blair and Cockell show how to apply the lessons of AI to build resilience in leaders. Every leader has moments of despair, that 'dark night of the soul' where there seems to be no clear path forward. The authors' ALIVE process (Appreciate, Love and Inquire in order to Venture and Evolve) helps leaders forgive themselves for their own failures and those of others, focus on their strengths in times of despair, and amplify and grow those strengths so that they are better able to build hope in themselves and throughout their organizations. In times of rapid change like ours, building resilience is a vital leadership skill.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/abdbb838e0096528c00c86cebf2cd529.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>My Morning Routine: How Successful People Start Every Day Inspired by Michael Xander, Benjamin Spall</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-morning-routine-how-successful-people-start-every-day-inspired-by-michael-xander-benjamin-spall--65215544</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333566" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333566</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Morning Routine: How Successful People Start Every Day Inspired Author: Michael Xander, Benjamin Spall Narrator: Karissa Vacker, Sumalee Montano, Will Damron, Kaleo Griffith, Dominic Hoffman, Hillary Huber, Fred Sanders, Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  'The first few choices you make each morning determine whether you'll be productive and mindful all day, or whether the world will clobber you over the head.' Marie Kondo performs a quick tidying ritual to quiet her mind before leaving the house. The president of Pixar and Walt Disney Animation Studios, Ed Catmull, mixes three shots of espresso with three scoops of cocoa powder and two sweeteners. Fitness expert Jillian Michaels doesn't set an alarm, because her five-year-old jolts her from sleep by jumping into bed for a cuddle every morning. Part instruction manual, part someone else's diary, the authors of My Morning Routine interviewed sixty-four of today's most successful people--including three-time Olympic gold medalist Rebecca Soni, Twitter cofounder Biz Stone, and General Stanley McChrystal--and offer advice on creating a routine of your own. Some routines are all about early morning exercise and spartan living; others are more leisurely and self-indulgent. What they have in common is they don't feel like a chore. Once you land on the right routine, you'll look forward to waking up. This comprehensive guide will show you how to get into a routine that works for you so that you can develop the habits that move you forward. Just as a Jenga stack is only as sturdy as its foundational blocks, the choices we make throughout our day depend on the intentions we set in the morning. Like it or not, our morning habits form the stack that our whole day is built on. Whether you want to boost your productivity, implement a workout or meditation routine, or just learn to roll with the punches in the morning, this book has you covered. Read by Will Damron, Kaleo Griffith, Dominic Hoffman, Hillary Huber, Sumalee Montano, Arthur Morey, Fred Sanders, and Karissa Vacker]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333566</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215544/9780525532644.mp3" length="4837092" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333566 to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Morning Routine: How Successful People Start Every Day Inspired Author: Michael Xander, Benjamin Spall Narrator: Karissa Vacker, Sumalee Montano,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333566" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333566</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Morning Routine: How Successful People Start Every Day Inspired Author: Michael Xander, Benjamin Spall Narrator: Karissa Vacker, Sumalee Montano, Will Damron, Kaleo Griffith, Dominic Hoffman, Hillary Huber, Fred Sanders, Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  'The first few choices you make each morning determine whether you'll be productive and mindful all day, or whether the world will clobber you over the head.' Marie Kondo performs a quick tidying ritual to quiet her mind before leaving the house. The president of Pixar and Walt Disney Animation Studios, Ed Catmull, mixes three shots of espresso with three scoops of cocoa powder and two sweeteners. Fitness expert Jillian Michaels doesn't set an alarm, because her five-year-old jolts her from sleep by jumping into bed for a cuddle every morning. Part instruction manual, part someone else's diary, the authors of My Morning Routine interviewed sixty-four of today's most successful people--including three-time Olympic gold medalist Rebecca Soni, Twitter cofounder Biz Stone, and General Stanley McChrystal--and offer advice on creating a routine of your own. Some routines are all about early morning exercise and spartan living; others are more leisurely and self-indulgent. What they have in common is they don't feel like a chore. Once you land on the right routine, you'll look forward to waking up. This comprehensive guide will show you how to get into a routine that works for you so that you can develop the habits that move you forward. Just as a Jenga stack is only as sturdy as its foundational blocks, the choices we make throughout our day depend on the intentions we set in the morning. Like it or not, our morning habits form the stack that our whole day is built on. Whether you want to boost your productivity, implement a workout or meditation routine, or just learn to roll with the punches in the morning, this book has you covered. Read by Will Damron, Kaleo Griffith, Dominic Hoffman, Hillary Huber, Sumalee Montano, Arthur Morey, Fred Sanders, and Karissa Vacker]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a3b47b40c1d3f3a2e7b44b0152569cc2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The End of Work: Why Your Passion Can Become Your Job by John Tamny</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-end-of-work-why-your-passion-can-become-your-job-by-john-tamny--65215590</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331032" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331032</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Work: Why Your Passion Can Become Your Job Author: John Tamny Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: May  7, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From the author of Popular Economics comes a surprisingly sunny projection of America's future job market. Forget the doomsday predictions of sour-faced nostalgists who say automization and globalization will take away your dream job. The job market is only going to get better and better, according to economist John Tamny, who argues in The End of Work that the greatest gift of prosperity, beyond freedom from painful want, is the existence of work that is interesting.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331032</guid><pubDate>Mon, 07 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215590/9781978608368.mp3" length="1478216" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331032 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Work: Why Your Passion Can Become Your Job Author: John Tamny Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331032" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331032</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Work: Why Your Passion Can Become Your Job Author: John Tamny Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: May  7, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From the author of Popular Economics comes a surprisingly sunny projection of America's future job market. Forget the doomsday predictions of sour-faced nostalgists who say automization and globalization will take away your dream job. The job market is only going to get better and better, according to economist John Tamny, who argues in The End of Work that the greatest gift of prosperity, beyond freedom from painful want, is the existence of work that is interesting.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1bb69265735e261659124176bb3e3f84.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Real Estate Agent: The Keys To Start Your Career and Beyond as a Real Estate Agent by Martin G. Peterson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/real-estate-agent-the-keys-to-start-your-career-and-beyond-as-a-real-estate-agent-by-martin-g-peterson--65215570</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333851" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333851</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Estate Agent: The Keys To Start Your Career and Beyond as a Real Estate Agent Author: Martin G. Peterson Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: May  7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The more you know about your customers, the more you can provide to them information that is increasingly useful, relevant, and persuasive.' - Jay Baer Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. In today's market, a good real estate agent is identified by the way in which they are acting as experts with deep knowledge of the industry, they are responsive and always at the service of a client, meaning they can always be called upon to make a deal happen. Just as we live in an age where technological advancements are on the increase, it not enough to be able to show a client home or places to buy because they can see that for themselves from the internet and subsequently buy from there. You have to stand out to be different. Success in the real estate business means you need to be able to not only have all that information, but you should be able to also educate the buyers on what they do not know about these properties. Buyers feel confident in an agent who translates all the information for them and makes it easier to choose their preferred homes. Learn and master the art of being a real estate agent! Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... What Is Real Estate? Residential Real Estate Commercial Real Estate How Does The Real Estate Industry Work? Who Is The Real Estate Agent? How To Become A Successful Real Estate Agent? Know Your Market A Good Online Presence And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333851</guid><pubDate>Mon, 07 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215570/9781982703097.mp3" length="1478236" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333851 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Estate Agent: The Keys To Start Your Career and Beyond as a Real Estate Agent Author: Martin G. Peterson Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333851" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333851</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Estate Agent: The Keys To Start Your Career and Beyond as a Real Estate Agent Author: Martin G. Peterson Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: May  7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The more you know about your customers, the more you can provide to them information that is increasingly useful, relevant, and persuasive.' - Jay Baer Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. In today's market, a good real estate agent is identified by the way in which they are acting as experts with deep knowledge of the industry, they are responsive and always at the service of a client, meaning they can always be called upon to make a deal happen. Just as we live in an age where technological advancements are on the increase, it not enough to be able to show a client home or places to buy because they can see that for themselves from the internet and subsequently buy from there. You have to stand out to be different. Success in the real estate business means you need to be able to not only have all that information, but you should be able to also educate the buyers on what they do not know about these properties. Buyers feel confident in an agent who translates all the information for them and makes it easier to choose their preferred homes. Learn and master the art of being a real estate agent! Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... What Is Real Estate? Residential Real Estate Commercial Real Estate How Does The Real Estate Industry Work? Who Is The Real Estate Agent? How To Become A Successful Real Estate Agent? Know Your Market A Good Online Presence And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7148cd2f8468133f86ba208feaf1c3fe.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Be Amazing or Go Home: Seven Customer Service Habits That Create Confidence with Everyone by Shep Hyken</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/be-amazing-or-go-home-seven-customer-service-habits-that-create-confidence-with-everyone-by-shep-hyken--65215586</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329503" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329503</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Amazing or Go Home: Seven Customer Service Habits That Create Confidence with Everyone Author: Shep Hyken Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 20 minutes Release date: May  2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Want to amaze your customers, impress the people you work with, and outshine your competition? Going from average to amazing isn't an out-of-reach goal. In fact, amazement is a habit that anyone can master--and Shep Hyken knows the tricks to making it your own. In Be Amazing or Go Home, Shep shares the secrets behind making his motto 'Always Be Amazing!' an everyday lifestyle and shows how you too can become exceptional in business and in life. Drawing on the routines of incredible people, Shep demonstrates simple practices that can elevate your game, including: - Showing up ready to amazing - Being proactive - Craving feedback - Taking responsibility - Embracing authenticity - Focusing on excellence - Turning misery into magic Once you master these habits, you'll be able to create trust, build stronger relationships, make sales, advance your career, and more. Now is the time to step out of the ordinary and step into amazing.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329503</guid><pubDate>Wed, 02 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215586/9781543680027.mp3" length="1478262" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329503 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Amazing or Go Home: Seven Customer Service Habits That Create Confidence with Everyone Author: Shep Hyken Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329503" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329503</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Amazing or Go Home: Seven Customer Service Habits That Create Confidence with Everyone Author: Shep Hyken Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 20 minutes Release date: May  2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Want to amaze your customers, impress the people you work with, and outshine your competition? Going from average to amazing isn't an out-of-reach goal. In fact, amazement is a habit that anyone can master--and Shep Hyken knows the tricks to making it your own. In Be Amazing or Go Home, Shep shares the secrets behind making his motto 'Always Be Amazing!' an everyday lifestyle and shows how you too can become exceptional in business and in life. Drawing on the routines of incredible people, Shep demonstrates simple practices that can elevate your game, including: - Showing up ready to amazing - Being proactive - Craving feedback - Taking responsibility - Embracing authenticity - Focusing on excellence - Turning misery into magic Once you master these habits, you'll be able to create trust, build stronger relationships, make sales, advance your career, and more. Now is the time to step out of the ordinary and step into amazing.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/933d26450a0576c27afe0d62dcb6b2d8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Power of Your Potential: How to Break Through Your Limits by John C. Maxwell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-your-potential-how-to-break-through-your-limits-by-john-c-maxwell--65215622</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329563" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329563</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Your Potential: How to Break Through Your Limits Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Christian Steiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: May  1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 23 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Learn how to maximize your potential in minimal time with this compact how-to book derived from No Limits by #1 New York Times bestselling author John Maxwell. Many of us hold ourselves back because we firmly believe our abilities are finite. But what if our supposed limitations are just an illusion?  In THE POWER OF YOUR POTENTIAL John Maxwell identifies and examines the seventeen key capacities each of us possesses. Some we are born with, such as how we think or how we naturally relate to other people. The rest are choices, often unconscious, including our attitude or personal disciplines. All are expandable. Maxwell gives clear and actionable advice on what we can do to improve in each of these areas. From learning to manage your emotions and increase your energy, to conquering procrastination and becoming more comfortable with taking risks, you will surpass your own expectations to become a better you than you ever thought possible.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329563</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215622/9781478924425.mp3" length="1478310" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329563 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Your Potential: How to Break Through Your Limits Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Christian Steiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329563" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329563</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Your Potential: How to Break Through Your Limits Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Christian Steiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: May  1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 23 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Learn how to maximize your potential in minimal time with this compact how-to book derived from No Limits by #1 New York Times bestselling author John Maxwell. Many of us hold ourselves back because we firmly believe our abilities are finite. But what if our supposed limitations are just an illusion?  In THE POWER OF YOUR POTENTIAL John Maxwell identifies and examines the seventeen key capacities each of us possesses. Some we are born with, such as how we think or how we naturally relate to other people. The rest are choices, often unconscious, including our attitude or personal disciplines. All are expandable. Maxwell gives clear and actionable advice on what we can do to improve in each of these areas. From learning to manage your emotions and increase your energy, to conquering procrastination and becoming more comfortable with taking risks, you will surpass your own expectations to become a better you than you ever thought possible.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d3d9864b14318573e3a1b811459a553b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Political Risk: How Businesses and Organizations Can Anticipate Global Insecurity by Condoleezza Rice, Amy B. Zegart</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/political-risk-how-businesses-and-organizations-can-anticipate-global-insecurity-by-condoleezza-rice-amy-b-zegart--65215620</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329566" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329566</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Risk: How Businesses and Organizations Can Anticipate Global Insecurity Author: Condoleezza Rice, Amy B. Zegart Narrator: Grace Angela Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: May  1, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From New York Times bestselling author and former U.S. secretary of state Condoleezza Rice and Stanford University professor Amy B. Zegart comes an examination of the rapidly evolving state of political risk, and how to navigate it.The world is changing fast. Political risk-the probability that a political action could significantly impact a company's business-is affecting more businesses in more ways than ever before. A generation ago, political risk mostly involved a handful of industries dealing with governments in a few frontier markets. Today, political risk stems from a widening array of actors, including Twitter users, local officials, activists, terrorists, hackers, and more. The very institutions and laws that were supposed to reduce business uncertainty and risk are often having the opposite effect. In today's globalized world, there are no 'safe' bets. POLITICAL RISK investigates and analyzes this evolving landscape, what businesses can do to navigate it, and what all of us can learn about how to better understand and grapple with these rapidly changing global political dynamics. Drawing on lessons from the successes and failures of companies across multiple industries as well as examples from aircraft carrier operations, NASA missions, and other unusual places, POLITICAL RISK offers a first-of-its-kind framework that can be deployed in any organization, from startups to Fortune 500 companies. Organizations that take a serious, systematic approach to political risk management are likely to be surprised less often and recover better. Companies that don't get these basics right are more likely to get blindsided.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329566</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215620/9781478914792.mp3" length="1478328" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329566 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Risk: How Businesses and Organizations Can Anticipate Global Insecurity Author: Condoleezza Rice, Amy B. Zegart Narrator: Grace Angela Henry...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329566" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329566</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Risk: How Businesses and Organizations Can Anticipate Global Insecurity Author: Condoleezza Rice, Amy B. Zegart Narrator: Grace Angela Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: May  1, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From New York Times bestselling author and former U.S. secretary of state Condoleezza Rice and Stanford University professor Amy B. Zegart comes an examination of the rapidly evolving state of political risk, and how to navigate it.The world is changing fast. Political risk-the probability that a political action could significantly impact a company's business-is affecting more businesses in more ways than ever before. A generation ago, political risk mostly involved a handful of industries dealing with governments in a few frontier markets. Today, political risk stems from a widening array of actors, including Twitter users, local officials, activists, terrorists, hackers, and more. The very institutions and laws that were supposed to reduce business uncertainty and risk are often having the opposite effect. In today's globalized world, there are no 'safe' bets. POLITICAL RISK investigates and analyzes this evolving landscape, what businesses can do to navigate it, and what all of us can learn about how to better understand and grapple with these rapidly changing global political dynamics. Drawing on lessons from the successes and failures of companies across multiple industries as well as examples from aircraft carrier operations, NASA missions, and other unusual places, POLITICAL RISK offers a first-of-its-kind framework that can be deployed in any organization, from startups to Fortune 500 companies. Organizations that take a serious, systematic approach to political risk management are likely to be surprised less often and recover better. Companies that don't get these basics right are more likely to get blindsided.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6a65c4e6a2446c25cadcea9862d2943c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>An Effective Life: Inspirational Philosophy from Dr. Covey’s Life by Stephen R. Covey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/an-effective-life-inspirational-philosophy-from-dr-covey-s-life-by-stephen-r-covey--65215619</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331668" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331668</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Effective Life: Inspirational Philosophy from Dr. Covey’s Life Author: Stephen R. Covey Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: May  1, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Stephen R. Covey’s The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People has inspired millions. Today’s generation will be newly inspired by Covey’s An Effective Life, a new approach to practicing the motivating principles taught by one of the greatest teachers of all time. An Effective Life shares original new perspectives on life and self-evaluation, striking infographics, and inspirational quotes in a fresh new package designed for the generation early in their careers and for those long-time Covey admirers who seek to improve their work and personal lives based on principles. You’ll also find a Personal Journal to help you process the insights you’ve gleaned from the book. This book is more than an inspiration, it is an introduction to important principles needed to live An Effective Life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331668</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215619/9781538539224.mp3" length="1478226" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331668 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Effective Life: Inspirational Philosophy from Dr. Covey’s Life Author: Stephen R. Covey Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331668" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331668</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Effective Life: Inspirational Philosophy from Dr. Covey’s Life Author: Stephen R. Covey Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: May  1, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Stephen R. Covey’s The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People has inspired millions. Today’s generation will be newly inspired by Covey’s An Effective Life, a new approach to practicing the motivating principles taught by one of the greatest teachers of all time. An Effective Life shares original new perspectives on life and self-evaluation, striking infographics, and inspirational quotes in a fresh new package designed for the generation early in their careers and for those long-time Covey admirers who seek to improve their work and personal lives based on principles. You’ll also find a Personal Journal to help you process the insights you’ve gleaned from the book. This book is more than an inspiration, it is an introduction to important principles needed to live An Effective Life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b70ea1ef7f6b4482d6a17b6c4aac8bd7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Ask a Manager: How to Navigate Clueless Colleagues, Lunch-Stealing Bosses, and the Rest of Your Life at Work by Alison Green</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/ask-a-manager-how-to-navigate-clueless-colleagues-lunch-stealing-bosses-and-the-rest-of-your-life-at-work-by-alison-green--65215598</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332124" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332124</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ask a Manager: How to Navigate Clueless Colleagues, Lunch-Stealing Bosses, and the Rest of Your Life at Work Author: Alison Green Narrator: Alison Green Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: May  1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From the creator of the popular website Ask a Manager and New York’s work-advice columnist comes a witty, practical guide to 200 difficult professional conversations—featuring all-new advice!     There’s a reason Alison Green has been called “the Dear Abby of the work world.” Ten years as a workplace-advice columnist have taught her that people avoid awkward conversations in the office because they simply don’t know what to say. Thankfully, Green does—and in this incredibly helpful book, she tackles the tough discussions you may need to have during your career. You’ll learn what to say when     • coworkers push their work on you—then take credit for it  • you accidentally trash-talk someone in an email then hit “reply all”  • you’re being micromanaged—or not being managed at all  • you catch a colleague in a lie  • your boss seems unhappy with your work  • your cubemate’s loud speakerphone is making you homicidal  • you got drunk at the holiday party Praise for Ask a Manager “A must-read for anyone who works . . . [Alison Green’s] advice boils down to the idea that you should be professional (even when others are not) and that communicating in a straightforward manner with candor and kindness will get you far, no matter where you work.”—Booklist (starred review)  “The author’s friendly, warm, no-nonsense writing is a pleasure to read, and her advice can be widely applied to relationships in all areas of readers’ lives. Ideal for anyone new to the job market or new to management, or anyone hoping to improve their work experience.”—Library Journal (starred review)  “I am a huge fan of Alison Green’s Ask a Manager column. This book is even better. It teaches us how to deal with many of the most vexing big and little problems in our workplaces—and to do so with grace, confidence, and a sense of humor.”—Robert Sutton, Stanford professor and author of The No Asshole Rule and The Asshole Survival Guide  “Ask a Manager is the ultimate playbook for navigating the traditional workforce in a diplomatic but firm way.”—Erin Lowry, author of Broke Millennial: Stop Scraping By and Get Your Financial Life Together]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332124</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215598/9780525627654.mp3" length="4837064" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332124 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ask a Manager: How to Navigate Clueless Colleagues, Lunch-Stealing Bosses, and the Rest of Your Life at Work Author: Alison Green Narrator: Alison...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332124" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332124</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ask a Manager: How to Navigate Clueless Colleagues, Lunch-Stealing Bosses, and the Rest of Your Life at Work Author: Alison Green Narrator: Alison Green Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: May  1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From the creator of the popular website Ask a Manager and New York’s work-advice columnist comes a witty, practical guide to 200 difficult professional conversations—featuring all-new advice!     There’s a reason Alison Green has been called “the Dear Abby of the work world.” Ten years as a workplace-advice columnist have taught her that people avoid awkward conversations in the office because they simply don’t know what to say. Thankfully, Green does—and in this incredibly helpful book, she tackles the tough discussions you may need to have during your career. You’ll learn what to say when     • coworkers push their work on you—then take credit for it  • you accidentally trash-talk someone in an email then hit “reply all”  • you’re being micromanaged—or not being managed at all  • you catch a colleague in a lie  • your boss seems unhappy with your work  • your cubemate’s loud speakerphone is making you homicidal  • you got drunk at the holiday party Praise for Ask a Manager “A must-read for anyone who works . . . [Alison Green’s] advice boils down to the idea that you should be professional (even when others are not) and that communicating in a straightforward manner with candor and kindness will get you far, no matter where you work.”—Booklist (starred review)  “The author’s friendly, warm, no-nonsense writing is a pleasure to read, and her advice can be widely applied to relationships in all areas of readers’ lives. Ideal for anyone new to the job market or new to management, or anyone hoping to improve their work experience.”—Library Journal (starred review)  “I am a huge fan of Alison Green’s Ask a Manager column. This book is even better. It teaches us how to deal with many of the most vexing big and little problems in our workplaces—and to do so with grace, confidence, and a sense of humor.”—Robert Sutton, Stanford professor and author of The No Asshole Rule and The Asshole Survival Guide  “Ask a Manager is the ultimate playbook for navigating the traditional workforce in a diplomatic but firm way.”—Erin Lowry, author of Broke Millennial: Stop Scraping By and Get Your Financial Life Together]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ba3e049455c399566c81a1b9a0d8fb4c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Meaning Revolution: Leading with the Power of Purpose by Fred Kofman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-meaning-revolution-leading-with-the-power-of-purpose-by-fred-kofman--65215583</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332615" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332615</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Meaning Revolution: Leading with the Power of Purpose Author: Fred Kofman Narrator: Fred Kofman, Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 9 minutes Release date: May  1, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Meaning Revolution, written and read by Fred Kofman with a foreword by Reid Hoffman read by Arthur Morey. Forget the standard practices of leadership taught in business school -- all about compensation, command and control.  This is a new model for how to inspire -- through purpose, principle and people.  The Meaning Revolution is Fred Kofman's call to arms for anyone who has ever felt unengaged at work and offers actionable advice for how we can all find more meaning and dignity whatever we do. Bringing together economics and conflict resolution, counselling and mindfulness, Kofman explains how our most deep-seated anxiety is that we are wasting our lives.  The things that we think matter -- salaries and job titles -- actually only account for 15% of our motivation at work. The other 85% is about how we belong, feeling we make a difference, that we serve a purpose larger than ourselves.  Transformative leadership is about helping employees feel connected to a great mission or purpose, and discovering the 'immortality project' at the core of your business. 'One of the most extraordinary thinkers on leadership and management I have ever encountered'- Sheryl Sandberg]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332615</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215583/9781473561526.mp3" length="1478274" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332615 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Meaning Revolution: Leading with the Power of Purpose Author: Fred Kofman Narrator: Fred Kofman, Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332615" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332615</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Meaning Revolution: Leading with the Power of Purpose Author: Fred Kofman Narrator: Fred Kofman, Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 9 minutes Release date: May  1, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Meaning Revolution, written and read by Fred Kofman with a foreword by Reid Hoffman read by Arthur Morey. Forget the standard practices of leadership taught in business school -- all about compensation, command and control.  This is a new model for how to inspire -- through purpose, principle and people.  The Meaning Revolution is Fred Kofman's call to arms for anyone who has ever felt unengaged at work and offers actionable advice for how we can all find more meaning and dignity whatever we do. Bringing together economics and conflict resolution, counselling and mindfulness, Kofman explains how our most deep-seated anxiety is that we are wasting our lives.  The things that we think matter -- salaries and job titles -- actually only account for 15% of our motivation at work. The other 85% is about how we belong, feeling we make a difference, that we serve a purpose larger than ourselves.  Transformative leadership is about helping employees feel connected to a great mission or purpose, and discovering the 'immortality project' at the core of your business. 'One of the most extraordinary thinkers on leadership and management I have ever encountered'- Sheryl Sandberg]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e847e6e8e8b13d4e5350a9973facaba2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Meaning Revolution: The Power of Transcendent Leadership by Fred Kofman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-meaning-revolution-the-power-of-transcendent-leadership-by-fred-kofman--65215571</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332221" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332221</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Meaning Revolution: The Power of Transcendent Leadership Author: Fred Kofman Narrator: Fred Kofman, Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 10 minutes Release date: May  1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Advisor of Leadership at Google and former vice president of leadership at LinkedIn claims that the biggest driver of motivation is the chance to serve a larger purpose beyond our careers and ourselves, rather than salary, benefits, bonuses, or other material incentives; companies that are able to successfully focus their people, their teams, and their culture around meaning outperform their competition. Fred Kofman's approach to leadership has little to do with the standard practices taught in business school and traditional books. Bringing together economics and business theory, communications and conflict resolution, family counseling and mindfulness mediation, Kofman argues in The Meaning Revolution that our most deep-seated, unspoken, and universal anxiety stems from our fear that our life is being wasted--that the end of life will overtake us when our song is still unsung. Material incentives--salary and benefits--account for perhaps 15 percent of employees' motivation at work. The other 85 percent is driven by a need to belong, a feeling that what we do day in and day out makes a difference, that how we spend our time on earth serves a larger purpose beyond just ourselves.   Kofman claims that transcendental leaders, wherever they are in the hierarchy, are able to put aside their self-interests and help others to feel connected with others on a team or in an organization on a great mission and part of an ennobling purpose. He argues that every organization involved in work that is nonviolent and non addictive has what he calls an 'immortality project' at its core. And the challenge for leaders is to identify and expand on that core, to inspire all stakeholders to take part.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332221</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 May 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215571/9781524783600.mp3" length="4837090" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332221 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Meaning Revolution: The Power of Transcendent Leadership Author: Fred Kofman Narrator: Fred Kofman, Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332221" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332221</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Meaning Revolution: The Power of Transcendent Leadership Author: Fred Kofman Narrator: Fred Kofman, Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 10 minutes Release date: May  1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Advisor of Leadership at Google and former vice president of leadership at LinkedIn claims that the biggest driver of motivation is the chance to serve a larger purpose beyond our careers and ourselves, rather than salary, benefits, bonuses, or other material incentives; companies that are able to successfully focus their people, their teams, and their culture around meaning outperform their competition. Fred Kofman's approach to leadership has little to do with the standard practices taught in business school and traditional books. Bringing together economics and business theory, communications and conflict resolution, family counseling and mindfulness mediation, Kofman argues in The Meaning Revolution that our most deep-seated, unspoken, and universal anxiety stems from our fear that our life is being wasted--that the end of life will overtake us when our song is still unsung. Material incentives--salary and benefits--account for perhaps 15 percent of employees' motivation at work. The other 85 percent is driven by a need to belong, a feeling that what we do day in and day out makes a difference, that how we spend our time on earth serves a larger purpose beyond just ourselves.   Kofman claims that transcendental leaders, wherever they are in the hierarchy, are able to put aside their self-interests and help others to feel connected with others on a team or in an organization on a great mission and part of an ennobling purpose. He argues that every organization involved in work that is nonviolent and non addictive has what he calls an 'immortality project' at its core. And the challenge for leaders is to identify and expand on that core, to inspire all stakeholders to take part.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0c5b63b36baa7bc5b0dc06676f36c78f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Happy Accidents: The Transformative Power of 'YES, AND' at Work and in Life by David Wilk, Frank Ford, David Ahearn</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/happy-accidents-the-transformative-power-of-yes-and-at-work-and-in-life-by-david-wilk-frank-ford-david-ahearn--65215608</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332479" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332479</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy Accidents: The Transformative Power of 'YES, AND' at Work and in Life Author: David Wilk, Frank Ford, David Ahearn Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 30, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  To preserve our precious time and energy, we often default to 'no,' yet this only closes the door to our growth, while a 'yes' opens up a world of possibilities. The secret is adding 'yes, and' to our lives. This seductively simple turn of phrase opens the doors to better collaboration and positive relationships, and invites self-sustaining opportunities into our world. 'Yes, and' helps you get from where you are, as an individual or organization, to where you want to be. No person or organization is an island, and none of us reaches our goals alone. This book shows you how to build on the power of open-mindedness, cultivate supportive relationships, and adopt a win-win mindset to reignite your purpose and unleash your best. ● Harness the power of team collaboration, cooperation, and creativity ● Reframe 'mistakes' and 'bad ideas' into 'Happy Accidents' that lead to opportunities ● Communicate more effectively by learning how to listen actively and build on the pertinent information ● Relinquish some degree of control to allow for more growth and discovery]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332479</guid><pubDate>Mon, 30 Apr 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215608/9781469097282.mp3" length="14436981" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332479 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy Accidents: The Transformative Power of 'YES, AND' at Work and in Life Author: David Wilk, Frank Ford, David Ahearn Narrator: Steve Menasche...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332479" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332479</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy Accidents: The Transformative Power of 'YES, AND' at Work and in Life Author: David Wilk, Frank Ford, David Ahearn Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 30, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  To preserve our precious time and energy, we often default to 'no,' yet this only closes the door to our growth, while a 'yes' opens up a world of possibilities. The secret is adding 'yes, and' to our lives. This seductively simple turn of phrase opens the doors to better collaboration and positive relationships, and invites self-sustaining opportunities into our world. 'Yes, and' helps you get from where you are, as an individual or organization, to where you want to be. No person or organization is an island, and none of us reaches our goals alone. This book shows you how to build on the power of open-mindedness, cultivate supportive relationships, and adopt a win-win mindset to reignite your purpose and unleash your best. ● Harness the power of team collaboration, cooperation, and creativity ● Reframe 'mistakes' and 'bad ideas' into 'Happy Accidents' that lead to opportunities ● Communicate more effectively by learning how to listen actively and build on the pertinent information ● Relinquish some degree of control to allow for more growth and discovery]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/18699436212221527ff7f1dc2ef961aa.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Making Big Decisions Better: How to Set and Simplify Business Strategy by Tim Lewko</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/making-big-decisions-better-how-to-set-and-simplify-business-strategy-by-tim-lewko--65215593</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332480" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332480</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Big Decisions Better: How to Set and Simplify Business Strategy Author: Tim Lewko Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 30, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  For many organizations, the word strategy conjures up endless ideas, concepts and tools - while the intent is correct, the awful reality is most companies do not have a simple, common definition of strategy or a simple approach to make the big decisions. Too many PowerPoints, not enough one pagers that can be put into practice. The lack of a common approach to strategy frustrates executives, creates conflict where there is none, fast-tracks dubious alternatives, lengthens decision-making and hampers the quality of the decisions that finally emerge. With the pace of change and mountain of data that inundates CEOs and executive teams daily, now more than ever, leaders need to simplify and have a common approach to making decisions that concern the purpose and path of their organization. Strategic thinking cannot be outsourced. Tim Lewko's Making Big Decisions Better explains the bare bone elements that must underpin strategic decision making in a practical framework that C-Suite leaders can actually use. Drawing on practical models, stories and client examples, he explains the problem succinctly, offers proven ways forward and provides specific actions to revive strategic thinking, de-clutter the strategy process and drive better financial outcomes.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332480</guid><pubDate>Mon, 30 Apr 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215593/9781469098142.mp3" length="14437201" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332480 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Big Decisions Better: How to Set and Simplify Business Strategy Author: Tim Lewko Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332480" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332480</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Big Decisions Better: How to Set and Simplify Business Strategy Author: Tim Lewko Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 30, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  For many organizations, the word strategy conjures up endless ideas, concepts and tools - while the intent is correct, the awful reality is most companies do not have a simple, common definition of strategy or a simple approach to make the big decisions. Too many PowerPoints, not enough one pagers that can be put into practice. The lack of a common approach to strategy frustrates executives, creates conflict where there is none, fast-tracks dubious alternatives, lengthens decision-making and hampers the quality of the decisions that finally emerge. With the pace of change and mountain of data that inundates CEOs and executive teams daily, now more than ever, leaders need to simplify and have a common approach to making decisions that concern the purpose and path of their organization. Strategic thinking cannot be outsourced. Tim Lewko's Making Big Decisions Better explains the bare bone elements that must underpin strategic decision making in a practical framework that C-Suite leaders can actually use. Drawing on practical models, stories and client examples, he explains the problem succinctly, offers proven ways forward and provides specific actions to revive strategic thinking, de-clutter the strategy process and drive better financial outcomes.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/776841e4b8159bf5e19b3a6ffc5899ce.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Dance of the Possible: The Mostly Honest Completely Irreverent Guide to Creativity by Scott Berkun</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-dance-of-the-possible-the-mostly-honest-completely-irreverent-guide-to-creativity-by-scott-berkun--65215612</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332935" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332935</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dance of the Possible: The Mostly Honest Completely Irreverent Guide to Creativity Author: Scott Berkun Narrator: Scott Berkun Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 25, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  This short, fast paced, irreverent guide to creativity is for everyone who wants better ideas and to finish projects they inspire. In 21 short chapters you'll discover a fresh way to understand creative thinking, how ideas work, plus insights from decades of study on both how to be more productive and creative at the same time.With challenging chapters on topics like creative confidence, making bold decisions, and separating the need for feedback from the desire for encouragement, even if you've read other books on the subject or if this is your first, The Dance of The Possible will surprise you, make you think, laugh and perhaps even dance when you get back to work.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332935</guid><pubDate>Wed, 25 Apr 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215612/9780998919270.mp3" length="1478246" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332935 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dance of the Possible: The Mostly Honest Completely Irreverent Guide to Creativity Author: Scott Berkun Narrator: Scott Berkun Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332935" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332935</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dance of the Possible: The Mostly Honest Completely Irreverent Guide to Creativity Author: Scott Berkun Narrator: Scott Berkun Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 25, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  This short, fast paced, irreverent guide to creativity is for everyone who wants better ideas and to finish projects they inspire. In 21 short chapters you'll discover a fresh way to understand creative thinking, how ideas work, plus insights from decades of study on both how to be more productive and creative at the same time.With challenging chapters on topics like creative confidence, making bold decisions, and separating the need for feedback from the desire for encouragement, even if you've read other books on the subject or if this is your first, The Dance of The Possible will surprise you, make you think, laugh and perhaps even dance when you get back to work.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4bcbdc8c2c444009b3109c3bf2f64232.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Great Jobs for Everyone 50 +, Updated Edition: Finding Work That Keeps You Happy and Healthy...and Pays the Bills by Kerry Hannon</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/great-jobs-for-everyone-50-updated-edition-finding-work-that-keeps-you-happy-and-healthy-and-pays-the-bills-by-kerry-hannon--65215643</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332481" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332481</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Jobs for Everyone 50 +, Updated Edition: Finding Work That Keeps You Happy and Healthy...and Pays the Bills Author: Kerry Hannon Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In this completely revised edition, Hannon offers twice as many jobs and brand-new material to market your skills in today's job market, with expert tips on revamping a résumé, networking, interviewing like a pro, building a social media platform to stand out in the crowd, and much more. Whether you took early retirement, were laid off, are seeking a job that you will love, need supplemental income, or want to stay engaged and make a difference by giving back with your talents, Hannon's book is an essential tool. The truth is that many companies are looking for candidates with your experience, expertise, and maturity. The trick is finding those employers—and going into your search with a positive attitude and realistic expectations. This completely updated Great Jobs shows you how to avoid common job-seeking mistakes and helps you find your ideal employment in today's landscape.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332481</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Apr 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215643/9781469097602.mp3" length="14437199" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332481 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Jobs for Everyone 50 +, Updated Edition: Finding Work That Keeps You Happy and Healthy...and Pays the Bills Author: Kerry Hannon Narrator: Randye...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332481" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332481</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Jobs for Everyone 50 +, Updated Edition: Finding Work That Keeps You Happy and Healthy...and Pays the Bills Author: Kerry Hannon Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In this completely revised edition, Hannon offers twice as many jobs and brand-new material to market your skills in today's job market, with expert tips on revamping a résumé, networking, interviewing like a pro, building a social media platform to stand out in the crowd, and much more. Whether you took early retirement, were laid off, are seeking a job that you will love, need supplemental income, or want to stay engaged and make a difference by giving back with your talents, Hannon's book is an essential tool. The truth is that many companies are looking for candidates with your experience, expertise, and maturity. The trick is finding those employers—and going into your search with a positive attitude and realistic expectations. This completely updated Great Jobs shows you how to avoid common job-seeking mistakes and helps you find your ideal employment in today's landscape.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/42c062d4e166749636b028973525215b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Unsafe Thinking: How to be Nimble and Bold When You Need It Most by Jonah Sachs</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/unsafe-thinking-how-to-be-nimble-and-bold-when-you-need-it-most-by-jonah-sachs--65215584</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333110" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333110</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unsafe Thinking: How to be Nimble and Bold When You Need It Most Author: Jonah Sachs Narrator: Jonah Sachs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  A Financial Times Book of the Month: 'An enchanting book about how to question the conventional, challenge  the status quo, and unlock the creative solutions right under your  nose.' --Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Originals, Give and Take, and Option B with Sheryl Sandberg   'Unsafe Thinking delivers an array of fresh insights on  creativity, motivation, and staying in 'flow.' Packed with powerful case  studies, it will propel you out of your rut and onto a path of better,  sharper thinking.' -- Daniel H. Pink, author of When and To Sell Is Human  How can you challenge and change yourself when you need it most? We're creatures of habit, programmed by evolution to favor the safe and familiar, especially when the stakes are high. This bias no longer serves us in a world of constant change. In fact, today, safe thinking has become extremely dangerous.  Through stories of trailblazers in business, health, education and activism, and leveraging decades of research into creativity and performance, Jonah Sachs reveals a path to higher performance and creativity for anyone ready to step out of their comfort zone. He introduces troublemakers willing to challenge corporate culture like the executive who convinced CVS to drop its multibillion-dollar tobacco business. She now leads the pharmacy giant. Readers will get firsthand accounts of breaking from the status quo from a Nobel prize winning doctor who nearly got himself thrown out medicine, a two-time NBA championship coach who brought joy back to his team by tuning down the focus on competition, a CEO who rebuilt her reputation and life from the ashes from one of the biggest flops in internet history and a Colombian mayor who started an incredibly successful career of political reform by mooning an angry crowd.  Unsafe Thinking is full of counter-intuitive insights that will challenge you to rethink how you work. You'll learn: - Why your area of deep expertise is often where you'll find your biggest blind spots   - Why anxiety can be fuel for creativity   - When to trust intuition and when to challenge it   - How collaborating only with those that share your values stunts your creativity   - How to build an organization that embraces intelligent risk.  An inspiring and accessible read, Unsafe Thinking has the power to change both the way you approach your work and your life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333110</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Apr 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215584/9781549168246.mp3" length="1478322" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333110 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unsafe Thinking: How to be Nimble and Bold When You Need It Most Author: Jonah Sachs Narrator: Jonah Sachs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333110" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333110</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unsafe Thinking: How to be Nimble and Bold When You Need It Most Author: Jonah Sachs Narrator: Jonah Sachs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  A Financial Times Book of the Month: 'An enchanting book about how to question the conventional, challenge  the status quo, and unlock the creative solutions right under your  nose.' --Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Originals, Give and Take, and Option B with Sheryl Sandberg   'Unsafe Thinking delivers an array of fresh insights on  creativity, motivation, and staying in 'flow.' Packed with powerful case  studies, it will propel you out of your rut and onto a path of better,  sharper thinking.' -- Daniel H. Pink, author of When and To Sell Is Human  How can you challenge and change yourself when you need it most? We're creatures of habit, programmed by evolution to favor the safe and familiar, especially when the stakes are high. This bias no longer serves us in a world of constant change. In fact, today, safe thinking has become extremely dangerous.  Through stories of trailblazers in business, health, education and activism, and leveraging decades of research into creativity and performance, Jonah Sachs reveals a path to higher performance and creativity for anyone ready to step out of their comfort zone. He introduces troublemakers willing to challenge corporate culture like the executive who convinced CVS to drop its multibillion-dollar tobacco business. She now leads the pharmacy giant. Readers will get firsthand accounts of breaking from the status quo from a Nobel prize winning doctor who nearly got himself thrown out medicine, a two-time NBA championship coach who brought joy back to his team by tuning down the focus on competition, a CEO who rebuilt her reputation and life from the ashes from one of the biggest flops in internet history and a Colombian mayor who started an incredibly successful career of political reform by mooning an angry crowd.  Unsafe Thinking is full of counter-intuitive insights that will challenge you to rethink how you work. You'll learn: - Why your area of deep expertise is often where you'll find your biggest blind spots   - Why anxiety can be fuel for creativity   - When to trust intuition and when to challenge it   - How collaborating only with those that share your values stunts your creativity   - How to build an organization that embraces intelligent risk.  An inspiring and accessible read, Unsafe Thinking has the power to change both the way you approach your work and your life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/40b2d5e983611a085de7038d857f8de4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Leader Habit: Master the Skills You Need to Lead--in Just Minutes a Day by Martin Lanik</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-leader-habit-master-the-skills-you-need-to-lead-in-just-minutes-a-day-by-martin-lanik--65215649</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329504" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329504</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leader Habit: Master the Skills You Need to Lead--in Just Minutes a Day Author: Martin Lanik Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 19, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In leadership as in life, only practice makes perfect. Habits are powerful. They can lock us into negative behaviors (like snacking and smoking) or train us to act automatically in ways that benefit us (such as putting on a seat belt). Routines quietly undergird large portions of what we do and how we function. Habit formation can speed success in the workplace as well--even in complex areas like leadership. The Leader Habit spotlights 22 essential leadership abilities, breaking them down into a series of small, learnable behaviors. The accompanying 5-minute exercises help you practice each of these new skills until they stick. Drawn from a study of hundreds of leaders across the globe, the book's simple formula focuses on developing one skill at a time: sell the vision, delegate well, innovate often, empower others, overcome resistance, build strategic relationships, focus on customers, listen actively, negotiate effectively, and more. Many of us aspire to great leadership . . . consuming books and training. But unless you intentionally reinforce the right behaviors, results are fleeting. This eye-opening and original book builds the 'muscle memory' to turn leadership skills into lasting habits.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329504</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 Apr 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215649/9781543685879.mp3" length="1478256" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329504 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leader Habit: Master the Skills You Need to Lead--in Just Minutes a Day Author: Martin Lanik Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329504" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329504</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leader Habit: Master the Skills You Need to Lead--in Just Minutes a Day Author: Martin Lanik Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 19, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In leadership as in life, only practice makes perfect. Habits are powerful. They can lock us into negative behaviors (like snacking and smoking) or train us to act automatically in ways that benefit us (such as putting on a seat belt). Routines quietly undergird large portions of what we do and how we function. Habit formation can speed success in the workplace as well--even in complex areas like leadership. The Leader Habit spotlights 22 essential leadership abilities, breaking them down into a series of small, learnable behaviors. The accompanying 5-minute exercises help you practice each of these new skills until they stick. Drawn from a study of hundreds of leaders across the globe, the book's simple formula focuses on developing one skill at a time: sell the vision, delegate well, innovate often, empower others, overcome resistance, build strategic relationships, focus on customers, listen actively, negotiate effectively, and more. Many of us aspire to great leadership . . . consuming books and training. But unless you intentionally reinforce the right behaviors, results are fleeting. This eye-opening and original book builds the 'muscle memory' to turn leadership skills into lasting habits.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fda265703ce5e4e7b881d7d4291e0258.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Saved From Success: How God Can Free You from Culture’s Distortion of Family, Work, and the Good Life by Dale Partridge</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/saved-from-success-how-god-can-free-you-from-culture-s-distortion-of-family-work-and-the-good-life-by-dale-partridge--65215607</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329649" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329649</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saved From Success: How God Can Free You from Culture’s Distortion of Family, Work, and the Good Life Author: Dale Partridge Narrator: Mark Smeby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  What if the world's view of success is God's definition of failure? What if your beliefs about marriage, children, career, or money aren't based on God's values, but on those of a broken culture?  When Dale Partridge's outwardly perfect life, marriage, and family were crumbling on the inside, he began questioning if culture's definition of success was something to seek after or to be saved from. What he found challenged everything he believed about 'the good life' and equipped him to rebuild an even better life based on God's timeless design. Filled with scripture and practical application, Saved from Success is the book millions of burned-out and bedraggled Christians have been waiting for.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329649</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Apr 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215607/9780718093532.mp3" length="1478254" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329649 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saved From Success: How God Can Free You from Culture’s Distortion of Family, Work, and the Good Life Author: Dale Partridge Narrator: Mark Smeby...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329649" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329649</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saved From Success: How God Can Free You from Culture’s Distortion of Family, Work, and the Good Life Author: Dale Partridge Narrator: Mark Smeby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  What if the world's view of success is God's definition of failure? What if your beliefs about marriage, children, career, or money aren't based on God's values, but on those of a broken culture?  When Dale Partridge's outwardly perfect life, marriage, and family were crumbling on the inside, he began questioning if culture's definition of success was something to seek after or to be saved from. What he found challenged everything he believed about 'the good life' and equipped him to rebuild an even better life based on God's timeless design. Filled with scripture and practical application, Saved from Success is the book millions of burned-out and bedraggled Christians have been waiting for.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2b649d46a7080a8a71e0181c00e8081c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How Women Rise: Break the 12 Habits Holding You Back by Marshall Goldsmith, Sally Helgesen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-women-rise-break-the-12-habits-holding-you-back-by-marshall-goldsmith-sally-helgesen--65215614</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329583" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329583</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Women Rise: Break the 12 Habits Holding You Back Author: Marshall Goldsmith, Sally Helgesen Narrator: Sally Helgesen, Marshall Goldsmith, Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Random House presents the audiobook edition of How Women Rise by Sally Helgesen and Marshall Goldsmith, read by the authors and Suzanne Toren. By the bestselling author of What Got You Here Won’t Get You There Do you hesitate about putting forward ideas? Are you reluctant to claim credit for your achievements? Do you find it difficult to get the support you need from your boss or the recognition you deserve from your colleagues? If your answer to any of these is ‘Yes’, How Women Rise will help get you back on track. Inspiring and practical by turns, it identifies 12 common habits that can prove an obstacle to future success and tells you how to overcome them. In the process, it points the way to a career that will satisfy your ambitions and help you make the difference you want to make in the world. ‘Guidance on the habits you fall into that aren’t helping you achieve the success you deserve. It’s fascinating.’ Sunday Times ‘How Women Rise is a great read.’ Lois P. Frankel, author of Nice Girls Don’t Get the Corner Office ‘A great resource to discover the 12 habits that hold women back and how to overcome them.’ Forbes]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329583</guid><pubDate>Thu, 12 Apr 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215614/9781473561571.mp3" length="2437227" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329583 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Women Rise: Break the 12 Habits Holding You Back Author: Marshall Goldsmith, Sally Helgesen Narrator: Sally Helgesen, Marshall Goldsmith, Suzanne...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329583" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329583</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Women Rise: Break the 12 Habits Holding You Back Author: Marshall Goldsmith, Sally Helgesen Narrator: Sally Helgesen, Marshall Goldsmith, Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Random House presents the audiobook edition of How Women Rise by Sally Helgesen and Marshall Goldsmith, read by the authors and Suzanne Toren. By the bestselling author of What Got You Here Won’t Get You There Do you hesitate about putting forward ideas? Are you reluctant to claim credit for your achievements? Do you find it difficult to get the support you need from your boss or the recognition you deserve from your colleagues? If your answer to any of these is ‘Yes’, How Women Rise will help get you back on track. Inspiring and practical by turns, it identifies 12 common habits that can prove an obstacle to future success and tells you how to overcome them. In the process, it points the way to a career that will satisfy your ambitions and help you make the difference you want to make in the world. ‘Guidance on the habits you fall into that aren’t helping you achieve the success you deserve. It’s fascinating.’ Sunday Times ‘How Women Rise is a great read.’ Lois P. Frankel, author of Nice Girls Don’t Get the Corner Office ‘A great resource to discover the 12 habits that hold women back and how to overcome them.’ Forbes]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b05933f74be3c1c42d988b705ef601c3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Go-Giver Influencer: A Little Story About a Most Persuasive Idea (Go-Giver, Book 3) by John David Mann, Bob Burg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-go-giver-influencer-a-little-story-about-a-most-persuasive-idea-go-giver-book-3-by-john-david-mann-bob-burg--65215635</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329427" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329427</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Go-Giver Influencer: A Little Story About a Most Persuasive Idea (Go-Giver, Book 3) Author: John David Mann, Bob Burg Narrator: Ana Gabriel Mann, John David Mann, Bob Burg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From the bestselling authors of The Go-Giver, Go-Givers Sell More, and The Go-Giver Leader comes another compelling parable about the paradox of getting ahead by placing other people's interests first. The Go-Giver Influencer is a story about two young, ambitious businesspeople: Gillian Waters, the chief buyer for Smith &amp; Banks, a midsized company that operates a national chain of pet accessory stores; and Jackson Hill, the founder of Angels Clothed in Fur, a small but growing manufacturer of all-natural pet foods.  Each has something the other wants. To Jackson, Smith &amp; Banks represents the possibility of reaching more animals with his products--if he can negotiate terms and conditions that will protect his company's integrity. To Gillian, Angels Clothed in Fur could give her company a distinctive, uniquely high-quality line that will help them stand out from their competitors--if Angels Clothed in Fur can be persuaded to give them an exclusive. At first, the negotiations are adversarial and frustrating. Then, coincidentally, Gillian and Jackson each encounter a mysterious yet kindly mentor. Over the next week, while neither one realizes the other is doing the same, both Gillian and Jackson learn the heart of both mentors' philosophies: The Five Secrets of Genuine Influence. The story ends in a way that surprises everyone--and with lessons we can all apply in our efforts to resolve conflicts and influence others.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329427</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Apr 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215635/9780525532583.mp3" length="4837117" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329427 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Go-Giver Influencer: A Little Story About a Most Persuasive Idea (Go-Giver, Book 3) Author: John David Mann, Bob Burg Narrator: Ana Gabriel Mann,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329427" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329427</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Go-Giver Influencer: A Little Story About a Most Persuasive Idea (Go-Giver, Book 3) Author: John David Mann, Bob Burg Narrator: Ana Gabriel Mann, John David Mann, Bob Burg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From the bestselling authors of The Go-Giver, Go-Givers Sell More, and The Go-Giver Leader comes another compelling parable about the paradox of getting ahead by placing other people's interests first. The Go-Giver Influencer is a story about two young, ambitious businesspeople: Gillian Waters, the chief buyer for Smith &amp; Banks, a midsized company that operates a national chain of pet accessory stores; and Jackson Hill, the founder of Angels Clothed in Fur, a small but growing manufacturer of all-natural pet foods.  Each has something the other wants. To Jackson, Smith &amp; Banks represents the possibility of reaching more animals with his products--if he can negotiate terms and conditions that will protect his company's integrity. To Gillian, Angels Clothed in Fur could give her company a distinctive, uniquely high-quality line that will help them stand out from their competitors--if Angels Clothed in Fur can be persuaded to give them an exclusive. At first, the negotiations are adversarial and frustrating. Then, coincidentally, Gillian and Jackson each encounter a mysterious yet kindly mentor. Over the next week, while neither one realizes the other is doing the same, both Gillian and Jackson learn the heart of both mentors' philosophies: The Five Secrets of Genuine Influence. The story ends in a way that surprises everyone--and with lessons we can all apply in our efforts to resolve conflicts and influence others.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/53014a7ffc7870e3b7d054d8e2f56339.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How Women Rise: Break the 12 Habits Holding You Back from Your Next Raise, Promotion, or Job by Sally Helgesen, Marshall Goldsmith</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-women-rise-break-the-12-habits-holding-you-back-from-your-next-raise-promotion-or-job-by-sally-helgesen-marshall-goldsmith--65215589</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329318" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329318</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Women Rise: Break the 12 Habits Holding You Back from Your Next Raise, Promotion, or Job Author: Sally Helgesen, Marshall Goldsmith Narrator: Sally Helgesen, Marshall Goldsmith, Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 24   Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Overcome the twelve habits holding you back and take your career to new heights with this wise and approachable guide from two business leadership experts.  Ready to take the next step in your career . . . but not sure what's holding you back? Read on. Leadership expert Sally Helgesen and bestselling leadership coach Marshall Goldsmith have trained thousands of high achievers -- men and women -- to reach even greater heights. Again and again, they see that women face specific and different roadblocks from men as they advance in the workplace. In fact, the very habits that helped women early in their careers can hinder them as they move up. Simply put, what got you here won't get you there . . . and you might not even realize your blind spots until it's too late. Are you great with the details? To rise, you need to do less and delegate more. Are you a team player? To advance, you need to take credit as easily as you share it. Are you a star networker? Leaders know a network is no good unless you know how to use it. Sally and Marshall identify the twelve habits that hold women back as they seek to advance, showing them why what worked for them in the past might actually be sabotaging their future success. Building on Marshall's classic bestseller What Got You Here Won't Get You There, How Women Rise is essential reading for any woman who is ready to advance to the next level.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329318</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Apr 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215589/9781478924012.mp3" length="1478466" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329318 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Women Rise: Break the 12 Habits Holding You Back from Your Next Raise, Promotion, or Job Author: Sally Helgesen, Marshall Goldsmith Narrator: Sally...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329318" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329318</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Women Rise: Break the 12 Habits Holding You Back from Your Next Raise, Promotion, or Job Author: Sally Helgesen, Marshall Goldsmith Narrator: Sally Helgesen, Marshall Goldsmith, Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 24   Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Overcome the twelve habits holding you back and take your career to new heights with this wise and approachable guide from two business leadership experts.  Ready to take the next step in your career . . . but not sure what's holding you back? Read on. Leadership expert Sally Helgesen and bestselling leadership coach Marshall Goldsmith have trained thousands of high achievers -- men and women -- to reach even greater heights. Again and again, they see that women face specific and different roadblocks from men as they advance in the workplace. In fact, the very habits that helped women early in their careers can hinder them as they move up. Simply put, what got you here won't get you there . . . and you might not even realize your blind spots until it's too late. Are you great with the details? To rise, you need to do less and delegate more. Are you a team player? To advance, you need to take credit as easily as you share it. Are you a star networker? Leaders know a network is no good unless you know how to use it. Sally and Marshall identify the twelve habits that hold women back as they seek to advance, showing them why what worked for them in the past might actually be sabotaging their future success. Building on Marshall's classic bestseller What Got You Here Won't Get You There, How Women Rise is essential reading for any woman who is ready to advance to the next level.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/31223be210866f271f83086aad4b8e8c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Choice by Eliyahu Goldratt, Efrat Goldratt-Ashlag</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-choice-by-eliyahu-goldratt-efrat-goldratt-ashlag--65215578</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331414" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331414</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Choice Author: Eliyahu Goldratt, Efrat Goldratt-Ashlag Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The Theory of Constraints (TOC) has been successfully applied in almost every area of human endeavor, from industry to healthcare to education. And while Eli Goldratt is indeed a scientist, an educator and a business leader, he is first and foremost a philosopher; some say a genius. He is a thinker who provokes others to do the same. Often characterized as unconventional, and always stimulating a slayer of sacred cows Dr. Goldratt exhorts his readers to examine and reassess their lives and business practices by cultivating a different perspective and a clear new vision. In his latest book, The Choice, Goldratt once again presents his thought provoking approach, this time through a conversation with his daughter Efrat, as he explains to her his fundamental system of beliefs.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331414</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Apr 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215578/9781684410132.mp3" length="14437204" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331414 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Choice Author: Eliyahu Goldratt, Efrat Goldratt-Ashlag Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331414" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331414</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Choice Author: Eliyahu Goldratt, Efrat Goldratt-Ashlag Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The Theory of Constraints (TOC) has been successfully applied in almost every area of human endeavor, from industry to healthcare to education. And while Eli Goldratt is indeed a scientist, an educator and a business leader, he is first and foremost a philosopher; some say a genius. He is a thinker who provokes others to do the same. Often characterized as unconventional, and always stimulating a slayer of sacred cows Dr. Goldratt exhorts his readers to examine and reassess their lives and business practices by cultivating a different perspective and a clear new vision. In his latest book, The Choice, Goldratt once again presents his thought provoking approach, this time through a conversation with his daughter Efrat, as he explains to her his fundamental system of beliefs.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/67e1c05d3e63cd56cbf4777d42afba3d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Total Alignment: Tools and Tactics for Streamlining Your Organization by Riaz Khadem, Linda Khadem</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/total-alignment-tools-and-tactics-for-streamlining-your-organization-by-riaz-khadem-linda-khadem--65215576</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331021" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331021</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Total Alignment: Tools and Tactics for Streamlining Your Organization Author: Riaz Khadem, Linda Khadem Narrator: Scott Merriman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: April  8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  ALIGN YOUR BUSINESS FOR SUCCESS From overarching vision to individual competency scorecards, Total Alignment arms you with powerful concepts and tools to run a successful, efficient business. No matter what size or type of business you run, business strategy experts Riaz Khadem and Linda Khadem show you how to align your team and operations from the ground up and from the top down. Total Alignment is the result of innovative thinking, solid research, and thirty successful years of consulting experience with major companies. Whether your team struggles most with communication, accountability, or motivation, this book will help you inspire your organization to produce efficiently, engage in the company’s vision, and hold each other accountable for solid, sustained progress. Implement these concepts and tools to gain coherence, strength, and value: - Measure and narrow alignment gaps in key areas of your business using the Alignment Survey - Plan for your company’s growth and measure it along the way with the Alignment Map - Define clear roles and responsibilities for each member of your team to ensure accountability with Accountability Assignment worksheets - Eliminate silos, inefficiencies, and redundancies with the one page management strategy - Set short- and long-term goals that add value to each branch of the company as well as the business as a whole Plus, gain access to easy-to-use templates to analyze your company’s alignment, including Business and Individual Scorecards, the Competency Worksheet, an Action Plan Commitment chart, and the Performance and Effort Indexes.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331021</guid><pubDate>Sun, 08 Apr 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215576/9781543671650.mp3" length="1478274" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331021 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Total Alignment: Tools and Tactics for Streamlining Your Organization Author: Riaz Khadem, Linda Khadem Narrator: Scott Merriman Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331021" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331021</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Total Alignment: Tools and Tactics for Streamlining Your Organization Author: Riaz Khadem, Linda Khadem Narrator: Scott Merriman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: April  8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  ALIGN YOUR BUSINESS FOR SUCCESS From overarching vision to individual competency scorecards, Total Alignment arms you with powerful concepts and tools to run a successful, efficient business. No matter what size or type of business you run, business strategy experts Riaz Khadem and Linda Khadem show you how to align your team and operations from the ground up and from the top down. Total Alignment is the result of innovative thinking, solid research, and thirty successful years of consulting experience with major companies. Whether your team struggles most with communication, accountability, or motivation, this book will help you inspire your organization to produce efficiently, engage in the company’s vision, and hold each other accountable for solid, sustained progress. Implement these concepts and tools to gain coherence, strength, and value: - Measure and narrow alignment gaps in key areas of your business using the Alignment Survey - Plan for your company’s growth and measure it along the way with the Alignment Map - Define clear roles and responsibilities for each member of your team to ensure accountability with Accountability Assignment worksheets - Eliminate silos, inefficiencies, and redundancies with the one page management strategy - Set short- and long-term goals that add value to each branch of the company as well as the business as a whole Plus, gain access to easy-to-use templates to analyze your company’s alignment, including Business and Individual Scorecards, the Competency Worksheet, an Action Plan Commitment chart, and the Performance and Effort Indexes.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c82157501548ff019566ceb6f0b20110.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Art of War by Thomas Cleary, Sun Tzu</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-art-of-war-by-thomas-cleary-sun-tzu--65215671</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328673" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328673</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of War Author: Thomas Cleary, Sun Tzu Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 55 minutes Release date: April  3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.73 of Total 11   Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  For more than 2,000 years, Sun Tzu's The Art of War has provided leaders with essential advice on battlefield tactics, managing troops and terrain, and employing cunning and deception. An elemental part of Chinese culture, it has also become a touchstone for the Western struggle for survival and success, whether in battle, in business or in relationships. Now, in this crisp, accessible new translation, John Minford brings this seminal work to life for today's readers. A lively, learned introduction, chronologies and suggested further reading are among the valuable apparatus included in this authoritative volume. Even those readers familiar with The Art of War will experience it anew, finding it more fascinating - and more chilling - than ever. Little is known about Sun Tzu (544-496 B.C.) and his life during the Warring States period after the decline of the Zhou dysnasty, but his classic, The Art of War, has been one of the central works of Chinese literature for 2500 years. John Minford studied Chinese at Oxford and at the Australian National University and has taught in China, Hong Kong, and New Zealand. He edited (with Geremie Barme) Seeds of Fire: Chinese Voices of Conscience and (with Joseph S. M. Lau) Chinese Classical Literature: An Anthology of Translations. He has translated numerous works from the Chinese, including the last two volumes of the Penguin Classics edition of Cao Xueqin's eighteenth-century novel The Story of the Stone and the martial-arts fiction of the contemporary Hong Kong novelist Louis Cha.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328673</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Apr 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215671/9780525592419.mp3" length="4837048" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328673 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of War Author: Thomas Cleary, Sun Tzu Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 55 minutes Release date: April  3, 2018...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328673" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328673</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of War Author: Thomas Cleary, Sun Tzu Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 55 minutes Release date: April  3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.73 of Total 11   Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  For more than 2,000 years, Sun Tzu's The Art of War has provided leaders with essential advice on battlefield tactics, managing troops and terrain, and employing cunning and deception. An elemental part of Chinese culture, it has also become a touchstone for the Western struggle for survival and success, whether in battle, in business or in relationships. Now, in this crisp, accessible new translation, John Minford brings this seminal work to life for today's readers. A lively, learned introduction, chronologies and suggested further reading are among the valuable apparatus included in this authoritative volume. Even those readers familiar with The Art of War will experience it anew, finding it more fascinating - and more chilling - than ever. Little is known about Sun Tzu (544-496 B.C.) and his life during the Warring States period after the decline of the Zhou dysnasty, but his classic, The Art of War, has been one of the central works of Chinese literature for 2500 years. John Minford studied Chinese at Oxford and at the Australian National University and has taught in China, Hong Kong, and New Zealand. He edited (with Geremie Barme) Seeds of Fire: Chinese Voices of Conscience and (with Joseph S. M. Lau) Chinese Classical Literature: An Anthology of Translations. He has translated numerous works from the Chinese, including the last two volumes of the Penguin Classics edition of Cao Xueqin's eighteenth-century novel The Story of the Stone and the martial-arts fiction of the contemporary Hong Kong novelist Louis Cha.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ccc5e9838a60048b3d7fb12f36d2de45.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>On Grand Strategy by John Lewis Gaddis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/on-grand-strategy-by-john-lewis-gaddis--65215656</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329361" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329361</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Grand Strategy Author: John Lewis Gaddis Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: April  3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  “The best education in grand strategy available in a single volume . . . a book that should be read by every American leader or would-be leader.”—The Wall Street Journal A master class in strategic thinking, distilled from the legendary program the author has co-taught at Yale for decades John Lewis Gaddis, the distinguished historian of the Cold War, has for almost two decades co-taught grand strategy at Yale University with his colleagues Charles Hill and Paul Kennedy.  Now, in On Grand Strategy, Gaddis reflects on what he has learned.  In chapters extending from the ancient world through World War II, Gaddis assesses grand strategic theory and practice in Herodotus, Thucydides, Sun Tzu, Octavian/Augustus, St. Augustine, Machiavelli, Elizabeth I, Philip II, the American Founding Fathers, Clausewitz, Tolstoy, Lincoln, Wilson, Franklin D. Roosevelt, and Isaiah Berlin.  On Grand Strategy applies the sharp insights and wit readers have come to expect from Gaddis to times, places, and people he’s never written about before.  For anyone interested in the art of leadership, On Grand Strategy is, in every way, a master class.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329361</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Apr 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215656/9780525528555.mp3" length="4837057" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329361 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Grand Strategy Author: John Lewis Gaddis Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: April  3,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329361" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329361</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Grand Strategy Author: John Lewis Gaddis Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: April  3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  “The best education in grand strategy available in a single volume . . . a book that should be read by every American leader or would-be leader.”—The Wall Street Journal A master class in strategic thinking, distilled from the legendary program the author has co-taught at Yale for decades John Lewis Gaddis, the distinguished historian of the Cold War, has for almost two decades co-taught grand strategy at Yale University with his colleagues Charles Hill and Paul Kennedy.  Now, in On Grand Strategy, Gaddis reflects on what he has learned.  In chapters extending from the ancient world through World War II, Gaddis assesses grand strategic theory and practice in Herodotus, Thucydides, Sun Tzu, Octavian/Augustus, St. Augustine, Machiavelli, Elizabeth I, Philip II, the American Founding Fathers, Clausewitz, Tolstoy, Lincoln, Wilson, Franklin D. Roosevelt, and Isaiah Berlin.  On Grand Strategy applies the sharp insights and wit readers have come to expect from Gaddis to times, places, and people he’s never written about before.  For anyone interested in the art of leadership, On Grand Strategy is, in every way, a master class.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9d8d4ad476b9f56580f2c27f13ef30cd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Time Conscious Life: Inspirational Philosophy from Dr. Covey’s Life by Stephen R. Covey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-time-conscious-life-inspirational-philosophy-from-dr-covey-s-life-by-stephen-r-covey--65215588</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330306" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330306</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Time Conscious Life: Inspirational Philosophy from Dr. Covey’s Life Author: Stephen R. Covey Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: April  3, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Covey wisdom─A key to satisfaction and success Stephen R. Covey’s First Things First has inspired millions. Today’s generation will be newly inspired by this collection of motivating and inspirational philosophy from one of the greatest teachers of all time. A Time Conscious Life shares classic and universal perspectives on utilizing the time we have to live, love, learn, and leave a legacy. Through inspirational quotes, both new readers and long-time Covey admirers will discover this life-changing material in a fresh new package.  This book is more than an inspiration, it is an introduction to important principles needed to live, love, learn, and leave a legacy through living a Time Conscious Life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330306</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Apr 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215588/9781538539156.mp3" length="1478244" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330306 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Time Conscious Life: Inspirational Philosophy from Dr. Covey’s Life Author: Stephen R. Covey Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330306" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330306</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Time Conscious Life: Inspirational Philosophy from Dr. Covey’s Life Author: Stephen R. Covey Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: April  3, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Covey wisdom─A key to satisfaction and success Stephen R. Covey’s First Things First has inspired millions. Today’s generation will be newly inspired by this collection of motivating and inspirational philosophy from one of the greatest teachers of all time. A Time Conscious Life shares classic and universal perspectives on utilizing the time we have to live, love, learn, and leave a legacy. Through inspirational quotes, both new readers and long-time Covey admirers will discover this life-changing material in a fresh new package.  This book is more than an inspiration, it is an introduction to important principles needed to live, love, learn, and leave a legacy through living a Time Conscious Life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b6867ae1a5eee9432b809629818865e7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Excellence Dividend: Meeting the Tech Tide with Work That Wows and Jobs That Last by Tom Peters</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-excellence-dividend-meeting-the-tech-tide-with-work-that-wows-and-jobs-that-last-by-tom-peters--65215503</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342213" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342213</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Excellence Dividend: Meeting the Tech Tide with Work That Wows and Jobs That Last Author: Tom Peters Narrator: Tom Peters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: April  3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Brilliantly simple, actionable guidelines for success that any business leader can immediately implement.  “Tom Peters' new book is a bundle of beautiful dynamite. While I've been a CEO for 30 years, I still learned much worth knowing from The Excellence Dividend.  You will too.”  —John C. Bogle, founder, Vanguard  For decades Tom Peters has been preaching the gospel of putting people first, and in today's rapidly changing business environment, this message is more important than ever. With his unparalleled expertise and inimitable charisma, Peters provides a roadmap for you and your organization to thrive amidst the tech tsunami, and he has a lot of fun doing it. The Excellence Dividend is an important new book from one of today’s greatest business thinkers.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342213</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Apr 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215503/9780525524229.mp3" length="4837075" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342213 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Excellence Dividend: Meeting the Tech Tide with Work That Wows and Jobs That Last Author: Tom Peters Narrator: Tom Peters Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342213" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342213</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Excellence Dividend: Meeting the Tech Tide with Work That Wows and Jobs That Last Author: Tom Peters Narrator: Tom Peters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: April  3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Brilliantly simple, actionable guidelines for success that any business leader can immediately implement.  “Tom Peters' new book is a bundle of beautiful dynamite. While I've been a CEO for 30 years, I still learned much worth knowing from The Excellence Dividend.  You will too.”  —John C. Bogle, founder, Vanguard  For decades Tom Peters has been preaching the gospel of putting people first, and in today's rapidly changing business environment, this message is more important than ever. With his unparalleled expertise and inimitable charisma, Peters provides a roadmap for you and your organization to thrive amidst the tech tsunami, and he has a lot of fun doing it. The Excellence Dividend is an important new book from one of today’s greatest business thinkers.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/61d32e67146adebbd2047bf94d43ef8d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The 55 Soft Skills That Guide Employee and Organizational Success by Dr. Tobin Porterfield, Bob Graham</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-55-soft-skills-that-guide-employee-and-organizational-success-by-dr-tobin-porterfield-bob-graham--65215565</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333272" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333272</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 55 Soft Skills That Guide Employee and Organizational Success Author: Dr. Tobin Porterfield, Bob Graham Narrator: Dr. Tobin Porterfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: March 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Most people have heard of soft skills and perhaps can list one or two. The authors, Dr. Tobin Porterfield and Bob Graham, both university professors with extensive business backgrounds, have uncovered a list of 55 soft skills that employees and organizations are increasingly unleashing to spur innovation and growth.  This book lists each of the 55 soft skills, drawn from a review of hundreds of academic articles and their experiences in various industries, including manufacturing, energy, publishing and start-ups. The book also explores how each of the soft skills might appear in the workplace. The result is a book that explains an important driver for success in this hyper-competitive, technology-first business climate.  By blending soft skills with people's technical skills, those aptitudes, competencies and expertise most education focuses on, employees and organizations can overcome challenges in today's complex workplace. As organizations, and the leaders and employees that work for them, seek a new edge to achieve greater productivity and innovation, focusing greater attention on soft skills could be the difference maker. The authors discusses better-known soft skills like emotional intelligence, written communication and listening, as well as unrecognized soft skills like empathy, adapting to change and persistence. Written in an easy-to-read, actionable style, each chapter, which addresses a specific soft skill, serves as a powerful springboard for looking at work in new, exciting ways. The 55 Soft Skills That Guide Employee and Organizational Success is perfect for executives, leaders and employees in all fields, at all levels.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333272</guid><pubDate>Fri, 30 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215565/9781518997754.mp3" length="1478348" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333272 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 55 Soft Skills That Guide Employee and Organizational Success Author: Dr. Tobin Porterfield, Bob Graham Narrator: Dr. Tobin Porterfield Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333272" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333272</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 55 Soft Skills That Guide Employee and Organizational Success Author: Dr. Tobin Porterfield, Bob Graham Narrator: Dr. Tobin Porterfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: March 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Most people have heard of soft skills and perhaps can list one or two. The authors, Dr. Tobin Porterfield and Bob Graham, both university professors with extensive business backgrounds, have uncovered a list of 55 soft skills that employees and organizations are increasingly unleashing to spur innovation and growth.  This book lists each of the 55 soft skills, drawn from a review of hundreds of academic articles and their experiences in various industries, including manufacturing, energy, publishing and start-ups. The book also explores how each of the soft skills might appear in the workplace. The result is a book that explains an important driver for success in this hyper-competitive, technology-first business climate.  By blending soft skills with people's technical skills, those aptitudes, competencies and expertise most education focuses on, employees and organizations can overcome challenges in today's complex workplace. As organizations, and the leaders and employees that work for them, seek a new edge to achieve greater productivity and innovation, focusing greater attention on soft skills could be the difference maker. The authors discusses better-known soft skills like emotional intelligence, written communication and listening, as well as unrecognized soft skills like empathy, adapting to change and persistence. Written in an easy-to-read, actionable style, each chapter, which addresses a specific soft skill, serves as a powerful springboard for looking at work in new, exciting ways. The 55 Soft Skills That Guide Employee and Organizational Success is perfect for executives, leaders and employees in all fields, at all levels.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9645301c6b8c1b88d877d702abd90120.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Improve Your Communication Skills by Alan Barker</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/improve-your-communication-skills-by-alan-barker--65215652</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329292" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329292</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improve Your Communication Skills Author: Alan Barker Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 18   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Improve Your Communication Skills is your practical guide to effective verbal, non-verbal and written communication in business. Full of proven tips and techniques, it will help you keep the interest of a large audience, impress a potential employer or simply win the argument at an important meeting.Better communication skills can have a direct impact on your career development. This book provides vital guidance on improving your conversations, building rapport with colleagues, learning skills of persuasion, giving effective presentations, writing effective emails, letters and reports, and networking successfully. Now in its 4th edition, essential new content includes communicating across borders and virtual teams, influencing others subtly and managing difficult conversations, as well as helpful checklists and exercises.With the help of Improve Your Communication Skills, you will be able to achieve verbal, vocal and visual success—getting your message across every time.The Creating Success series of books... With over one million copies sold, the hugely popular Creating Success series covers a wide variety of topics and is written by an expert team of internationally best-selling authors and business experts. This indispensable business skills collection is packed with new features, practical content and inspiring guidance for readers across all stages of their careers.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329292</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215652/9781543639049.mp3" length="1478288" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329292 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improve Your Communication Skills Author: Alan Barker Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: March...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329292" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329292</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improve Your Communication Skills Author: Alan Barker Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 18   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Improve Your Communication Skills is your practical guide to effective verbal, non-verbal and written communication in business. Full of proven tips and techniques, it will help you keep the interest of a large audience, impress a potential employer or simply win the argument at an important meeting.Better communication skills can have a direct impact on your career development. This book provides vital guidance on improving your conversations, building rapport with colleagues, learning skills of persuasion, giving effective presentations, writing effective emails, letters and reports, and networking successfully. Now in its 4th edition, essential new content includes communicating across borders and virtual teams, influencing others subtly and managing difficult conversations, as well as helpful checklists and exercises.With the help of Improve Your Communication Skills, you will be able to achieve verbal, vocal and visual success—getting your message across every time.The Creating Success series of books... With over one million copies sold, the hugely popular Creating Success series covers a wide variety of topics and is written by an expert team of internationally best-selling authors and business experts. This indispensable business skills collection is packed with new features, practical content and inspiring guidance for readers across all stages of their careers.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1aa528950337c43a9063be853af37262.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Storynomics: Story-Driven Marketing in the Post-Advertising World by Robert McKee, Thomas Gerace</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/storynomics-story-driven-marketing-in-the-post-advertising-world-by-robert-mckee-thomas-gerace--65215677</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328657" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328657</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Storynomics: Story-Driven Marketing in the Post-Advertising World Author: Robert McKee, Thomas Gerace Narrator: Thomas Gerace, Robert McKee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Based on the hottest, most in-demand seminar offered by the legendary story master Robert McKee -- Storynomics translates the lessons of storytelling in business into economic and leadership success.  Robert McKee's popular writing workshops have earned him an international reputation. The list of alumni with Academy Awards and Emmy Awards runs off the page. The cornerstone of his program is his singular book, Story, which has defined how we talk about the art of story creation.   Now in Storynomics, McKee partners with digital marketing expert and Skyword CEO Tom Gerace to map a path for brands seeking to navigate the rapid decline of interrupt advertising. After successfully guiding organizations as diverse as Samsung, Marriott International, Philips, Microsoft, Nike, IBM, and Siemens to transform their marketing from an ad-centric to story-centric approach, McKee and Gerace now bring this knowledge to business leaders and entrepreneurs alike.   Drawing from dozens of story-driven strategies and case studies taken from leading B2B and B2C brands, Storynomics demonstrates how original storytelling delivers results that surpass traditional advertising. How will brands and their customers connect in the future? Storynomics provides the answer.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328657</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215677/9781549167454.mp3" length="1478300" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328657 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Storynomics: Story-Driven Marketing in the Post-Advertising World Author: Robert McKee, Thomas Gerace Narrator: Thomas Gerace, Robert McKee Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328657" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328657</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Storynomics: Story-Driven Marketing in the Post-Advertising World Author: Robert McKee, Thomas Gerace Narrator: Thomas Gerace, Robert McKee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Based on the hottest, most in-demand seminar offered by the legendary story master Robert McKee -- Storynomics translates the lessons of storytelling in business into economic and leadership success.  Robert McKee's popular writing workshops have earned him an international reputation. The list of alumni with Academy Awards and Emmy Awards runs off the page. The cornerstone of his program is his singular book, Story, which has defined how we talk about the art of story creation.   Now in Storynomics, McKee partners with digital marketing expert and Skyword CEO Tom Gerace to map a path for brands seeking to navigate the rapid decline of interrupt advertising. After successfully guiding organizations as diverse as Samsung, Marriott International, Philips, Microsoft, Nike, IBM, and Siemens to transform their marketing from an ad-centric to story-centric approach, McKee and Gerace now bring this knowledge to business leaders and entrepreneurs alike.   Drawing from dozens of story-driven strategies and case studies taken from leading B2B and B2C brands, Storynomics demonstrates how original storytelling delivers results that surpass traditional advertising. How will brands and their customers connect in the future? Storynomics provides the answer.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/952f4f15d92410d181e526a6c53e804f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>You Need More Money: Wake Up and Solve Your Financial Problems Once And For All by Matt Manero</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-need-more-money-wake-up-and-solve-your-financial-problems-once-and-for-all-by-matt-manero--65215676</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329008" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329008</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Need More Money: Wake Up and Solve Your Financial Problems Once And For All Author: Matt Manero Narrator: Matt Manero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Whoever you are, whatever your financial situation, I'm here to give you a wake-up call, my friend. Twenty-five years ago, I set off on my own with nothing but a folding table and a phone. For years, real success eluded me. I told people I was doing well when I was often on the edge of being broke.  Millions of people face the same plight--including my beloved brother-in-law, who died tragically before he could fix his money problems. That was MY wake-up call. I knew I needed more money, but I didn't know how to get it. I only turned things around by getting honest with myself, taking responsibility for my situation, and figuring out some practical solutions. Now I'm going to show you how to do the same.  In polite society, we don't like to talk about money. But it's too important to tiptoe around. In these pages, you and I are going to cut the BS and get real. For starters, I'll help you understand . . .  -  How the money has moved. Stop making decisions based on advice that worked decades ago, but no longer.  -  The dangers of living in a 'False Positive.' It's easy to tell ourselves that we have enough-- until we're hit with medical bills, aging parents, tuition, or early retirement.  -  The cheap comfort of the blamer mind-set: It might feel good to blame the government, the economy, or your boss for your troubles, but it won't change anything. Do you want an excuse, or do you want more money? -  The power of 'Lifestyle by Design.' Visualize your long-term goal and work backward to figure out how to get there. -  The trade-offs of being an employer or employee. You can get rich by starting a business or by rising to the top of an existing organization. Let's figure out what's right for you. It's going to take grit and guts, but if you follow my road map, you'll start accumulating real wealth, the kind that lets you live the life of your dreams and lasts for generations to come.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329008</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215676/9780525532705.mp3" length="4837066" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329008 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Need More Money: Wake Up and Solve Your Financial Problems Once And For All Author: Matt Manero Narrator: Matt Manero Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329008" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329008</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Need More Money: Wake Up and Solve Your Financial Problems Once And For All Author: Matt Manero Narrator: Matt Manero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Whoever you are, whatever your financial situation, I'm here to give you a wake-up call, my friend. Twenty-five years ago, I set off on my own with nothing but a folding table and a phone. For years, real success eluded me. I told people I was doing well when I was often on the edge of being broke.  Millions of people face the same plight--including my beloved brother-in-law, who died tragically before he could fix his money problems. That was MY wake-up call. I knew I needed more money, but I didn't know how to get it. I only turned things around by getting honest with myself, taking responsibility for my situation, and figuring out some practical solutions. Now I'm going to show you how to do the same.  In polite society, we don't like to talk about money. But it's too important to tiptoe around. In these pages, you and I are going to cut the BS and get real. For starters, I'll help you understand . . .  -  How the money has moved. Stop making decisions based on advice that worked decades ago, but no longer.  -  The dangers of living in a 'False Positive.' It's easy to tell ourselves that we have enough-- until we're hit with medical bills, aging parents, tuition, or early retirement.  -  The cheap comfort of the blamer mind-set: It might feel good to blame the government, the economy, or your boss for your troubles, but it won't change anything. Do you want an excuse, or do you want more money? -  The power of 'Lifestyle by Design.' Visualize your long-term goal and work backward to figure out how to get there. -  The trade-offs of being an employer or employee. You can get rich by starting a business or by rising to the top of an existing organization. Let's figure out what's right for you. It's going to take grit and guts, but if you follow my road map, you'll start accumulating real wealth, the kind that lets you live the life of your dreams and lasts for generations to come.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d6127846c3a727bd3c9ea2d3a1a6d85f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Make It Rain!: How to Use the Media to Revolutionize Your Business &amp; Brand by Areva Martin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/make-it-rain-how-to-use-the-media-to-revolutionize-your-business-brand-by-areva-martin--65215670</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328661" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328661</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make It Rain!: How to Use the Media to Revolutionize Your Business &amp; Brand Author: Areva Martin Narrator: Donna Beech Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  What if you could get in front of millions of prospects with the avid endorsement of famous influencers -- without spending a dime? It's happening right in front of you every day. Guest experts on TV, radio, podcasts, blogs, and live streaming are getting local and national exposure for their business and brand that they could never have afforded to reach with ads. For a decade, Areva Martin has used the media to build a huge platform that expanded the influence and power of her brand exponentially. Media appearances on Dr. Phil, Anderson Cooper 360, The Doctors, CNN, MSNBC, FOX, and more have virtually eliminated the need of a marketing budget for her thriving law firm and non-profit organization, while securing her place as one of America's most sought after thought leaders. In Make It Rain! Areva breaks the silence to reveal what insiders know about the power of media appearances to revolutionize a business and brand and get your core message out to the people who need it most. You'll learn how to: - Match your brand to the right audience and media venues  - Craft pitches producers can't resist  - Jump on breaking news shows  - Pivot and speak in soundbites like the pros  - Amplify every interview with social media  - Turn appearances into platform and become a rainmaker Never before have there been more ways to build a presence that matters. Whether you are the executive of a corporation, the author of an upcoming book, the owner of a rapidly growing small business, or the public face of a local nonprofit or association, if you have a business to build or people you want to help, nothing beats using the media to create the visibility, influence, and power you need. Are you ready to Make It Rain!?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328661</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215670/9781549167959.mp3" length="1478558" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328661 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make It Rain!: How to Use the Media to Revolutionize Your Business &amp;amp; Brand Author: Areva Martin Narrator: Donna Beech Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328661" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328661</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make It Rain!: How to Use the Media to Revolutionize Your Business &amp; Brand Author: Areva Martin Narrator: Donna Beech Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  What if you could get in front of millions of prospects with the avid endorsement of famous influencers -- without spending a dime? It's happening right in front of you every day. Guest experts on TV, radio, podcasts, blogs, and live streaming are getting local and national exposure for their business and brand that they could never have afforded to reach with ads. For a decade, Areva Martin has used the media to build a huge platform that expanded the influence and power of her brand exponentially. Media appearances on Dr. Phil, Anderson Cooper 360, The Doctors, CNN, MSNBC, FOX, and more have virtually eliminated the need of a marketing budget for her thriving law firm and non-profit organization, while securing her place as one of America's most sought after thought leaders. In Make It Rain! Areva breaks the silence to reveal what insiders know about the power of media appearances to revolutionize a business and brand and get your core message out to the people who need it most. You'll learn how to: - Match your brand to the right audience and media venues  - Craft pitches producers can't resist  - Jump on breaking news shows  - Pivot and speak in soundbites like the pros  - Amplify every interview with social media  - Turn appearances into platform and become a rainmaker Never before have there been more ways to build a presence that matters. Whether you are the executive of a corporation, the author of an upcoming book, the owner of a rapidly growing small business, or the public face of a local nonprofit or association, if you have a business to build or people you want to help, nothing beats using the media to create the visibility, influence, and power you need. Are you ready to Make It Rain!?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b5d7a0587d1310caf5ee48136df212fb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Elastic: Flexible Thinking in a Time of Change by Leonard Mlodinow</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/elastic-flexible-thinking-in-a-time-of-change-by-leonard-mlodinow--65215664</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324810" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324810</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elastic: Flexible Thinking in a Time of Change Author: Leonard Mlodinow Narrator: Leonard Mlodinow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From the best-selling author of Subliminal and The Drunkard's Walk, a groundbreaking new look at the neuroscience of change, and at how tapping into elastic thinking will help us thrive in the modern world. Drawing on cutting-edge research, Leonard Mlodinow takes us on an illuminating journey through the mechanics of our minds as we navigate the rapidly changing landscapes around us. Out of the exploratory instincts that allowed our ancestors to prosper hundreds of thousands of years ago, humans developed a cognitive style that Mlodinow terms elastic thinking, a unique set of talents that include neophilia (an affinity for novelty), schizotypy (a tendency toward unusual perception), imagination and idea generation, and divergent and integrative thinking. These are the qualities that enabled innovators from Mary Shelley to Miles Davis, from the inventor of jumbo-sized popcorn to the creators of Pokémon Go, to effect paradigm shifts in our culture and society. In our age of unprecedented technological innovation and social change, it is more important than ever to encourage these abilities and traits.   How can we train our brains to be more comfortable when confronting change and more adept at innovation? How do our brains generate new ideas, and how can we nurture that process? Why can diversity and even discord be beneficial to our thought process? With his keen acumen and quick wit, Leonard Mlodinow gives us the essential tools to harness the power of elastic thinking in an endlessly dynamic world. Includes a Bonus PDF of Exercises]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324810</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215664/9780147521958.mp3" length="4837067" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324810 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elastic: Flexible Thinking in a Time of Change Author: Leonard Mlodinow Narrator: Leonard Mlodinow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324810" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324810</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elastic: Flexible Thinking in a Time of Change Author: Leonard Mlodinow Narrator: Leonard Mlodinow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From the best-selling author of Subliminal and The Drunkard's Walk, a groundbreaking new look at the neuroscience of change, and at how tapping into elastic thinking will help us thrive in the modern world. Drawing on cutting-edge research, Leonard Mlodinow takes us on an illuminating journey through the mechanics of our minds as we navigate the rapidly changing landscapes around us. Out of the exploratory instincts that allowed our ancestors to prosper hundreds of thousands of years ago, humans developed a cognitive style that Mlodinow terms elastic thinking, a unique set of talents that include neophilia (an affinity for novelty), schizotypy (a tendency toward unusual perception), imagination and idea generation, and divergent and integrative thinking. These are the qualities that enabled innovators from Mary Shelley to Miles Davis, from the inventor of jumbo-sized popcorn to the creators of Pokémon Go, to effect paradigm shifts in our culture and society. In our age of unprecedented technological innovation and social change, it is more important than ever to encourage these abilities and traits.   How can we train our brains to be more comfortable when confronting change and more adept at innovation? How do our brains generate new ideas, and how can we nurture that process? Why can diversity and even discord be beneficial to our thought process? With his keen acumen and quick wit, Leonard Mlodinow gives us the essential tools to harness the power of elastic thinking in an endlessly dynamic world. Includes a Bonus PDF of Exercises]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b9dc2a73de44beb85010a63439e90c00.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Meltdown: Why Our Systems Fail and What We Can Do About It by Chris Clearfield, András Tilcsik</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/meltdown-why-our-systems-fail-and-what-we-can-do-about-it-by-chris-clearfield-andras-tilcsik--65215641</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329007" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329007</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meltdown: Why Our Systems Fail and What We Can Do About It Author: Chris Clearfield, András Tilcsik Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Winner of the 2019 National Business Book Award A groundbreaking take on how complexity causes failure in all kinds of modern systems—from social media to air travel—this practical and entertaining book reveals how we can prevent meltdowns in business and life. A crash on the Washington, D.C. metro system. An accidental overdose in a state-of-the-art hospital. An overcooked holiday meal. At first glance, these disasters seem to have little in common. But surprising new research shows that all these events—and the myriad failures that dominate headlines every day—share similar causes. By understanding what lies behind these failures, we can design better systems, make our teams more productive, and transform how we make decisions at work and at home.      Weaving together cutting-edge social science with riveting stories that take us from the frontlines of the Volkswagen scandal to backstage at the Oscars, and from deep beneath the Gulf of Mexico to the top of Mount Everest, Chris Clearfield and András Tilcsik explain how the increasing complexity of our systems creates conditions ripe for failure and why our brains and teams can't keep up. They highlight the paradox of progress: Though modern systems have given us new capabilities, they've become vulnerable to surprising meltdowns—and even to corruption and misconduct.      But Meltdown isn't just about failure; it's about solutions—whether you're managing a team or the chaos of your family's morning routine. It reveals why ugly designs make us safer, how a five-minute exercise can prevent billion-dollar catastrophes, why teams with fewer experts are better at managing risk, and why diversity is one of our best safeguards against failure. The result is an eye-opening, empowering, and entirely original book—one that will change the way you see our complex world and your own place in it.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329007</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215641/9780525530091.mp3" length="4837086" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329007 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meltdown: Why Our Systems Fail and What We Can Do About It Author: Chris Clearfield, András Tilcsik Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329007" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329007</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meltdown: Why Our Systems Fail and What We Can Do About It Author: Chris Clearfield, András Tilcsik Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Winner of the 2019 National Business Book Award A groundbreaking take on how complexity causes failure in all kinds of modern systems—from social media to air travel—this practical and entertaining book reveals how we can prevent meltdowns in business and life. A crash on the Washington, D.C. metro system. An accidental overdose in a state-of-the-art hospital. An overcooked holiday meal. At first glance, these disasters seem to have little in common. But surprising new research shows that all these events—and the myriad failures that dominate headlines every day—share similar causes. By understanding what lies behind these failures, we can design better systems, make our teams more productive, and transform how we make decisions at work and at home.      Weaving together cutting-edge social science with riveting stories that take us from the frontlines of the Volkswagen scandal to backstage at the Oscars, and from deep beneath the Gulf of Mexico to the top of Mount Everest, Chris Clearfield and András Tilcsik explain how the increasing complexity of our systems creates conditions ripe for failure and why our brains and teams can't keep up. They highlight the paradox of progress: Though modern systems have given us new capabilities, they've become vulnerable to surprising meltdowns—and even to corruption and misconduct.      But Meltdown isn't just about failure; it's about solutions—whether you're managing a team or the chaos of your family's morning routine. It reveals why ugly designs make us safer, how a five-minute exercise can prevent billion-dollar catastrophes, why teams with fewer experts are better at managing risk, and why diversity is one of our best safeguards against failure. The result is an eye-opening, empowering, and entirely original book—one that will change the way you see our complex world and your own place in it.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1a643665fc23e8c70a071a941f7816b7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Cowgirl Power: How to Kick Ass in Business and Life by Gay Gaddis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/cowgirl-power-how-to-kick-ass-in-business-and-life-by-gay-gaddis--65215616</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329781" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329781</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cowgirl Power: How to Kick Ass in Business and Life Author: Gay Gaddis Narrator: Gay Gaddis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In Cowgirl Power, advertising CEO and cowgirl Gay Gaddis shares insights and examples for women to lead like fearless, risk-taking cowgirls: enhance and exude confidence, developing personal power on all fronts.As the owner of one of the largest female-owned independent agencies in the U.S. and former chairman of C200, one of the country’s top women’s business organizations, Gay Gaddis knows a thing or two about empowerment.Gay’s secrets of success have roots in the spirited strength of real cowgirls who were fearless risk-takers in everything they did. They’ve inspired Gay. As the owner of a fully operational Texas Longhorn Cattle Ranch, Gay is a true cowgirl. And she brings cowgirl power to the boardroom, as well. In Cowgirl Power, Gay shares her story and an inspiring action plan for women who are ready to blaze their own trail in business and in life. Whatever your goals—to start a family or your own business, to climb the corporate ladder, organize community outreach, or run for office, Gay says it all comes down to power: knowing how to develop it and not being afraid to take it when it comes your way. You build your own power through knowledge, hard work, excellence, creativity and good will and Gay’s book has the Cowgirl Tool Kit that supplies all the tools to get there!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329781</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215616/9781536611748.mp3" length="1478236" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329781 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cowgirl Power: How to Kick Ass in Business and Life Author: Gay Gaddis Narrator: Gay Gaddis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329781" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329781</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cowgirl Power: How to Kick Ass in Business and Life Author: Gay Gaddis Narrator: Gay Gaddis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In Cowgirl Power, advertising CEO and cowgirl Gay Gaddis shares insights and examples for women to lead like fearless, risk-taking cowgirls: enhance and exude confidence, developing personal power on all fronts.As the owner of one of the largest female-owned independent agencies in the U.S. and former chairman of C200, one of the country’s top women’s business organizations, Gay Gaddis knows a thing or two about empowerment.Gay’s secrets of success have roots in the spirited strength of real cowgirls who were fearless risk-takers in everything they did. They’ve inspired Gay. As the owner of a fully operational Texas Longhorn Cattle Ranch, Gay is a true cowgirl. And she brings cowgirl power to the boardroom, as well. In Cowgirl Power, Gay shares her story and an inspiring action plan for women who are ready to blaze their own trail in business and in life. Whatever your goals—to start a family or your own business, to climb the corporate ladder, organize community outreach, or run for office, Gay says it all comes down to power: knowing how to develop it and not being afraid to take it when it comes your way. You build your own power through knowledge, hard work, excellence, creativity and good will and Gay’s book has the Cowgirl Tool Kit that supplies all the tools to get there!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6624df2da8e03263854e1d5434cfd806.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Madoffs among Us: Combat the Scammers, Con Artists, and Thieves Who Are Plotting to Steal Your Money by William M. Francavilla</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-madoffs-among-us-combat-the-scammers-con-artists-and-thieves-who-are-plotting-to-steal-your-money-by-william-m-francavilla--65215625</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328509" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328509</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Madoffs among Us: Combat the Scammers, Con Artists, and Thieves Who Are Plotting to Steal Your Money Author: William M. Francavilla Narrator: Sam Osheroff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 19, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Each year Americans lose billions of dollars to fraudulent activity. The Madoffs among Us explains in graphic detail how and why people fall prey. Most importantly, it tells you how to easily identify the people who perpetrate these crimes and avoid their deceitful practices. Why do smart people fall for these cons? What are today’s most common scams? And how can you avoid becoming a victim? Many people abdicate their responsibility to participate in the investment process because they just don’t know much about financial planning, and they rely upon an advisor. The Madoffs among Us arms you with tangible and simple actions to protect your wealth, no matter its size. From the very first chapter, you will appreciate why good advisors are worth their weight in gold and bad advisors could cost you a fortune. The real-life examples of fraud are numerous and alarming, but The Madoffs among Us gives you the concrete measures you can take to minimize the possibility of being ripped off. With uncertainty surrounding the potential repeal of some of the most important protections of the Dodd-Frank Act this book will become even more important.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328509</guid><pubDate>Mon, 19 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215625/9781538521144.mp3" length="1478268" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328509 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Madoffs among Us: Combat the Scammers, Con Artists, and Thieves Who Are Plotting to Steal Your Money Author: William M. Francavilla Narrator: Sam...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328509" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328509</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Madoffs among Us: Combat the Scammers, Con Artists, and Thieves Who Are Plotting to Steal Your Money Author: William M. Francavilla Narrator: Sam Osheroff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 19, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Each year Americans lose billions of dollars to fraudulent activity. The Madoffs among Us explains in graphic detail how and why people fall prey. Most importantly, it tells you how to easily identify the people who perpetrate these crimes and avoid their deceitful practices. Why do smart people fall for these cons? What are today’s most common scams? And how can you avoid becoming a victim? Many people abdicate their responsibility to participate in the investment process because they just don’t know much about financial planning, and they rely upon an advisor. The Madoffs among Us arms you with tangible and simple actions to protect your wealth, no matter its size. From the very first chapter, you will appreciate why good advisors are worth their weight in gold and bad advisors could cost you a fortune. The real-life examples of fraud are numerous and alarming, but The Madoffs among Us gives you the concrete measures you can take to minimize the possibility of being ripped off. With uncertainty surrounding the potential repeal of some of the most important protections of the Dodd-Frank Act this book will become even more important.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f295df5158e6a72a11a9cc05bc8c114e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Por qué los ricos se vuelven más ricos: ¿Qué es realmente la educación financiera? by Robert T. Kiyosaki</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-por-que-los-ricos-se-vuelven-mas-ricos-que-es-realmente-la-educacion-financiera-by-robert-t-kiyosaki--65215621</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329829" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329829</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Por qué los ricos se vuelven más ricos: ¿Qué es realmente la educación financiera? Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki Narrator: Rubén Hernández Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Hace mucho tiempo los ahorradores eran ganadores. Hace mucho tiempo el ahorrador podía ahorrar y enriquecerse.  Hoy los ahorradores son perdedores.  Por qué los ricos se vuelven más ricos trata de la educación financiera real, no del cuento de hadas que afirma: 'Ir a la escuela, conseguir un trabajo, trabajar duro, ahorrar, comprar una casa, salir de deudas e invertir a largo plazo en el mercado de valores'.  Este libro es la escuela de graduados de Padre Rico, Padre Pobre. Si estás buscando nuevas ideas sobre cómo sobrevivir y prosperar en el futuro, este libro es para ti.  En este valioso libro, Robert T. Kiyosaki comparte los aprendizajes y lecciones que aprendió a lo largo de la vida, después de repetidamente hacerse la pregunta: '¿Cuándo aprenderemos sobre el dinero?'  Al leer Por qué los ricos se vuelven más ricos, aprenderás:  - Por qué la brecha entre los ricos y todos los demás se amplía.  - Por qué los ahorradores son perdedores.  - Por qué la deuda y los impuestos hacen a los ricos más ricos. - Por qué la educación tradicional realmente hace que muchas personas altamente educadas, como el Padre Pobre de Robert, vivan mal.  - Por qué ir a la escuela, trabajar duro, ahorrar dinero, comprar una casa, salir de la deuda e invertir a largo plazo en el mercado de valores es el peor asesoramiento financiero para la mayoría de la gente.  - Por qué la educación financiera real nunca se puede enseñar en las escuelas.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329829</guid><pubDate>Fri, 16 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215621/9786073163880.mp3" length="2437187" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329829 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Por qué los ricos se vuelven más ricos: ¿Qué es realmente la educación financiera? Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki Narrator: Rubén Hernández...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329829" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329829</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Por qué los ricos se vuelven más ricos: ¿Qué es realmente la educación financiera? Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki Narrator: Rubén Hernández Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Hace mucho tiempo los ahorradores eran ganadores. Hace mucho tiempo el ahorrador podía ahorrar y enriquecerse.  Hoy los ahorradores son perdedores.  Por qué los ricos se vuelven más ricos trata de la educación financiera real, no del cuento de hadas que afirma: 'Ir a la escuela, conseguir un trabajo, trabajar duro, ahorrar, comprar una casa, salir de deudas e invertir a largo plazo en el mercado de valores'.  Este libro es la escuela de graduados de Padre Rico, Padre Pobre. Si estás buscando nuevas ideas sobre cómo sobrevivir y prosperar en el futuro, este libro es para ti.  En este valioso libro, Robert T. Kiyosaki comparte los aprendizajes y lecciones que aprendió a lo largo de la vida, después de repetidamente hacerse la pregunta: '¿Cuándo aprenderemos sobre el dinero?'  Al leer Por qué los ricos se vuelven más ricos, aprenderás:  - Por qué la brecha entre los ricos y todos los demás se amplía.  - Por qué los ahorradores son perdedores.  - Por qué la deuda y los impuestos hacen a los ricos más ricos. - Por qué la educación tradicional realmente hace que muchas personas altamente educadas, como el Padre Pobre de Robert, vivan mal.  - Por qué ir a la escuela, trabajar duro, ahorrar dinero, comprar una casa, salir de la deuda e invertir a largo plazo en el mercado de valores es el peor asesoramiento financiero para la mayoría de la gente.  - Por qué la educación financiera real nunca se puede enseñar en las escuelas.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/489b61f615085932adbc117be21eb336.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Great Place to Work For All: Better for Business, Better for People, Better for the World by Michael C. Bush, Great Place to Work</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-great-place-to-work-for-all-better-for-business-better-for-people-better-for-the-world-by-michael-c-bush-great-place-to-work--65215644</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328349" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328349</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Great Place to Work For All: Better for Business, Better for People, Better for the World Author: Michael C. Bush, Great Place to Work Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From Great Place to Work, which produces the popular FORTUNE 100 Best Companies to Work For ranking, comes a new definition of what it takes to make an organization great FOR ALL--for the business, for people and for the world. For 20 years Great Place to Work has published their gold-standard list of the 100 Best Companies to Work For. But their latest research shows that what was good enough to be a 'great' workplace 10 or 20 years ago is not good enough now. Even at the best workplaces, leaders can--and must--do better. CEO Michael C. Bush and his team connect the dots to show how the emerging economy is about developing every ounce of human potential. Today's business climate is defined by speed, social technologies and people expecting 'values' besides value. As a result, leaders have to create an outstanding culture for everyone, no matter who they are or what they do for the organization. They have to build a Great Place to Work For All. The authors share new research on how Great Places to Work For All outperform in the stock market and grow revenue 3x faster than less-inclusive rivals. Bush and his team tell surprising, inspiring stories about how closing gaps in the work experience between groups of employees pays off for everyone. They document the ways Great Places to Work For All benefit the individuals working there and contribute to a better global society. And they introduce a new leadership framework, showing the advantages of what the authors define as Level 5 'For All' leaders. In effect, the times demand executives who not only are business-savvy but also are devoted to fairness, have deep faith in people, and empower all individuals to reach their full human potential. This is a call to lead so that organizations bring out the best in everyone.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328349</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215644/9781663742520.mp3" length="1477829" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328349 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Great Place to Work For All: Better for Business, Better for People, Better for the World Author: Michael C. Bush, Great Place to Work Narrator: Wes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328349" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328349</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Great Place to Work For All: Better for Business, Better for People, Better for the World Author: Michael C. Bush, Great Place to Work Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From Great Place to Work, which produces the popular FORTUNE 100 Best Companies to Work For ranking, comes a new definition of what it takes to make an organization great FOR ALL--for the business, for people and for the world. For 20 years Great Place to Work has published their gold-standard list of the 100 Best Companies to Work For. But their latest research shows that what was good enough to be a 'great' workplace 10 or 20 years ago is not good enough now. Even at the best workplaces, leaders can--and must--do better. CEO Michael C. Bush and his team connect the dots to show how the emerging economy is about developing every ounce of human potential. Today's business climate is defined by speed, social technologies and people expecting 'values' besides value. As a result, leaders have to create an outstanding culture for everyone, no matter who they are or what they do for the organization. They have to build a Great Place to Work For All. The authors share new research on how Great Places to Work For All outperform in the stock market and grow revenue 3x faster than less-inclusive rivals. Bush and his team tell surprising, inspiring stories about how closing gaps in the work experience between groups of employees pays off for everyone. They document the ways Great Places to Work For All benefit the individuals working there and contribute to a better global society. And they introduce a new leadership framework, showing the advantages of what the authors define as Level 5 'For All' leaders. In effect, the times demand executives who not only are business-savvy but also are devoted to fairness, have deep faith in people, and empower all individuals to reach their full human potential. This is a call to lead so that organizations bring out the best in everyone.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2992ea144010260f51a577b217ef32f1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Purpose Revolution: How Leaders Create Engagement and Competitive Advantage in an Age of Social Good by Jeff Vanderwielen, John B. Izzo</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-purpose-revolution-how-leaders-create-engagement-and-competitive-advantage-in-an-age-of-social-good-by-jeff-vanderwielen-john-b-izzo--65215626</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328348" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328348</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Purpose Revolution: How Leaders Create Engagement and Competitive Advantage in an Age of Social Good Author: Jeff Vanderwielen, John B. Izzo Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Consumers of the future are going to want their consumption hand in hand with a demonstrated commitment to bettering our world- it is the companies that can deliver on this that will thrive in the coming decades. More and more, employees, customers, and investors want their work and money to not only provide for their own material needs but to also help create a better world for all. Bestselling author John Izzo teams up with Jeff VanderWein to show leaders and companies how to transform their corporate culture so they can succeed in the midst of this Purpose Revolution.      Today people want more than just a good job or a good deal--increasingly, they want to feel like they're doing good as well, that their work and money are contributing to some greater purpose. John Izzo and Jeff VanderWielen call it The Purpose Revolution, and in this revelatory book they argue that it will dramatically transform the world of business.  While they describe the Purpose Revolution's impact on consumers and investors, their prime focus is on how to activate purpose among employees and how to embed purpose in the culture of your organization. Because you can't fake purpose--it has to be a genuine part of your organizational DNA if you're going to attract customers and investors. Using many examples, the authors illustrate how to lead in this new age of social good, how to attract and engage talented employees, how to create a purposeful culture, and how to win loyalty from employees, customers, and investors.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328348</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215626/9781663746269.mp3" length="2437317" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328348 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Purpose Revolution: How Leaders Create Engagement and Competitive Advantage in an Age of Social Good Author: Jeff Vanderwielen, John B. Izzo...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328348" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328348</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Purpose Revolution: How Leaders Create Engagement and Competitive Advantage in an Age of Social Good Author: Jeff Vanderwielen, John B. Izzo Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Consumers of the future are going to want their consumption hand in hand with a demonstrated commitment to bettering our world- it is the companies that can deliver on this that will thrive in the coming decades. More and more, employees, customers, and investors want their work and money to not only provide for their own material needs but to also help create a better world for all. Bestselling author John Izzo teams up with Jeff VanderWein to show leaders and companies how to transform their corporate culture so they can succeed in the midst of this Purpose Revolution.      Today people want more than just a good job or a good deal--increasingly, they want to feel like they're doing good as well, that their work and money are contributing to some greater purpose. John Izzo and Jeff VanderWielen call it The Purpose Revolution, and in this revelatory book they argue that it will dramatically transform the world of business.  While they describe the Purpose Revolution's impact on consumers and investors, their prime focus is on how to activate purpose among employees and how to embed purpose in the culture of your organization. Because you can't fake purpose--it has to be a genuine part of your organizational DNA if you're going to attract customers and investors. Using many examples, the authors illustrate how to lead in this new age of social good, how to attract and engage talented employees, how to create a purposeful culture, and how to win loyalty from employees, customers, and investors.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/00855bf4ca8abaa6d3a813a9c45ee10d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Don't Bullsh*t Yourself!: Crush the Excuses That are Holding You Back by Jon Taffer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/don-t-bullsh-t-yourself-crush-the-excuses-that-are-holding-you-back-by-jon-taffer--65215596</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328355" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328355</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Bullsh*t Yourself!: Crush the Excuses That are Holding You Back Author: Jon Taffer Narrator: Jon Taffer, R. C. Bray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 19   Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  New York Times Bestseller and Wall Street Journal Bestseller! Bar Rescue's Jon Taffer presents a new guide to getting what you want in life and business--to stop making excuses so you can get back to winning. During his many years as an entrepreneur, consultant, and star of the Paramount Network's hit show Bar Rescue, Jon Taffer has witnessed the destruction that results when people bullsh*t themselves. Excuses are the root cause of nearly every business and personal problem, but fortunately, Jon knows how to fix your excuse habit for good. This book is almost as good as having Jon in your face on Bar Rescue, telling you the hard truths you've been avoiding. Don't Bullsh*t Yourself! is Jon Taffer's brutally honest, no-nonsense guide to help you kick those excuses to the curb. If you can stop bullsh*tting yourself and address your real issues, you will gain the power to turn your life around completely. Taffer breaks excuses down into six major categories, illustrating them with real-life examples such as Marcus Luttrell, the lone survivor of a SEAL team mission in Afghanistan who barely escaped Taliban territory, and Christine King, founder and CEO of Your Best Fit, who, despite being paralyzed in a horrific boating accident, went on to build a successful fitness company. These inspiring stories, combined with Taffer's own experiences, will give you the confidence to identify and face your own excuses head-on.  It's Taffer Time! Time to stop bullsh*tting yourself and start crushing it!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328355</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215596/9780525532569.mp3" length="4837083" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328355 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Bullsh*t Yourself!: Crush the Excuses That are Holding You Back Author: Jon Taffer Narrator: Jon Taffer, R. C. Bray Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328355" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328355</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Bullsh*t Yourself!: Crush the Excuses That are Holding You Back Author: Jon Taffer Narrator: Jon Taffer, R. C. Bray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 19   Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  New York Times Bestseller and Wall Street Journal Bestseller! Bar Rescue's Jon Taffer presents a new guide to getting what you want in life and business--to stop making excuses so you can get back to winning. During his many years as an entrepreneur, consultant, and star of the Paramount Network's hit show Bar Rescue, Jon Taffer has witnessed the destruction that results when people bullsh*t themselves. Excuses are the root cause of nearly every business and personal problem, but fortunately, Jon knows how to fix your excuse habit for good. This book is almost as good as having Jon in your face on Bar Rescue, telling you the hard truths you've been avoiding. Don't Bullsh*t Yourself! is Jon Taffer's brutally honest, no-nonsense guide to help you kick those excuses to the curb. If you can stop bullsh*tting yourself and address your real issues, you will gain the power to turn your life around completely. Taffer breaks excuses down into six major categories, illustrating them with real-life examples such as Marcus Luttrell, the lone survivor of a SEAL team mission in Afghanistan who barely escaped Taliban territory, and Christine King, founder and CEO of Your Best Fit, who, despite being paralyzed in a horrific boating accident, went on to build a successful fitness company. These inspiring stories, combined with Taffer's own experiences, will give you the confidence to identify and face your own excuses head-on.  It's Taffer Time! Time to stop bullsh*tting yourself and start crushing it!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a777098d34a85f3edda30f13c52d2ae9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The CEO Next Door: The 4 Behaviours that Transform Ordinary People into World Class Leaders by Kim Powell, Elena Botelho, Tahl Raz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-ceo-next-door-the-4-behaviours-that-transform-ordinary-people-into-world-class-leaders-by-kim-powell-elena-botelho-tahl-raz--65215547</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339506" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339506</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The CEO Next Door: The 4 Behaviours that Transform Ordinary People into World Class Leaders Author: Kim Powell, Elena Botelho, Tahl Raz Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: March  8, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Random House presents the audiobook edition of The CEO Next Door by Elena Botelho and Kim Powell with Tahl Raz, read by Bernadette Dunne. Everything you thought you knew about becoming a CEO is wrong. You must graduate from an elite college or business school. In fact, only 7 percent of the CEOs of today's companies went to a top school--and 8 percent didn't graduate from college at all.  Never put a foot wrong. In fact, people who have become CEOs have on average had five to seven career setbacks on their way to the top. Drawing on the biggest dataset of CEOs in the world --  in-depth analysis of 2,600 leaders, drawn from a database of 17,000 CEOs, as well as 13,000 hours of interviews -- The CEO Next Door is crammed full of myth-busting and counter-intuitive insights in what it really takes to get ahead.  Discover the way actual CEOs of top companies think and behave, and the kind of traits to develop if you want to make your ambitions a reality and take your career right to the top.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339506</guid><pubDate>Thu, 08 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215547/9780753553046.mp3" length="2437178" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339506 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The CEO Next Door: The 4 Behaviours that Transform Ordinary People into World Class Leaders Author: Kim Powell, Elena Botelho, Tahl Raz Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339506" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339506</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The CEO Next Door: The 4 Behaviours that Transform Ordinary People into World Class Leaders Author: Kim Powell, Elena Botelho, Tahl Raz Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: March  8, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Random House presents the audiobook edition of The CEO Next Door by Elena Botelho and Kim Powell with Tahl Raz, read by Bernadette Dunne. Everything you thought you knew about becoming a CEO is wrong. You must graduate from an elite college or business school. In fact, only 7 percent of the CEOs of today's companies went to a top school--and 8 percent didn't graduate from college at all.  Never put a foot wrong. In fact, people who have become CEOs have on average had five to seven career setbacks on their way to the top. Drawing on the biggest dataset of CEOs in the world --  in-depth analysis of 2,600 leaders, drawn from a database of 17,000 CEOs, as well as 13,000 hours of interviews -- The CEO Next Door is crammed full of myth-busting and counter-intuitive insights in what it really takes to get ahead.  Discover the way actual CEOs of top companies think and behave, and the kind of traits to develop if you want to make your ambitions a reality and take your career right to the top.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a4130d26d1337dee22c855acd43a8a37.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Introverted Leader, 2nd Edition: Building on Your Quiet Strength by Jennifer Kahnweiler</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-introverted-leader-2nd-edition-building-on-your-quiet-strength-by-jennifer-kahnweiler--65215685</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325061" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325061</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Introverted Leader, 2nd Edition: Building on Your Quiet Strength Author: Jennifer Kahnweiler Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 7 minutes Release date: March  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  50% of the U.S. population aged 40 and older test out to be introverts, as do 40% of top executives. Jennifer Kahnweiler's The Introverted Leader was one of the first books to offer this staggeringly large audience the tools to effectively lead with this common disposition. In our outgoing, type A business culture, introverts can feel excluded, overlooked, or misunderstood, their reticence mistaken for reluctance, arrogance, or even lack of intelligence. But Jennifer Kahnweiler shows that not only can introversion be managed, it can even be a source of strength in the workplace. This second edition is thoroughly revised with two new chapters and has increased attention to diversity and unconscious bias in organizations. Diversity of styles and temperaments, in addition to more traditional aspects of diversity like race and gender, are increasingly important to companies. This book still remains a highly practical leadership guide for introverts.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325061</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215685/9781663742285.mp3" length="1477707" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325061 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Introverted Leader, 2nd Edition: Building on Your Quiet Strength Author: Jennifer Kahnweiler Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325061" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325061</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Introverted Leader, 2nd Edition: Building on Your Quiet Strength Author: Jennifer Kahnweiler Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 7 minutes Release date: March  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  50% of the U.S. population aged 40 and older test out to be introverts, as do 40% of top executives. Jennifer Kahnweiler's The Introverted Leader was one of the first books to offer this staggeringly large audience the tools to effectively lead with this common disposition. In our outgoing, type A business culture, introverts can feel excluded, overlooked, or misunderstood, their reticence mistaken for reluctance, arrogance, or even lack of intelligence. But Jennifer Kahnweiler shows that not only can introversion be managed, it can even be a source of strength in the workplace. This second edition is thoroughly revised with two new chapters and has increased attention to diversity and unconscious bias in organizations. Diversity of styles and temperaments, in addition to more traditional aspects of diversity like race and gender, are increasingly important to companies. This book still remains a highly practical leadership guide for introverts.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9c93295094a08b830de825065527f232.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to be Heard: Secrets for Powerful Speaking and Listening by Julian Treasure</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-be-heard-secrets-for-powerful-speaking-and-listening-by-julian-treasure--65215682</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328635" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328635</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be Heard: Secrets for Powerful Speaking and Listening Author: Julian Treasure Narrator: Julian Treasure Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: March  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.69 of Total 13   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Learn communication skills secrets from one of the most successful TED Talks stars of all time. Transform your communication skills: Have you ever felt like you’re talking, but nobody is listening? Renowned five time TED Talks speaker and author Julian Treasure reveals how to speak so that people listen – and how to listen so that people feel heard. As this leading sound expert demonstrates via interviews with world-class speakers, professional performers and CEOs atop their field, the secret lies in developing simple habits that can transform our communication skills, the quality of our relationships and our impact in the world. Effective speaking, listening, and understanding skills: How to be Heard includes never-before-seen exercises to develop your communication skills that are as effective at home as in the boardroom or conference call. Julian Treasure offers an inspiring vision for a sonorous world of effective speaking, listening and understanding. Communication skills secrets and tips discussed in How to be Heard include : Sound affects us all: how to make it work for you and improve your wellbeing, effectiveness and happiness. Why listening matters. How listening and speaking affect one another. The seven deadly sins of speaking and listening, and how to avoid them; the four cornerstones of powerful speaking and listening. How to listen and why we don’t. Your listening filters, and how to use them. Five simple exercises to achieve conscious listening. Tips from great listeners. Inner listening. Your voice: the instrument we all play, and how to play it beautifully. The power of your vocal toolbox and how to build your speaking power; tricks of great speakers; simple exercises and practices to develop your voice. Saying what you mean: how to plan and structure content so you always hit the bullseye. Clean language. Secrets of rhetoric; great speeches unpacked; exercises and methods to achieve clarity, precision and impact. Five danger words to avoid. Stagecraft: how to deliver a great talk. Practice, preparation, tools and aids, common mistakes and how to avoid them, stage presence - how to act and talk like a top professional speaker and win over any audience. The five most common errors and how to avoid them.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328635</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215682/9781538535080.mp3" length="1478230" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328635 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be Heard: Secrets for Powerful Speaking and Listening Author: Julian Treasure Narrator: Julian Treasure Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328635" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328635</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be Heard: Secrets for Powerful Speaking and Listening Author: Julian Treasure Narrator: Julian Treasure Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: March  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.69 of Total 13   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Learn communication skills secrets from one of the most successful TED Talks stars of all time. Transform your communication skills: Have you ever felt like you’re talking, but nobody is listening? Renowned five time TED Talks speaker and author Julian Treasure reveals how to speak so that people listen – and how to listen so that people feel heard. As this leading sound expert demonstrates via interviews with world-class speakers, professional performers and CEOs atop their field, the secret lies in developing simple habits that can transform our communication skills, the quality of our relationships and our impact in the world. Effective speaking, listening, and understanding skills: How to be Heard includes never-before-seen exercises to develop your communication skills that are as effective at home as in the boardroom or conference call. Julian Treasure offers an inspiring vision for a sonorous world of effective speaking, listening and understanding. Communication skills secrets and tips discussed in How to be Heard include : Sound affects us all: how to make it work for you and improve your wellbeing, effectiveness and happiness. Why listening matters. How listening and speaking affect one another. The seven deadly sins of speaking and listening, and how to avoid them; the four cornerstones of powerful speaking and listening. How to listen and why we don’t. Your listening filters, and how to use them. Five simple exercises to achieve conscious listening. Tips from great listeners. Inner listening. Your voice: the instrument we all play, and how to play it beautifully. The power of your vocal toolbox and how to build your speaking power; tricks of great speakers; simple exercises and practices to develop your voice. Saying what you mean: how to plan and structure content so you always hit the bullseye. Clean language. Secrets of rhetoric; great speeches unpacked; exercises and methods to achieve clarity, precision and impact. Five danger words to avoid. Stagecraft: how to deliver a great talk. Practice, preparation, tools and aids, common mistakes and how to avoid them, stage presence - how to act and talk like a top professional speaker and win over any audience. The five most common errors and how to avoid them.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7d799587f2d94fa0efbc30205e42a57d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality by Hector Macdonald</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/truth-how-the-many-sides-to-every-story-shape-our-reality-by-hector-macdonald--65215667</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324665" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324665</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality Author: Hector Macdonald Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: March  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  'In a time when truth is under assault, Hector Macdonald is here to defend it. He offers clear-eyed, compelling guidelines for becoming a more accurate consumer and producer of information.'-Adam Grant, author of Give and Take, Originals, and Option B with Sheryl Sandberg   For fans of Nudge, Sway, and The Art of Thinking Clearly, a fascinating dive into the many ways in which 'competing truths' shape our opinions, behaviors, and beliefs.   True or false?  It's rarely that simple.   There is more than one truth about most things. The Internet disseminates knowledge but it also spreads hatred. Eating meat is nutritious but it's also damaging to the environment. When we communicate we naturally select the truths that are most helpful to our agenda.   We can select truths constructively to inspire organizations, encourage children, and drive progressive change. Or we can select truths that give a false impression of reality, misleading people without actually lying. Others can do the same, motivating or deceiving us with the truth. Truths are neutral but highly versatile tools that we can use for good or ill.   In Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality, Hector Macdonald explores how truth is used and abused in politics, business, the media and everyday life. He shows how a clearer understanding of truth's many faces renders us better able to navigate our world and more influential within it. Combining great storytelling with practical takeaways and a litany of fascinating, funny, and insightful case studies, Truth is a sobering and engaging read about how profoundly our mindsets and actions are influenced by the truths that those around us choose to tell.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324665</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215667/9781478992318.mp3" length="1478320" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324665 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality Author: Hector Macdonald Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324665" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324665</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality Author: Hector Macdonald Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: March  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  'In a time when truth is under assault, Hector Macdonald is here to defend it. He offers clear-eyed, compelling guidelines for becoming a more accurate consumer and producer of information.'-Adam Grant, author of Give and Take, Originals, and Option B with Sheryl Sandberg   For fans of Nudge, Sway, and The Art of Thinking Clearly, a fascinating dive into the many ways in which 'competing truths' shape our opinions, behaviors, and beliefs.   True or false?  It's rarely that simple.   There is more than one truth about most things. The Internet disseminates knowledge but it also spreads hatred. Eating meat is nutritious but it's also damaging to the environment. When we communicate we naturally select the truths that are most helpful to our agenda.   We can select truths constructively to inspire organizations, encourage children, and drive progressive change. Or we can select truths that give a false impression of reality, misleading people without actually lying. Others can do the same, motivating or deceiving us with the truth. Truths are neutral but highly versatile tools that we can use for good or ill.   In Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality, Hector Macdonald explores how truth is used and abused in politics, business, the media and everyday life. He shows how a clearer understanding of truth's many faces renders us better able to navigate our world and more influential within it. Combining great storytelling with practical takeaways and a litany of fascinating, funny, and insightful case studies, Truth is a sobering and engaging read about how profoundly our mindsets and actions are influenced by the truths that those around us choose to tell.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fea942d92cb5571bad1be20da70ab319.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Signals Are Talking: Why Today's Fringe Is Tomorrow's Mainstream by Amy Webb</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-signals-are-talking-why-today-s-fringe-is-tomorrow-s-mainstream-by-amy-webb--65215654</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328663" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328663</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Signals Are Talking: Why Today's Fringe Is Tomorrow's Mainstream Author: Amy Webb Narrator: Tiffany Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: March  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Amy Webb is a noted futurist who combines curiosity, skepticism, colorful storytelling, and deeply reported, real-world analysis in this essential book for understanding the future. The Signals Are Talking reveals a systemic way of evaluating new ideas bubbling up on the horizon-distinguishing what is a real trend from the merely trendy. This book helps us hear which signals are talking sense, and which are simply nonsense, so that we might know today what developments-especially those seemingly random ideas at the fringe as they converge and begin to move toward the mainstream-that have long-term consequence for tomorrow.  With the methodology developed in The Signals Are Talking, we learn how to think like a futurist and answer vitally important questions: How will a technology-like artificial intelligence, machine learning, self-driving cars, biohacking, bots, and the Internet of Things-affect us personally? How will it impact our businesses and workplaces? How will it eventually change the way we live, work, play, and think-and how should we prepare for it now?  Most importantly, Webb persuasively shows that the future isn't something that happens to us passively. Instead, she allows us to see ahead so that we may forecast what's to come-challenging us to create our own preferred futures.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328663</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215654/9781549169847.mp3" length="1478326" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328663 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Signals Are Talking: Why Today's Fringe Is Tomorrow's Mainstream Author: Amy Webb Narrator: Tiffany Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328663" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328663</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Signals Are Talking: Why Today's Fringe Is Tomorrow's Mainstream Author: Amy Webb Narrator: Tiffany Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: March  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Amy Webb is a noted futurist who combines curiosity, skepticism, colorful storytelling, and deeply reported, real-world analysis in this essential book for understanding the future. The Signals Are Talking reveals a systemic way of evaluating new ideas bubbling up on the horizon-distinguishing what is a real trend from the merely trendy. This book helps us hear which signals are talking sense, and which are simply nonsense, so that we might know today what developments-especially those seemingly random ideas at the fringe as they converge and begin to move toward the mainstream-that have long-term consequence for tomorrow.  With the methodology developed in The Signals Are Talking, we learn how to think like a futurist and answer vitally important questions: How will a technology-like artificial intelligence, machine learning, self-driving cars, biohacking, bots, and the Internet of Things-affect us personally? How will it impact our businesses and workplaces? How will it eventually change the way we live, work, play, and think-and how should we prepare for it now?  Most importantly, Webb persuasively shows that the future isn't something that happens to us passively. Instead, she allows us to see ahead so that we may forecast what's to come-challenging us to create our own preferred futures.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4c9ecd7deb2a7e40c6800125fdb1ebb7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Young Money: 4 Proven Actions to Design Your Wealth While You Still Can by Dasarte Yarnway</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/young-money-4-proven-actions-to-design-your-wealth-while-you-still-can-by-dasarte-yarnway--65215653</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325388" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325388</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Young Money: 4 Proven Actions to Design Your Wealth While You Still Can Author: Dasarte Yarnway Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 31 minutes Release date: March  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The problem for most Americans is not lack of income. A bigger, more widespread problem is the lack of discipline needed to adhere to long-term financial goals. This book shows readers how to make the mindset shift required to successfully plan for the future. In most personal finance books you'll read, almost redundantly, that the road to wealth is made up of 80% behavior and 20% application. You'll also read that building wealth is about the long game and planning for the future. The overwhelming majority of successful financial planners know this to be true - so why are the bulk of young Americans still fixated on the get rich quick mentality? Because they haven't received adequate advice on how to identify their true motivations for building wealth - until now. In order to build wealth that lasts for generations, we must access our deepest desires, whether that is sharing with our community, security for our family, or leaving behind a legacy. This book is designed to help people under 30 envision building multigenerational wealth by committing to a mindset of discipline that goes beyond retirement planning but instead, plan for a legacy. Yarnway walks readers through the different decades of their life, from the 'roaring twenties' through the 'thrifty fifties and beyond,' explicitly showing how readers will be building intergenerational wealth at each stage. Wealth building isn't something that can be left until later - financial stability depends on the disciplined mindset that is created now.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325388</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215653/9781663741462.mp3" length="1477677" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325388 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Young Money: 4 Proven Actions to Design Your Wealth While You Still Can Author: Dasarte Yarnway Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325388" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325388</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Young Money: 4 Proven Actions to Design Your Wealth While You Still Can Author: Dasarte Yarnway Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 31 minutes Release date: March  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The problem for most Americans is not lack of income. A bigger, more widespread problem is the lack of discipline needed to adhere to long-term financial goals. This book shows readers how to make the mindset shift required to successfully plan for the future. In most personal finance books you'll read, almost redundantly, that the road to wealth is made up of 80% behavior and 20% application. You'll also read that building wealth is about the long game and planning for the future. The overwhelming majority of successful financial planners know this to be true - so why are the bulk of young Americans still fixated on the get rich quick mentality? Because they haven't received adequate advice on how to identify their true motivations for building wealth - until now. In order to build wealth that lasts for generations, we must access our deepest desires, whether that is sharing with our community, security for our family, or leaving behind a legacy. This book is designed to help people under 30 envision building multigenerational wealth by committing to a mindset of discipline that goes beyond retirement planning but instead, plan for a legacy. Yarnway walks readers through the different decades of their life, from the 'roaring twenties' through the 'thrifty fifties and beyond,' explicitly showing how readers will be building intergenerational wealth at each stage. Wealth building isn't something that can be left until later - financial stability depends on the disciplined mindset that is created now.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0d1c3f5b3a892b1b3a153e0600b6e3a6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The People First Effect: 7 Keys for Mastering High Trust in a Low Trust World by Jack Lannom</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-people-first-effect-7-keys-for-mastering-high-trust-in-a-low-trust-world-by-jack-lannom--65215634</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329496" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329496</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People First Effect: 7 Keys for Mastering High Trust in a Low Trust World Author: Jack Lannom Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: March  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Veteran consultant and award-winning author Jack Lannom enlists seven successful business leaders to outline a clear, comprehensive strategy for increasing trust and decreasing tension in your personal and professional lives. The People First Effect is a business fable about CEO Dan Burton. Dan has successfully led his company out of the 2008 recession and sees his organization moving back toward sustainable growth—only to learn that his company has been sold to a foreign investor. In the turmoil that follows the takeover, Dan is faced with the challenge of rebuilding strong, trust-based relationships in his personal and professional lives. Told in the form of a fast-paced fictional story, the reader will sit in on informal Q&amp;A sessions with seven real-life executives who are currently practicing the principles that are so clearly explained in this highly informative and practical book. You won’t be able to put this book down—after just a few pages, you’ll be thoroughly engaged in learning how to create “The People First Effect” in your home and workplace! Written in a clear, conversational style, The People First Effect will grip the hearts and engage the minds of readers from all walks of life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329496</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215634/9781543667592.mp3" length="1478254" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329496 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People First Effect: 7 Keys for Mastering High Trust in a Low Trust World Author: Jack Lannom Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329496" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329496</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People First Effect: 7 Keys for Mastering High Trust in a Low Trust World Author: Jack Lannom Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: March  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Veteran consultant and award-winning author Jack Lannom enlists seven successful business leaders to outline a clear, comprehensive strategy for increasing trust and decreasing tension in your personal and professional lives. The People First Effect is a business fable about CEO Dan Burton. Dan has successfully led his company out of the 2008 recession and sees his organization moving back toward sustainable growth—only to learn that his company has been sold to a foreign investor. In the turmoil that follows the takeover, Dan is faced with the challenge of rebuilding strong, trust-based relationships in his personal and professional lives. Told in the form of a fast-paced fictional story, the reader will sit in on informal Q&amp;A sessions with seven real-life executives who are currently practicing the principles that are so clearly explained in this highly informative and practical book. You won’t be able to put this book down—after just a few pages, you’ll be thoroughly engaged in learning how to create “The People First Effect” in your home and workplace! Written in a clear, conversational style, The People First Effect will grip the hearts and engage the minds of readers from all walks of life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bcd2284a617ef2e5d0c6fea262d8d08c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Creative Courage: Leveraging Imagination, Collaboration, and Innovation to Create Success Beyond Your Wildest Dreams by Welby Altidor</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/creative-courage-leveraging-imagination-collaboration-and-innovation-to-create-success-beyond-your-wildest-dreams-by-welby-altidor--65215631</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328572" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328572</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Courage: Leveraging Imagination, Collaboration, and Innovation to Create Success Beyond Your Wildest Dreams Author: Welby Altidor Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: March  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Written by the former Executive Creative Director of Creations at Cirque du Soleil, this book shows you how to step up your game, flex your creativity, and make big things happen. Whether you work independently or as part of a team, whether you're self-employed or part of an organization, and even if you think creativity isn't a part of the work that you do—this book gives you the perspective, courage, and kick start you need to think differently about the things you do every day. Creative courage is more than a strategy, it's a way of life. It opens your mind—and the minds of those around you—to new approaches, new ideas, and new schools of thought that can revolutionize the way you work. This book invites you to experience the freedom and power at the intersection of courage and creativity so you can finally: ● Foster a more collaborative culture ● Bring depth and meaning to every project ● Turn challenge into opportunity ● Create work that matters]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328572</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215631/9781469097428.mp3" length="14437232" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328572 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Courage: Leveraging Imagination, Collaboration, and Innovation to Create Success Beyond Your Wildest Dreams Author: Welby Altidor Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328572" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328572</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Courage: Leveraging Imagination, Collaboration, and Innovation to Create Success Beyond Your Wildest Dreams Author: Welby Altidor Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: March  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Written by the former Executive Creative Director of Creations at Cirque du Soleil, this book shows you how to step up your game, flex your creativity, and make big things happen. Whether you work independently or as part of a team, whether you're self-employed or part of an organization, and even if you think creativity isn't a part of the work that you do—this book gives you the perspective, courage, and kick start you need to think differently about the things you do every day. Creative courage is more than a strategy, it's a way of life. It opens your mind—and the minds of those around you—to new approaches, new ideas, and new schools of thought that can revolutionize the way you work. This book invites you to experience the freedom and power at the intersection of courage and creativity so you can finally: ● Foster a more collaborative culture ● Bring depth and meaning to every project ● Turn challenge into opportunity ● Create work that matters]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3a2e5817efeb3c4ab0958a07ad95f88b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How Luck Happens: Using the Science of Luck to Transform Work, Love, and Life by Janice Kaplan, Barnaby Marsh</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-luck-happens-using-the-science-of-luck-to-transform-work-love-and-life-by-janice-kaplan-barnaby-marsh--65215618</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329117" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329117</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Luck Happens: Using the Science of Luck to Transform Work, Love, and Life Author: Janice Kaplan, Barnaby Marsh Narrator: Janice Kaplan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: March  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Creator and host of the podcast The Gratitude Diaries and New York Times bestselling author Janice Kaplan examines the phenomenon of luck--and discovers the exciting ways you can grab opportunities and make luck for yourself every day.  After spending a year researching and experiencing gratitude for The Gratitude Diaries, Janice Kaplan is back to tackle another big, mysterious influence in all our lives: luck. And this time she's joined on her journey by coauthor Dr. Barnaby Marsh, a renowned academic who guides her exploration.  Together they uncover the unexpected, little-understood science behind what we call 'luck,' proving that many seemingly random events are actually under your--and everyone's--control. They examine the factors that made stars like Harrison Ford and Jonathan Groff so successful, and learn the real secrets that made Kate Spade and Warby Parker into global brands. Using original research, fascinating studies, and engaging interviews, Kaplan and Marsh reveal the simple techniques to create luck in love and marriage, business and career, and health, happiness, and family relationships. Their breakthrough insights prove that all of us--from CEOs to stay-at-home moms--can tip the scales of fortune in our favor.  Through a mix of scientific research, conversations with famous and successful people--from academics like Dan Ariely and Leonard Mlodinow to actor Josh Groban--and powerful narrative, How Luck Happens uncovers a fascinating subject in accessible and entertaining style.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329117</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215618/9780525527305.mp3" length="4837079" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329117 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Luck Happens: Using the Science of Luck to Transform Work, Love, and Life Author: Janice Kaplan, Barnaby Marsh Narrator: Janice Kaplan Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329117" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329117</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Luck Happens: Using the Science of Luck to Transform Work, Love, and Life Author: Janice Kaplan, Barnaby Marsh Narrator: Janice Kaplan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: March  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Creator and host of the podcast The Gratitude Diaries and New York Times bestselling author Janice Kaplan examines the phenomenon of luck--and discovers the exciting ways you can grab opportunities and make luck for yourself every day.  After spending a year researching and experiencing gratitude for The Gratitude Diaries, Janice Kaplan is back to tackle another big, mysterious influence in all our lives: luck. And this time she's joined on her journey by coauthor Dr. Barnaby Marsh, a renowned academic who guides her exploration.  Together they uncover the unexpected, little-understood science behind what we call 'luck,' proving that many seemingly random events are actually under your--and everyone's--control. They examine the factors that made stars like Harrison Ford and Jonathan Groff so successful, and learn the real secrets that made Kate Spade and Warby Parker into global brands. Using original research, fascinating studies, and engaging interviews, Kaplan and Marsh reveal the simple techniques to create luck in love and marriage, business and career, and health, happiness, and family relationships. Their breakthrough insights prove that all of us--from CEOs to stay-at-home moms--can tip the scales of fortune in our favor.  Through a mix of scientific research, conversations with famous and successful people--from academics like Dan Ariely and Leonard Mlodinow to actor Josh Groban--and powerful narrative, How Luck Happens uncovers a fascinating subject in accessible and entertaining style.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/dd2d1b789d3aacfaa21dd00c5e24ebaa.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Your Creative Career: Turn Your Passion into a Fulfilling and Financially Rewarding Lifestyle by Anna Sabino</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-creative-career-turn-your-passion-into-a-fulfilling-and-financially-rewarding-lifestyle-by-anna-sabino--65215668</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325146" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325146</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Creative Career: Turn Your Passion into a Fulfilling and Financially Rewarding Lifestyle Author: Anna Sabino Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: March  3, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Anna Sabino is an artist, but certainly not a starving one. She wasn’t born into a wealthy family, didn’t inherit money from a distant relative, and doesn’t have a rich husband. But she made it as an entrepreneur, as a single woman, and most important, as an artist.In Your Creative Career, she shows her fellow artists and creatives how to build a business that reflects their talent and true calling while generating serious cash. Whether the goal is to build an empire and be financially free, create a lifestyle business, or just to have more time, Your Creative Career guides you through every aspect of creative entrepreneurship.If you want to start your creative career, transition into it, or give it a boost, this book is a must read that features: - Proven systems and strategies to create ideally priced products that keep selling. - The importance of going through all the steps of making it from idea inception and execution to branding and distribution. - The importance of transitioning from artistic solitude to collaborative, creative entrepreneurship. - The most effective marketing and PR methods adjusted to the new reality of short attention spans and information overload.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325146</guid><pubDate>Sat, 03 Mar 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215668/9781543639407.mp3" length="1478222" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325146 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Creative Career: Turn Your Passion into a Fulfilling and Financially Rewarding Lifestyle Author: Anna Sabino Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325146" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325146</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Creative Career: Turn Your Passion into a Fulfilling and Financially Rewarding Lifestyle Author: Anna Sabino Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: March  3, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Anna Sabino is an artist, but certainly not a starving one. She wasn’t born into a wealthy family, didn’t inherit money from a distant relative, and doesn’t have a rich husband. But she made it as an entrepreneur, as a single woman, and most important, as an artist.In Your Creative Career, she shows her fellow artists and creatives how to build a business that reflects their talent and true calling while generating serious cash. Whether the goal is to build an empire and be financially free, create a lifestyle business, or just to have more time, Your Creative Career guides you through every aspect of creative entrepreneurship.If you want to start your creative career, transition into it, or give it a boost, this book is a must read that features: - Proven systems and strategies to create ideally priced products that keep selling. - The importance of going through all the steps of making it from idea inception and execution to branding and distribution. - The importance of transitioning from artistic solitude to collaborative, creative entrepreneurship. - The most effective marketing and PR methods adjusted to the new reality of short attention spans and information overload.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/15a8bbca83c501a9e7bddc002f7396bb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Victoria - Treat Your Company Like A Lady by Stefan A. Malfliet</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/victoria-treat-your-company-like-a-lady-by-stefan-a-malfliet--65215579</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333852" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333852</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Victoria - Treat Your Company Like A Lady Author: Stefan A. Malfliet Narrator: Stefan A. Malfliet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 28, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Why are some people and businesses able to achieve the operational and strategic goals they want? And why are they able to do this consistently? What makes them so succesful, and more importantly, How do they do it? In "VICTORIA - Treat Your Company Like A Lady", Stefan A. Malfliet analyses and provides a framework based on the "individual" needs of a company. Or "Victoria", as he refers to "a company". The six basic needs of Victoria are: Simplicity vs. Complexity: Is the need to simplify so that the foundation is built to venture into new challenges. Adventure: Every Victoria has an urge for Adventure. It makes her tick. The most significant of adventures to be a visionary to this world. Significance: What is the point when what she stands for, does not mean anything or will eventually become obsolete. Passion: She shares a passion for her customer, product or service and all the people that she interacts with on a daily basis. Growth: If she does not GROW, she DIES! Contribution: The dream of being part of the infinite game of sharing. Being able to pass on what she stands for to the world. To multiply! Learning to recognize the balance of Victoria's needs can unlock the path to the successful implementation of any initiative within your company. Through many practical examples based on Stefan's 25 years of experience as both an executive and an entrepreneur, he explains how to balance Victoria's needs and how anybody can do it. The book also contains 7 real life cases, providing valuable insight into finding the "right" balance of Victoria's needs. Many of you will most certainly recognize several of these situations and will be able to learn from the mistakes as well as the successes.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333852</guid><pubDate>Wed, 28 Feb 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215579/9781518996665.mp3" length="1478314" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333852 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Victoria - Treat Your Company Like A Lady Author: Stefan A. Malfliet Narrator: Stefan A. Malfliet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333852" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333852</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Victoria - Treat Your Company Like A Lady Author: Stefan A. Malfliet Narrator: Stefan A. Malfliet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 28, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Why are some people and businesses able to achieve the operational and strategic goals they want? And why are they able to do this consistently? What makes them so succesful, and more importantly, How do they do it? In "VICTORIA - Treat Your Company Like A Lady", Stefan A. Malfliet analyses and provides a framework based on the "individual" needs of a company. Or "Victoria", as he refers to "a company". The six basic needs of Victoria are: Simplicity vs. Complexity: Is the need to simplify so that the foundation is built to venture into new challenges. Adventure: Every Victoria has an urge for Adventure. It makes her tick. The most significant of adventures to be a visionary to this world. Significance: What is the point when what she stands for, does not mean anything or will eventually become obsolete. Passion: She shares a passion for her customer, product or service and all the people that she interacts with on a daily basis. Growth: If she does not GROW, she DIES! Contribution: The dream of being part of the infinite game of sharing. Being able to pass on what she stands for to the world. To multiply! Learning to recognize the balance of Victoria's needs can unlock the path to the successful implementation of any initiative within your company. Through many practical examples based on Stefan's 25 years of experience as both an executive and an entrepreneur, he explains how to balance Victoria's needs and how anybody can do it. The book also contains 7 real life cases, providing valuable insight into finding the "right" balance of Victoria's needs. Many of you will most certainly recognize several of these situations and will be able to learn from the mistakes as well as the successes.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5a2d41716ba15feaf524bcc7b29482f3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Sell with Confidence!: Crush Your Fear of Being Rejected, Avoid Being Pushy, and Have the Courage to Make Money Selling by Barry Watson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/sell-with-confidence-crush-your-fear-of-being-rejected-avoid-being-pushy-and-have-the-courage-to-make-money-selling-by-barry-watson--65215630</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325386" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325386</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sell with Confidence!: Crush Your Fear of Being Rejected, Avoid Being Pushy, and Have the Courage to Make Money Selling Author: Barry Watson Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  At last, you can say goodbye to being scared of selling. Does the mere thought of selling cause you to break out in a cold sweat? Is a great salesperson something you desperately want to become, but struggle with overcoming fear, being pushy, or being seen as “that guy/girl” who people avoid like the plague? If this sounds like you, breathe easy, you aren’t alone. Hope is here! Selling is littered with many potential land mines; however, you can learn the exact sales skills needed to build greater levels of sales confidence and sell like a pro. Building sales confidence involves being real with yourself and having a proven road map that will help you achieve your goals. In this breakthrough sales book, you will learn how to extinguish your self-destroying doubts, authentically close the deal, and make more money selling. No longer do doubt and fear have to hold you back from being great at selling. Now is the time to be the superstar salesperson you always wanted to be. Here’s what you’ll learn: Chapter 1: Sales Sabotage—Why Selling Scares the Heck Out of Some PeopleChapter 2: Discover the Secret Sauce of SellingChapter 3: Understand the True Nature of SellingChapter 4: The Great Sales ExchangeChapter 5: Change What You Think and Change What You EarnChapter 6: Why Selling Brings Out the Best and the Worst in YouChapter 7: The 4 Pillars of Sales-ConfidenceChapter 8: Be Your Awesome Natural SelfChapter 9: The Real Reason People BuyChapter 10: How to Positively Redefine RejectionChapter 11: Turn Setbacks into ComebacksChapter 12: Create a Sales-Confidence Game Plan]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325386</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215630/9781538525838.mp3" length="1478238" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325386 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sell with Confidence!: Crush Your Fear of Being Rejected, Avoid Being Pushy, and Have the Courage to Make Money Selling Author: Barry Watson Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325386" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325386</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sell with Confidence!: Crush Your Fear of Being Rejected, Avoid Being Pushy, and Have the Courage to Make Money Selling Author: Barry Watson Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  At last, you can say goodbye to being scared of selling. Does the mere thought of selling cause you to break out in a cold sweat? Is a great salesperson something you desperately want to become, but struggle with overcoming fear, being pushy, or being seen as “that guy/girl” who people avoid like the plague? If this sounds like you, breathe easy, you aren’t alone. Hope is here! Selling is littered with many potential land mines; however, you can learn the exact sales skills needed to build greater levels of sales confidence and sell like a pro. Building sales confidence involves being real with yourself and having a proven road map that will help you achieve your goals. In this breakthrough sales book, you will learn how to extinguish your self-destroying doubts, authentically close the deal, and make more money selling. No longer do doubt and fear have to hold you back from being great at selling. Now is the time to be the superstar salesperson you always wanted to be. Here’s what you’ll learn: Chapter 1: Sales Sabotage—Why Selling Scares the Heck Out of Some PeopleChapter 2: Discover the Secret Sauce of SellingChapter 3: Understand the True Nature of SellingChapter 4: The Great Sales ExchangeChapter 5: Change What You Think and Change What You EarnChapter 6: Why Selling Brings Out the Best and the Worst in YouChapter 7: The 4 Pillars of Sales-ConfidenceChapter 8: Be Your Awesome Natural SelfChapter 9: The Real Reason People BuyChapter 10: How to Positively Redefine RejectionChapter 11: Turn Setbacks into ComebacksChapter 12: Create a Sales-Confidence Game Plan]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3e4c035a0bcf1ad0031df3089d277e5b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Listen Up or Lose Out: How to Avoid Miscommunication, Improve Relationships, and Get More Done Faster by Dorothy Grover Bolton, Robert Bolto</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/listen-up-or-lose-out-how-to-avoid-miscommunication-improve-relationships-and-get-more-done-faster-by-dorothy-grover-bolton-robert-bolto--65215661</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325544" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325544</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Listen Up or Lose Out: How to Avoid Miscommunication, Improve Relationships, and Get More Done Faster Author: Dorothy Grover Bolton, Robert Bolton Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 22, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Want better results? Talk less and listen more.Listening might seem like the easiest thing in the world to do. But most people retain only a fraction of what they hear, resulting in miscommunications and lost opportunities.When you actively listen, you learn to gather perspectives, bridge differences, and resolve problems. Absorbing what a person is saying, thinking, and feeling sets the stage for dramatically improved relationships and increased professional success.Listen Up or Lose Out pulls this underused tool out from the shadows and highlights its role in effective communications. Step by step, the book breaks down listening into a set of learnable skills, explaining how to: - Avoid the urge to criticize, question, or advise - Focus on the speaker’s point of view - Ask the right questions, in the right order - Restate the speaker’s key points and keep the conversation moving - Read people’s feelings and reflect them back - Find solutions together Skilled listeners experience fewer conflicts, make better decisions, and discover opportunities that others might miss. No amount of talking beats great listening!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325544</guid><pubDate>Thu, 22 Feb 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215661/9781543640793.mp3" length="1478302" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325544 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Listen Up or Lose Out: How to Avoid Miscommunication, Improve Relationships, and Get More Done Faster Author: Dorothy Grover Bolton, Robert Bolton...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325544" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325544</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Listen Up or Lose Out: How to Avoid Miscommunication, Improve Relationships, and Get More Done Faster Author: Dorothy Grover Bolton, Robert Bolton Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 22, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Want better results? Talk less and listen more.Listening might seem like the easiest thing in the world to do. But most people retain only a fraction of what they hear, resulting in miscommunications and lost opportunities.When you actively listen, you learn to gather perspectives, bridge differences, and resolve problems. Absorbing what a person is saying, thinking, and feeling sets the stage for dramatically improved relationships and increased professional success.Listen Up or Lose Out pulls this underused tool out from the shadows and highlights its role in effective communications. Step by step, the book breaks down listening into a set of learnable skills, explaining how to: - Avoid the urge to criticize, question, or advise - Focus on the speaker’s point of view - Ask the right questions, in the right order - Restate the speaker’s key points and keep the conversation moving - Read people’s feelings and reflect them back - Find solutions together Skilled listeners experience fewer conflicts, make better decisions, and discover opportunities that others might miss. No amount of talking beats great listening!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1e414a10ac721ead5dd4acd4ac45f584.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The One-Percent Edge: Small Changes That Guarantee Relevance and Build Sustainable Success by Susan Solovic</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-one-percent-edge-small-changes-that-guarantee-relevance-and-build-sustainable-success-by-susan-solovic--65215640</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329286" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329286</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The One-Percent Edge: Small Changes That Guarantee Relevance and Build Sustainable Success Author: Susan Solovic Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 22, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Want to stay competitive? Keep evolving.Solid profits, a strong brand, steady customers—all of these can vanish when market shifts disrupt business as usual. So how do you keep from losing ground? How do you stay a step ahead of competitors?The solution is surprisingly straightforward: innovate tweak by tweak. By making incremental adjustments to every aspect of the business—marketing, customer service, finances, products, people—then repeating the process, fixing weaknesses and spotting opportunities becomes a winning habit.Entrepreneur Susan Solovic, an expert in business survival tactics, explains how to continually grow, improve, and move the business forward. With hundreds of strategies, examples, and a six-step process, The One-Percent Edge explains how to: - Put energy into profitable areas and trim dead weight - Raise prices by selling value instead of things - Access new markets by adapting products or services - Hire the right team players - Turn customers into brand ambassadors - Find your own niche and avoid imitating - And more When change happens swiftly and often, even successful brands are vulnerable. Businesses with the edge are constantly evolving…and pulling ahead of the pack.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329286</guid><pubDate>Thu, 22 Feb 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215640/9781543640649.mp3" length="1478262" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329286 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The One-Percent Edge: Small Changes That Guarantee Relevance and Build Sustainable Success Author: Susan Solovic Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329286" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329286</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The One-Percent Edge: Small Changes That Guarantee Relevance and Build Sustainable Success Author: Susan Solovic Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 22, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Want to stay competitive? Keep evolving.Solid profits, a strong brand, steady customers—all of these can vanish when market shifts disrupt business as usual. So how do you keep from losing ground? How do you stay a step ahead of competitors?The solution is surprisingly straightforward: innovate tweak by tweak. By making incremental adjustments to every aspect of the business—marketing, customer service, finances, products, people—then repeating the process, fixing weaknesses and spotting opportunities becomes a winning habit.Entrepreneur Susan Solovic, an expert in business survival tactics, explains how to continually grow, improve, and move the business forward. With hundreds of strategies, examples, and a six-step process, The One-Percent Edge explains how to: - Put energy into profitable areas and trim dead weight - Raise prices by selling value instead of things - Access new markets by adapting products or services - Hire the right team players - Turn customers into brand ambassadors - Find your own niche and avoid imitating - And more When change happens swiftly and often, even successful brands are vulnerable. Businesses with the edge are constantly evolving…and pulling ahead of the pack.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c1110e18967d2d673a6f05e3f0c41e35.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Sandler Success Principles: 11 Insights that Will Change the Way you Think and Sell by David Mattson, Bruce Seidman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/sandler-success-principles-11-insights-that-will-change-the-way-you-think-and-sell-by-david-mattson-bruce-seidman--65215672</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328337" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328337</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sandler Success Principles: 11 Insights that Will Change the Way you Think and Sell Author: David Mattson, Bruce Seidman Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Discover the 11 insights that will change the way you think and sell. Improve performance through self-awareness and relationships. Mattson and Seidman—C-level executives at Sandler Training, a world leader in sales training—focus readers on the 11 core principles that can reshape identity and promote professional growth. The Sandler System reveals the insights necessary to shift your own beliefs, behaviors, and attitudes to match those of the highest-earning, most successful sales representatives. Excel at selling by overcoming the root causes of negative behaviors. Using the framework of Transactional Analysis the study of communication and its effect on human development and relationships-readers will understand how they arrived at the results, good or bad, that they have had up until now. Readers will learn ● Why self-control is a powerful weapon, and how it creates predictably lucrative relationships. ● How to don their armor going into battle, and when to relax in their own castle. ● How to leave their 'inner child' in the car during sales calls.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328337</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Feb 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215672/9781469098029.mp3" length="14437211" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328337 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sandler Success Principles: 11 Insights that Will Change the Way you Think and Sell Author: David Mattson, Bruce Seidman Narrator: Sean Pratt Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328337" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328337</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sandler Success Principles: 11 Insights that Will Change the Way you Think and Sell Author: David Mattson, Bruce Seidman Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Discover the 11 insights that will change the way you think and sell. Improve performance through self-awareness and relationships. Mattson and Seidman—C-level executives at Sandler Training, a world leader in sales training—focus readers on the 11 core principles that can reshape identity and promote professional growth. The Sandler System reveals the insights necessary to shift your own beliefs, behaviors, and attitudes to match those of the highest-earning, most successful sales representatives. Excel at selling by overcoming the root causes of negative behaviors. Using the framework of Transactional Analysis the study of communication and its effect on human development and relationships-readers will understand how they arrived at the results, good or bad, that they have had up until now. Readers will learn ● Why self-control is a powerful weapon, and how it creates predictably lucrative relationships. ● How to don their armor going into battle, and when to relax in their own castle. ● How to leave their 'inner child' in the car during sales calls.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/25b7965464d177df69d501a2cd33e1d4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Nimble: Make Yourself and Your Company Resilient in the Age of Constant Change by Baba Prasad</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/nimble-make-yourself-and-your-company-resilient-in-the-age-of-constant-change-by-baba-prasad--65215636</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325039" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325039</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nimble: Make Yourself and Your Company Resilient in the Age of Constant Change Author: Baba Prasad Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  'Nimble shows how we can anticipate and adapt to an increasingly chaotic world--and become better leaders, strategists, and innovators along the way.' --Adam Grant, bestselling author of Originals Cutting-edge insights for succeeding in times of chaotic change Today's world is best described by one word: turbulence. Every leader today knows they need to be nimble, agile and resilient--but how?  In this engaging and insightful new book, management strategist and Wharton Fellow Baba Prasad sheds new light on the subject, and offers practical advice for executives, entrepreneurs, and anyone else who'll need the skills to face the unpredictability, risk, and deep uncertainty that lies ahead. Filled with vivid examples and insights from around the world and throughout history - from the Brazilian rainforest and the 'frugal innovation' of 19th century Indian engineers to Ericsson, Lego, Burt's Bees, and Zara--Nimble reveals what sets the most nimble leaders and organizations apart from the competition, presenting five types of agility that help individuals and companies not just survive but thrive in times of great change: Analytical agility: Understanding the real problem Operational agility: Driving leadership through action Innovative agility: Finding creative solutions when you need them most Communicative agility: Solving problems together Visionary agility: Going beyond the here and now It is possible to embrace change and uncertainty without sacrificing innovation and growth. Nimble shows you how. *Includes a Bonus PDF with Charts]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325039</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Feb 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215636/9780525529859.mp3" length="4837058" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325039 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nimble: Make Yourself and Your Company Resilient in the Age of Constant Change Author: Baba Prasad Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325039" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325039</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nimble: Make Yourself and Your Company Resilient in the Age of Constant Change Author: Baba Prasad Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  'Nimble shows how we can anticipate and adapt to an increasingly chaotic world--and become better leaders, strategists, and innovators along the way.' --Adam Grant, bestselling author of Originals Cutting-edge insights for succeeding in times of chaotic change Today's world is best described by one word: turbulence. Every leader today knows they need to be nimble, agile and resilient--but how?  In this engaging and insightful new book, management strategist and Wharton Fellow Baba Prasad sheds new light on the subject, and offers practical advice for executives, entrepreneurs, and anyone else who'll need the skills to face the unpredictability, risk, and deep uncertainty that lies ahead. Filled with vivid examples and insights from around the world and throughout history - from the Brazilian rainforest and the 'frugal innovation' of 19th century Indian engineers to Ericsson, Lego, Burt's Bees, and Zara--Nimble reveals what sets the most nimble leaders and organizations apart from the competition, presenting five types of agility that help individuals and companies not just survive but thrive in times of great change: Analytical agility: Understanding the real problem Operational agility: Driving leadership through action Innovative agility: Finding creative solutions when you need them most Communicative agility: Solving problems together Visionary agility: Going beyond the here and now It is possible to embrace change and uncertainty without sacrificing innovation and growth. Nimble shows you how. *Includes a Bonus PDF with Charts]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d7d919427808b24cdd98cdceaa59d93e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Organize Yourself by John Caunt</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-organize-yourself-by-john-caunt--65215657</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325182" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325182</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Organize Yourself Author: John Caunt Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  How to Organize Yourself will help you to dramatically improve the way you work. With great tips on how to determine your goals, prioritize your tasks and manage your time, it also includes practical advice on how to: focus on the things that produce results; overcome distractions; build positive work habits; avoid information overload and make effective use of technology. Now in its fifth edition, new content covers the latest software advances that can help you get organized, how to deal with the ubiquitous presence of smartphones and how to adapt to the ever increasing scope for interruption and procrastination in our 24/7 lives. How to Organize Yourself will enable you to take control of your workload, reduce stress and fatigue, and free up time for the things that really matter. The creating success series of books... With over one million copies sold, the hugely popular Creating Success series covers a wide variety of topics and is written by an expert team of internationally best-selling authors and business experts. This indispensable business skills collection is packed with new features, practical content and inspiring guidance for readers across all stages of their careers.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325182</guid><pubDate>Fri, 16 Feb 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215657/9781543639025.mp3" length="1478234" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325182 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Organize Yourself Author: John Caunt Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 16, 2018...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325182" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325182</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Organize Yourself Author: John Caunt Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  How to Organize Yourself will help you to dramatically improve the way you work. With great tips on how to determine your goals, prioritize your tasks and manage your time, it also includes practical advice on how to: focus on the things that produce results; overcome distractions; build positive work habits; avoid information overload and make effective use of technology. Now in its fifth edition, new content covers the latest software advances that can help you get organized, how to deal with the ubiquitous presence of smartphones and how to adapt to the ever increasing scope for interruption and procrastination in our 24/7 lives. How to Organize Yourself will enable you to take control of your workload, reduce stress and fatigue, and free up time for the things that really matter. The creating success series of books... With over one million copies sold, the hugely popular Creating Success series covers a wide variety of topics and is written by an expert team of internationally best-selling authors and business experts. This indispensable business skills collection is packed with new features, practical content and inspiring guidance for readers across all stages of their careers.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cf3ca1b32d1510c95bf5ff6fbadea7ff.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Cringeworthy: A Theory of Awkwardness by Melissa Dahl</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/cringeworthy-a-theory-of-awkwardness-by-melissa-dahl--65215638</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325335" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325335</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cringeworthy: A Theory of Awkwardness Author: Melissa Dahl Narrator: Melissa Dahl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  New York magazine's 'Science of Us' editor explains the compelling psychology of awkwardness, and asks: what if the moments that make us feel most awkward are actually valuable? Have you ever said goodbye to someone, only to discover that you're both walking in the same direction? Or had your next thought fly out of your brain in the middle of a presentation? Or accidentally liked an old photo on someone's Instagram or Facebook, thus revealing yourself to be a creepy social media stalker? Melissa Dahl, editor of New York magazine's 'Science of Us' website, has. After a lifetime of cringing, she became intrigued by awkwardness: a universal but underappreciated emotion. In this witty and compassionate book, Dahl explores the oddest, cringiest corners of our world. She chats with strangers on the busy New York City subway, goes on awkward friend dates using a 'Tinder-for-friendship' app, takes improv comedy lessons, and even reads aloud from her (highly embarrassing!) middle school diary to a crowd of strangers. After all of that, she realizes: Awkward moments are opportunities to test yourself. When everyone else is pretending to have it under control, you can be a little braver and grow a little bigger--while remaining true to your awkward self. And along the way, you might find that awkward moments unite us in our mutual human ridiculousness.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325335</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Feb 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215638/9780525499459.mp3" length="4837046" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325335 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cringeworthy: A Theory of Awkwardness Author: Melissa Dahl Narrator: Melissa Dahl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325335" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325335</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cringeworthy: A Theory of Awkwardness Author: Melissa Dahl Narrator: Melissa Dahl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  New York magazine's 'Science of Us' editor explains the compelling psychology of awkwardness, and asks: what if the moments that make us feel most awkward are actually valuable? Have you ever said goodbye to someone, only to discover that you're both walking in the same direction? Or had your next thought fly out of your brain in the middle of a presentation? Or accidentally liked an old photo on someone's Instagram or Facebook, thus revealing yourself to be a creepy social media stalker? Melissa Dahl, editor of New York magazine's 'Science of Us' website, has. After a lifetime of cringing, she became intrigued by awkwardness: a universal but underappreciated emotion. In this witty and compassionate book, Dahl explores the oddest, cringiest corners of our world. She chats with strangers on the busy New York City subway, goes on awkward friend dates using a 'Tinder-for-friendship' app, takes improv comedy lessons, and even reads aloud from her (highly embarrassing!) middle school diary to a crowd of strangers. After all of that, she realizes: Awkward moments are opportunities to test yourself. When everyone else is pretending to have it under control, you can be a little braver and grow a little bigger--while remaining true to your awkward self. And along the way, you might find that awkward moments unite us in our mutual human ridiculousness.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a621e6aa74756c9c28b13a2576ac1fdc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Finish First: Winning Changes Everything by Scott Hamilton</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/finish-first-winning-changes-everything-by-scott-hamilton--65215694</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323160" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323160</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finish First: Winning Changes Everything Author: Scott Hamilton Narrator: Scott Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: February  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Go for the win! Achieve excellence and be better than you’ve ever been! In his years as a professional ice-skater, Olympic Gold Medalist Scott Hamilton learned to embrace the mind-set of working hard to “beat” the competition. But it seems competition has gotten a bad rap these days. We’ve bought into the belief that it is unfair to participants to rank performance. Yet competition is in fact a good thing because it’s about working toward excellence. Finish First is a wake-up call for business leaders, entrepreneurs, spouses, parents, and even students to stop settling for mediocre and begin to revitalize their intrinsic will to achieve excellence and go for the win. Most of us feel we were made for something more, but we’re often afraid to allow ourselves to be competitive because we think our finishing first might somehow rob others of their chance to shine. This book encourages the hidden potential, the champion within all of us, to come out—which eventually brings our family, marriage, career, business, and the world around us the greatest possible good.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323160</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Feb 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215694/9780785216346.mp3" length="1478334" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323160 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finish First: Winning Changes Everything Author: Scott Hamilton Narrator: Scott Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323160" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323160</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finish First: Winning Changes Everything Author: Scott Hamilton Narrator: Scott Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: February  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Go for the win! Achieve excellence and be better than you’ve ever been! In his years as a professional ice-skater, Olympic Gold Medalist Scott Hamilton learned to embrace the mind-set of working hard to “beat” the competition. But it seems competition has gotten a bad rap these days. We’ve bought into the belief that it is unfair to participants to rank performance. Yet competition is in fact a good thing because it’s about working toward excellence. Finish First is a wake-up call for business leaders, entrepreneurs, spouses, parents, and even students to stop settling for mediocre and begin to revitalize their intrinsic will to achieve excellence and go for the win. Most of us feel we were made for something more, but we’re often afraid to allow ourselves to be competitive because we think our finishing first might somehow rob others of their chance to shine. This book encourages the hidden potential, the champion within all of us, to come out—which eventually brings our family, marriage, career, business, and the world around us the greatest possible good.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1386157c1cf14ecbe405337586b61189.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Developing the Leader Within You 2.0 by John C. Maxwell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/developing-the-leader-within-you-2-0-by-john-c-maxwell--65215673</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323838" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323838</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Developing the Leader Within You 2.0 Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: John C. Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: February  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 167   Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Learn how to develop the influence, character, service and vision that it takes to be a leader in every aspect of your life. First released in 1993, John C. Maxwell’s now-classic work revolutionized the way leaders are made. By examining the differences between leadership styles, Maxwell outlines principles for inspiring, motivating, and influencing others from any type of leadership position--including as a business executive, a church leader, a teacher, or even a parent. In this thoroughly revised and updated edition, Maxwell includes two new chapters to include the leadership insights and practices he has learned in the decades since the first edition so that you’ll receive everything you need to take a significant step in your leadership journey. In Developing the Leader Within You 2.0, you will successfully learn and understand: - Influence – using the 5 Levels of Leadership as a roadmap to influence others - Character – embracing good ethics, practicing self-leadership, and valuing people - Service – asking eight questions to develop into a leader who serves others daily - Vision – including eight components when painting a vision for your people so they can experience it These foundational principles provides both new readers and longtime fans with the necessary wisdom to help any leader and organization succeed in fostering integrity, self-discipline, and effecting positive change. Developing the Leader Within You 2.0 will help you transform the way you think about leadership.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323838</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Feb 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215673/9780718074036.mp3" length="2437179" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323838 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Developing the Leader Within You 2.0 Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: John C. Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323838" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323838</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Developing the Leader Within You 2.0 Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: John C. Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: February  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 167   Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Learn how to develop the influence, character, service and vision that it takes to be a leader in every aspect of your life. First released in 1993, John C. Maxwell’s now-classic work revolutionized the way leaders are made. By examining the differences between leadership styles, Maxwell outlines principles for inspiring, motivating, and influencing others from any type of leadership position--including as a business executive, a church leader, a teacher, or even a parent. In this thoroughly revised and updated edition, Maxwell includes two new chapters to include the leadership insights and practices he has learned in the decades since the first edition so that you’ll receive everything you need to take a significant step in your leadership journey. In Developing the Leader Within You 2.0, you will successfully learn and understand: - Influence – using the 5 Levels of Leadership as a roadmap to influence others - Character – embracing good ethics, practicing self-leadership, and valuing people - Service – asking eight questions to develop into a leader who serves others daily - Vision – including eight components when painting a vision for your people so they can experience it These foundational principles provides both new readers and longtime fans with the necessary wisdom to help any leader and organization succeed in fostering integrity, self-discipline, and effecting positive change. Developing the Leader Within You 2.0 will help you transform the way you think about leadership.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/da957d34a50f3a7626bfa703e785926e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don't Have All the Facts by Annie Duke</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/thinking-in-bets-making-smarter-decisions-when-you-don-t-have-all-the-facts-by-annie-duke--65215669</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324208" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324208</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don't Have All the Facts Author: Annie Duke Narrator: Annie Duke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: February  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 26   Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Wall Street Journal bestseller!  Poker champion turned business consultant Annie Duke teaches you how to get comfortable with uncertainty and make better decisions as a result. In Super Bowl XLIX, Seahawks coach Pete Carroll made one of the most controversial calls in football history: With 26 seconds remaining, and trailing by four at the Patriots' one-yard line, he called for a pass instead of a hand off to his star running back. The pass was intercepted and the Seahawks lost. Critics called it the dumbest play in history. But was the call really that bad? Or did Carroll actually make a great move that was ruined by bad luck? Even the best decision doesn't yield the best outcome every time. There's always an element of luck that you can't control, and there is always information that is hidden from view. So the key to long-term success (and avoiding worrying yourself to death) is to think in bets: How sure am I? What are the possible ways things could turn out? What decision has the highest odds of success? Did I land in the unlucky 10% on the strategy that works 90% of the time? Or is my success attributable to dumb luck rather than great decision making?  Annie Duke, a former World Series of Poker champion turned business consultant, draws on examples from business, sports, politics, and (of course) poker to share tools anyone can use to embrace uncertainty and make better decisions. For most people, it's difficult to say 'I'm not sure' in a world that values and, even, rewards the appearance of certainty. But professional poker players are comfortable with the fact that great decisions don't always lead to great outcomes and bad decisions don't always lead to bad outcomes. By shifting your thinking from a need for certainty to a goal of accurately assessing what you know and what you don't, you'll be less vulnerable to reactive emotions, knee-jerk biases, and destructive habits in your decision making. You'll become more confident, calm, compassionate and successful in the long run.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324208</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Feb 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215669/9780525532545.mp3" length="4837069" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324208 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don't Have All the Facts Author: Annie Duke Narrator: Annie Duke Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324208" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324208</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don't Have All the Facts Author: Annie Duke Narrator: Annie Duke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: February  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 26   Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Wall Street Journal bestseller!  Poker champion turned business consultant Annie Duke teaches you how to get comfortable with uncertainty and make better decisions as a result. In Super Bowl XLIX, Seahawks coach Pete Carroll made one of the most controversial calls in football history: With 26 seconds remaining, and trailing by four at the Patriots' one-yard line, he called for a pass instead of a hand off to his star running back. The pass was intercepted and the Seahawks lost. Critics called it the dumbest play in history. But was the call really that bad? Or did Carroll actually make a great move that was ruined by bad luck? Even the best decision doesn't yield the best outcome every time. There's always an element of luck that you can't control, and there is always information that is hidden from view. So the key to long-term success (and avoiding worrying yourself to death) is to think in bets: How sure am I? What are the possible ways things could turn out? What decision has the highest odds of success? Did I land in the unlucky 10% on the strategy that works 90% of the time? Or is my success attributable to dumb luck rather than great decision making?  Annie Duke, a former World Series of Poker champion turned business consultant, draws on examples from business, sports, politics, and (of course) poker to share tools anyone can use to embrace uncertainty and make better decisions. For most people, it's difficult to say 'I'm not sure' in a world that values and, even, rewards the appearance of certainty. But professional poker players are comfortable with the fact that great decisions don't always lead to great outcomes and bad decisions don't always lead to bad outcomes. By shifting your thinking from a need for certainty to a goal of accurately assessing what you know and what you don't, you'll be less vulnerable to reactive emotions, knee-jerk biases, and destructive habits in your decision making. You'll become more confident, calm, compassionate and successful in the long run.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4cfad208392cc5948507ea7e5f7245cb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Official Guide to Success: A Live Training Session with Tom Hopkins by Tom Hopkins</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-official-guide-to-success-a-live-training-session-with-tom-hopkins-by-tom-hopkins--65215658</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324812" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324812</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Official Guide to Success: A Live Training Session with Tom Hopkins Author: Tom Hopkins Narrator: Tom Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: February  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The Official Guide to Success is a dynamic success system proven to bring you greater wealth, direction, self-confidence, and fulfillment! This live training session is packed with over four hours of motivation and inspiration from Tom Hopkins. Tom shows you how to adapt concepts of forty-five of the bestselling self-improvement books to your own career success. Overcome emotional handicaps and break free from the past through Tom’s twelve sessions on a variety of topics packed with dynamite success secrets!  In The Official Guide to Success, you will discover how to avoid depression and frustration in your life;your own personal definition of success;the intellectual makeup of achievers;how to develop the discipline to achieve all the success you want in life;strategies for accepting rejection and failure as part of life … yet still achieving success;how to live, love, and laugh yourself all the way from where you are to where you want to be;and much, much more!Using Tom’s Explosive Success Secrets, you will find yourself blasting through roadblocks, rewiring bad habits, and unleashing your inner genius. After you listen to this special program, you will be a different person. You’ll think differently, and because of having better, stronger thought processes, you’ll act differently too.  This message isn’t about learning how to sell. No, it’s about discovering Tom Hopkins’ decades worth of hard-won success secrets … to master-charge your life and create unlimited opportunities for more fun and advancement!  This audio seminar includes a bonus Blueprint for Success PDF you can use to customize your own personal blueprint to fulfill your dreams and live a life of success.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324812</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Feb 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215658/9781538450345.mp3" length="1478250" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324812 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Official Guide to Success: A Live Training Session with Tom Hopkins Author: Tom Hopkins Narrator: Tom Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324812" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324812</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Official Guide to Success: A Live Training Session with Tom Hopkins Author: Tom Hopkins Narrator: Tom Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: February  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The Official Guide to Success is a dynamic success system proven to bring you greater wealth, direction, self-confidence, and fulfillment! This live training session is packed with over four hours of motivation and inspiration from Tom Hopkins. Tom shows you how to adapt concepts of forty-five of the bestselling self-improvement books to your own career success. Overcome emotional handicaps and break free from the past through Tom’s twelve sessions on a variety of topics packed with dynamite success secrets!  In The Official Guide to Success, you will discover how to avoid depression and frustration in your life;your own personal definition of success;the intellectual makeup of achievers;how to develop the discipline to achieve all the success you want in life;strategies for accepting rejection and failure as part of life … yet still achieving success;how to live, love, and laugh yourself all the way from where you are to where you want to be;and much, much more!Using Tom’s Explosive Success Secrets, you will find yourself blasting through roadblocks, rewiring bad habits, and unleashing your inner genius. After you listen to this special program, you will be a different person. You’ll think differently, and because of having better, stronger thought processes, you’ll act differently too.  This message isn’t about learning how to sell. No, it’s about discovering Tom Hopkins’ decades worth of hard-won success secrets … to master-charge your life and create unlimited opportunities for more fun and advancement!  This audio seminar includes a bonus Blueprint for Success PDF you can use to customize your own personal blueprint to fulfill your dreams and live a life of success.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7872f91c2bd87b7ec3d7998ddbceb292.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Book of Mistakes: 9 Secrets to Creating a Successful Future by Skip Prichard</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-book-of-mistakes-9-secrets-to-creating-a-successful-future-by-skip-prichard--65215650</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324321" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324321</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Mistakes: 9 Secrets to Creating a Successful Future Author: Skip Prichard Narrator: Skip Prichard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: February  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Have you ever wondered why some people seem to catch all the breaks and win over and over again? What do the super successful know? What is standing between you and your wildest dreams? The Book of Mistakes will take you on an inspiring journey, following an ancient manuscript with powerful lessons that will transform your life. You'll meet David, a young man who with each passing day is more disheartened and stressed. Despite a decent job, apartment, and friends, he just feels hollow . . . until one day he meets a mysterious young woman and everything starts to change. In this self-help tale wrapped in fiction, you'll learn the nine mistakes that prevent many from achieving their goals. You'll learn how to overcome these hurdles and reinvent your life. This success parable is packed with wisdom that will help you discover and follow your personal purpose, push beyond your perceived capabilities, and achieve more than you ever dreamed possible. You'll find yourself returning again and again to a deceptively simple story that teaches actionable insights and enduring truths.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324321</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Feb 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215650/9781478970927.mp3" length="1478230" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324321 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Mistakes: 9 Secrets to Creating a Successful Future Author: Skip Prichard Narrator: Skip Prichard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324321" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324321</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Mistakes: 9 Secrets to Creating a Successful Future Author: Skip Prichard Narrator: Skip Prichard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: February  6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Have you ever wondered why some people seem to catch all the breaks and win over and over again? What do the super successful know? What is standing between you and your wildest dreams? The Book of Mistakes will take you on an inspiring journey, following an ancient manuscript with powerful lessons that will transform your life. You'll meet David, a young man who with each passing day is more disheartened and stressed. Despite a decent job, apartment, and friends, he just feels hollow . . . until one day he meets a mysterious young woman and everything starts to change. In this self-help tale wrapped in fiction, you'll learn the nine mistakes that prevent many from achieving their goals. You'll learn how to overcome these hurdles and reinvent your life. This success parable is packed with wisdom that will help you discover and follow your personal purpose, push beyond your perceived capabilities, and achieve more than you ever dreamed possible. You'll find yourself returning again and again to a deceptively simple story that teaches actionable insights and enduring truths.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/91a9ceec5ece000c71875bb329d84bf4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Big Potential: Five Secrets of Reaching Higher by Powering Those Around You by Shawn Achor</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/big-potential-five-secrets-of-reaching-higher-by-powering-those-around-you-by-shawn-achor--65215693</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323598" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323598</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Potential: Five Secrets of Reaching Higher by Powering Those Around You Author: Shawn Achor Narrator: Shawn Achor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Random House presents the audiobook edition of Big Potential, written and read by Shawn Achor. Forget everything you thought you knew about being your best. It’s not about your own skills or talents. Instead, real success in work and life comes from your connections and relationships – the teams you build around you, the friends you make – and getting the best out of them. You hugely amplify your own potential by helping others around you to realise theirs. A TED talk star with over 16 million views, Shawn Achor is one of the world’s leading experts on happiness and personal success – and author of the positive psychology classic The Happiness Advantage. Now, in this game-changing guide to greatness, he demolishes the myth of single individual achievement. With powerful stories, cutting-edge research and exclusive insights from Fortune 100 leaders, he shows how only by working with others will you ever reach your Big Potential.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323598</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Jan 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215693/9781473560048.mp3" length="2437164" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323598 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Potential: Five Secrets of Reaching Higher by Powering Those Around You Author: Shawn Achor Narrator: Shawn Achor Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323598" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323598</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Potential: Five Secrets of Reaching Higher by Powering Those Around You Author: Shawn Achor Narrator: Shawn Achor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Random House presents the audiobook edition of Big Potential, written and read by Shawn Achor. Forget everything you thought you knew about being your best. It’s not about your own skills or talents. Instead, real success in work and life comes from your connections and relationships – the teams you build around you, the friends you make – and getting the best out of them. You hugely amplify your own potential by helping others around you to realise theirs. A TED talk star with over 16 million views, Shawn Achor is one of the world’s leading experts on happiness and personal success – and author of the positive psychology classic The Happiness Advantage. Now, in this game-changing guide to greatness, he demolishes the myth of single individual achievement. With powerful stories, cutting-edge research and exclusive insights from Fortune 100 leaders, he shows how only by working with others will you ever reach your Big Potential.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4ebd90ed8cfb9654fdf860acc3a7a3c6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Great at Work: How Top Performers Do Less, Work Better, and Achieve More by Morten T. Hansen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/great-at-work-how-top-performers-do-less-work-better-and-achieve-more-by-morten-t-hansen--65215690</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322631" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322631</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great at Work: How Top Performers Do Less, Work Better, and Achieve More Author: Morten T. Hansen Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 21   Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Wall Street Journal Business Bestseller  A Financial Times Business Book of the Month  Named by The Washington Post as One of the 11 Leadership Books to Read in 2018   From the New York Times bestselling coauthor of Great by Choice comes an authoritative, practical guide to individual performance—based on analysis from an exhaustive, groundbreaking study. Why do some people perform better at work than others? This deceptively simple question continues to confound professionals in all sectors of the workforce. Now, after a unique, five-year study of more than 5,000 managers and employees, Morten Hansen reveals the answers in his “Seven Work Smarter Practices” that can be applied by anyone looking to maximize their time and performance.   Each of Hansen’s seven practices is highlighted by inspiring stories from individuals in his comprehensive study. You’ll meet a high school principal who engineered a dramatic turnaround of his failing high school; a rural Indian farmer determined to establish a better way of life for women in his village; and a sushi chef, whose simple preparation has led to his restaurant (tucked away under a Tokyo subway station underpass) being awarded the maximum of three Michelin stars. Hansen also explains how the way Alfred Hitchcock filmed Psycho and the 1911 race to become the first explorer to reach the South Pole both illustrate the use of his seven practices (even before they were identified).   Each chapter contains questions and key insights to allow you to assess your own performance and figure out your work strengths, as well as your weaknesses. Once you understand your individual style, there are mini-quizzes, questionnaires, and clear tips to assist you focus on a strategy to become a more productive worker. Extensive, accessible, and friendly, Great at Work will help you achieve more by working less, backed by unprecedented statistical analysis.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322631</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Jan 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215690/9781508239246.mp3" length="1478278" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322631 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great at Work: How Top Performers Do Less, Work Better, and Achieve More Author: Morten T. Hansen Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322631" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322631</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great at Work: How Top Performers Do Less, Work Better, and Achieve More Author: Morten T. Hansen Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 21   Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Wall Street Journal Business Bestseller  A Financial Times Business Book of the Month  Named by The Washington Post as One of the 11 Leadership Books to Read in 2018   From the New York Times bestselling coauthor of Great by Choice comes an authoritative, practical guide to individual performance—based on analysis from an exhaustive, groundbreaking study. Why do some people perform better at work than others? This deceptively simple question continues to confound professionals in all sectors of the workforce. Now, after a unique, five-year study of more than 5,000 managers and employees, Morten Hansen reveals the answers in his “Seven Work Smarter Practices” that can be applied by anyone looking to maximize their time and performance.   Each of Hansen’s seven practices is highlighted by inspiring stories from individuals in his comprehensive study. You’ll meet a high school principal who engineered a dramatic turnaround of his failing high school; a rural Indian farmer determined to establish a better way of life for women in his village; and a sushi chef, whose simple preparation has led to his restaurant (tucked away under a Tokyo subway station underpass) being awarded the maximum of three Michelin stars. Hansen also explains how the way Alfred Hitchcock filmed Psycho and the 1911 race to become the first explorer to reach the South Pole both illustrate the use of his seven practices (even before they were identified).   Each chapter contains questions and key insights to allow you to assess your own performance and figure out your work strengths, as well as your weaknesses. Once you understand your individual style, there are mini-quizzes, questionnaires, and clear tips to assist you focus on a strategy to become a more productive worker. Extensive, accessible, and friendly, Great at Work will help you achieve more by working less, backed by unprecedented statistical analysis.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/040ebaf1811930f3ad8464acf0d92b59.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Dealing with Difficult Customers: How to Turn Demanding, Dissatisfied, and Disagreeable Clients Into Your Best Customers by Noah Fleming, Sh</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/dealing-with-difficult-customers-how-to-turn-demanding-dissatisfied-and-disagreeable-clients-into-your-best-customers-by-noah-fleming-sh--65215655</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324262" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324262</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dealing with Difficult Customers: How to Turn Demanding, Dissatisfied, and Disagreeable Clients Into Your Best Customers Author: Noah Fleming, Shawn Veltman Narrator: Cristina Panfilio, Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Whether you’re in the trenches or the boardroom, you’re going to encounter demanding, dissatisfied, and disagreeable customers. Are your people (and you) prepared to deal with them?Ignore a valid complaint and you could be the next viral sensation for all the wrong reasons. But give in to every demand and you may be consumed with the often petty complaints of your worst customers and wind up pandering to them with freebies, discounts, and special attention. That will cost you time and money, and perhaps worse, do little or nothing to solve the root problem.What if the customer’s dissatisfaction was the result of your sales procedures, your lack of training, or the expectations gap created by your marketing people, not the customer’s fault at all? What if you could turn those customers into your best customers by making a few simple changes?Dealing with Difficult Customers will show you: - How to stop using gimmicks and trick promotions to encourage repeat business and the alternatives that will keep your customers salivating for more. - How “Hungry Hippos” and “Problem Children” are sapping your employees' time and energy and what to do about them. - The behaviors that turn great customers into dissatisfied critics and how to change them.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324262</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Jan 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215655/9781543639438.mp3" length="1478336" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324262 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dealing with Difficult Customers: How to Turn Demanding, Dissatisfied, and Disagreeable Clients Into Your Best Customers Author: Noah Fleming, Shawn...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324262" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324262</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dealing with Difficult Customers: How to Turn Demanding, Dissatisfied, and Disagreeable Clients Into Your Best Customers Author: Noah Fleming, Shawn Veltman Narrator: Cristina Panfilio, Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Whether you’re in the trenches or the boardroom, you’re going to encounter demanding, dissatisfied, and disagreeable customers. Are your people (and you) prepared to deal with them?Ignore a valid complaint and you could be the next viral sensation for all the wrong reasons. But give in to every demand and you may be consumed with the often petty complaints of your worst customers and wind up pandering to them with freebies, discounts, and special attention. That will cost you time and money, and perhaps worse, do little or nothing to solve the root problem.What if the customer’s dissatisfaction was the result of your sales procedures, your lack of training, or the expectations gap created by your marketing people, not the customer’s fault at all? What if you could turn those customers into your best customers by making a few simple changes?Dealing with Difficult Customers will show you: - How to stop using gimmicks and trick promotions to encourage repeat business and the alternatives that will keep your customers salivating for more. - How “Hungry Hippos” and “Problem Children” are sapping your employees' time and energy and what to do about them. - The behaviors that turn great customers into dissatisfied critics and how to change them.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6ed1c7d2cb507f3f609c279c468c1351.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Big Potential: How Transforming the Pursuit of Success Raises Our Achievement, Happiness, and Well-Being by Shawn Achor</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/big-potential-how-transforming-the-pursuit-of-success-raises-our-achievement-happiness-and-well-being-by-shawn-achor--65215647</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322788" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322788</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Potential: How Transforming the Pursuit of Success Raises Our Achievement, Happiness, and Well-Being Author: Shawn Achor Narrator: Shawn Achor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  “With cutting-edge research, penetrating insights, and practical examples, Shawn Achor describes a new conception of ‘success,’ and in doing so, reveals exciting new strategies we can use to meet our highest potential.”—Gretchen Rubin, bestselling author of The Happiness Project   “A vibrant book on how to bring out the best in others—and how they can bring out the best in us.”—Adam Grant, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Think Again and host of the podcast WorkLife In a world that thrives on competition and individual achievement, we’re measuring and pursuing potential incorrectly. Pursuing success in isolation—pushing others away as we push ourselves too hard—not only limits our potential but makes us more stressed and disconnected than ever.   Harvard-trained researcher Shawn Achor reveals a better approach. With exciting new research combining neuroscience and psychology with Big Data, Achor shows that our potential is not limited by what we alone can achieve. Instead, it is determined by how we complement, contribute to, and benefit from the abilities and achievements of people around us.   When we—as individuals, leaders, and parents—chase only individual achievement, we leave vast sources of potential untapped. But once we put “others” back into the equation, and work to make others better, we ignite a Virtuous Cycle of cascading successes that amplify our own. The dramatic shifts in how we approach work today demand an equally dramatic shift in our approach to success. In Big Potential, Achor draws on cutting-edge original research as well as his work with nearly half of the Fortune 100 and with places like NASA, the NFL and the NBA, and offers a new path to thriving in the modern world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322788</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Jan 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215647/9780525532385.mp3" length="4837067" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322788 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Potential: How Transforming the Pursuit of Success Raises Our Achievement, Happiness, and Well-Being Author: Shawn Achor Narrator: Shawn Achor...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322788" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322788</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Potential: How Transforming the Pursuit of Success Raises Our Achievement, Happiness, and Well-Being Author: Shawn Achor Narrator: Shawn Achor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  “With cutting-edge research, penetrating insights, and practical examples, Shawn Achor describes a new conception of ‘success,’ and in doing so, reveals exciting new strategies we can use to meet our highest potential.”—Gretchen Rubin, bestselling author of The Happiness Project   “A vibrant book on how to bring out the best in others—and how they can bring out the best in us.”—Adam Grant, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Think Again and host of the podcast WorkLife In a world that thrives on competition and individual achievement, we’re measuring and pursuing potential incorrectly. Pursuing success in isolation—pushing others away as we push ourselves too hard—not only limits our potential but makes us more stressed and disconnected than ever.   Harvard-trained researcher Shawn Achor reveals a better approach. With exciting new research combining neuroscience and psychology with Big Data, Achor shows that our potential is not limited by what we alone can achieve. Instead, it is determined by how we complement, contribute to, and benefit from the abilities and achievements of people around us.   When we—as individuals, leaders, and parents—chase only individual achievement, we leave vast sources of potential untapped. But once we put “others” back into the equation, and work to make others better, we ignite a Virtuous Cycle of cascading successes that amplify our own. The dramatic shifts in how we approach work today demand an equally dramatic shift in our approach to success. In Big Potential, Achor draws on cutting-edge original research as well as his work with nearly half of the Fortune 100 and with places like NASA, the NFL and the NBA, and offers a new path to thriving in the modern world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d8897b49a61170eee536e169de69c13c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Career Manifesto: Discover Your Calling and Create an Extraordinary Life by Mike Steib</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-career-manifesto-discover-your-calling-and-create-an-extraordinary-life-by-mike-steib--65215627</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322783" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322783</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Career Manifesto: Discover Your Calling and Create an Extraordinary Life Author: Mike Steib Narrator: Mike Steib Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  An action-oriented guide to help anyone find their calling and achieve their goals, inspired by the author's popular blog post with the same title The Career Manifesto presents an inspiring and refreshingly simple approach to finding your passion and purpose and then jumpstarting a dream career to achieve those, by asking three essential questions:  -   What do you want your impact to be?   -   What are the potential pathways that move you towards your purpose?    -   How can you hold yourself accountable for your goals?  Award-winning CEO of XO Group and sought-after speaker, Michael Steib, draws on his own diverse work experience and career highlights as well as powerful anecdotes from other successful business leaders to offer expert guidance, field-tested advice, and interactive exercises that will help you answer these three key questions, envision a goal and then craft and execute a plan to achieve it. For young professionals, entrepreneurs, and creatives seeking more purpose and meaning in their work and lives, The Career Manifesto is the essential way to build--and follow through on--an effective plan to excel at whatever job, project or career goal you put your mind to.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322783</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Jan 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215627/9780525501091.mp3" length="4837067" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322783 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Career Manifesto: Discover Your Calling and Create an Extraordinary Life Author: Mike Steib Narrator: Mike Steib Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322783" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322783</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Career Manifesto: Discover Your Calling and Create an Extraordinary Life Author: Mike Steib Narrator: Mike Steib Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  An action-oriented guide to help anyone find their calling and achieve their goals, inspired by the author's popular blog post with the same title The Career Manifesto presents an inspiring and refreshingly simple approach to finding your passion and purpose and then jumpstarting a dream career to achieve those, by asking three essential questions:  -   What do you want your impact to be?   -   What are the potential pathways that move you towards your purpose?    -   How can you hold yourself accountable for your goals?  Award-winning CEO of XO Group and sought-after speaker, Michael Steib, draws on his own diverse work experience and career highlights as well as powerful anecdotes from other successful business leaders to offer expert guidance, field-tested advice, and interactive exercises that will help you answer these three key questions, envision a goal and then craft and execute a plan to achieve it. For young professionals, entrepreneurs, and creatives seeking more purpose and meaning in their work and lives, The Career Manifesto is the essential way to build--and follow through on--an effective plan to excel at whatever job, project or career goal you put your mind to.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3482e18e5b5275d2e65d68e44e8045bc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Faster Together: Accelerating Your Team's Productivity by Laura Stack</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/faster-together-accelerating-your-team-s-productivity-by-laura-stack--65215686</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323409" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323409</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faster Together: Accelerating Your Team's Productivity Author: Laura Stack Narrator: Laura Stack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 23, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Teaming up shouldn't mean slowing down. Bestselling author Laura Stack's FAST model mobilizes teams to be the most effective they can be, while keeping each other's best interests at heart. Today's workplaces require people who can 'team well.' Collective effort results in greater results and faster outcomes than an individual effort, in almost all instances. It takes less time to get things done with a team. Using the Four Keys in Laura Stack's original FAST model, teams will learn to work together Fairly, accept Accountability, apply Systems Thinking, and maximize available Technology. The trick is for team members to continually ask themselves, 'What can I do to make my team go FAST?' Paired with an interactive assessment, each team will evaluate their current speed and path towards acceleration. If you want your business to win the race, everyone has to contribute. When done well, the team wins championships. As Laura Stack puts it, 'Team up, don't slow down.']]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323409</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 Jan 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215686/9781663742346.mp3" length="1477653" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323409 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faster Together: Accelerating Your Team's Productivity Author: Laura Stack Narrator: Laura Stack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323409" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323409</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faster Together: Accelerating Your Team's Productivity Author: Laura Stack Narrator: Laura Stack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 23, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Teaming up shouldn't mean slowing down. Bestselling author Laura Stack's FAST model mobilizes teams to be the most effective they can be, while keeping each other's best interests at heart. Today's workplaces require people who can 'team well.' Collective effort results in greater results and faster outcomes than an individual effort, in almost all instances. It takes less time to get things done with a team. Using the Four Keys in Laura Stack's original FAST model, teams will learn to work together Fairly, accept Accountability, apply Systems Thinking, and maximize available Technology. The trick is for team members to continually ask themselves, 'What can I do to make my team go FAST?' Paired with an interactive assessment, each team will evaluate their current speed and path towards acceleration. If you want your business to win the race, everyone has to contribute. When done well, the team wins championships. As Laura Stack puts it, 'Team up, don't slow down.']]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d7bd0b11026428e5a63eda8d3bddf358.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Get Hired as Scrum Master: Guide For Agile Job Seekers And People Hiring Them by Dmitri Iarandine</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/get-hired-as-scrum-master-guide-for-agile-job-seekers-and-people-hiring-them-by-dmitri-iarandine--65215659</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324945" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324945</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Hired as Scrum Master: Guide For Agile Job Seekers And People Hiring Them Author: Dmitri Iarandine Narrator: Dmitri Iarandine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 20, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Transitioning into Agile Project Management and Digital Delivery professional space became a prominent trend across industries over the past 5 years. Competitive job market is becoming saturated with candidates who do not fully understand how modern recruitment for Agile roles works - at least in Australia. They present their professional Resumes filled with mixed messages, absurd qualifications, using language that only sends their job application straight into the bin, missing out on opportunities that otherwise should be within their reach. Lack of this specific knowledge is reducing your chances of getting hired as a Scrum Master, or for any other job within Agile Delivery space. Written primarily for aspiring professionals who want to enter the world of Agile Project Management and Digital Delivery, but lack the right knowledge or specific insights yet, this book is an attempt to share my personal findings and summarize research made as part of becoming a Professional Scrum Master. This includes plenty of my subjective yet educated opinions on a number of topics surrounding general theme of presenting yourself as the most appealing Agile job candidate, providing advice on how to capitalize on your current professional background, understanding your skill gaps and available options, pivoting towards a Scrum Master role within Agile Digital Delivery as efficiently as possible. *** YOU WILL LEARN ABOUT *** * What requirements apply to Scrum Master role candidates these days; * How to deal with Recruiters and get your application through their initial filter; * How different companies see Scrum Master roles and responsibilities; * What are Agile Hybrid roles, and why should it concern Scrum Masters; * How to do your research and other preparation properly; * How to write a good to-the-point Cover Letter, and do you need one at all? * How to reformat your Resume and present it the best possible way; * What interview questions a new Scrum Master can expect, and the best ways to respond. *** TABLE OF CONTENTS *** * Introduction * Chapter 1 - Agile Delivery vs. Project Management * Chapter 2 - Understanding Scrum Master Role * Chapter 3 - Scrum Master Role Hybrids * Chapter 4 - Having the Right Work Experience * Chapter 5 - Value of a Scrum Master Certification * Chapter 6 - Basics of Job Transitioning * Chapter 7 - Importance of a Good Professional Resume * Chapter 8 - Attributes of a Good Agile Resume * Chapter 9 - Sample Scrum Master Resume (Template) * Chapter 10 - Writing a Cover Letter * Chapter 11 - Company Research * Chapter 12 - Preparing for the Interview * Chapter 13 - Agile Collaboration Tools * Chapter 14 - In Conclusion (Further Reading, Feedback, Copyright Notice)]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324945</guid><pubDate>Sat, 20 Jan 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215659/9781518990663.mp3" length="2437162" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324945 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Hired as Scrum Master: Guide For Agile Job Seekers And People Hiring Them Author: Dmitri Iarandine Narrator: Dmitri Iarandine Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324945" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324945</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Hired as Scrum Master: Guide For Agile Job Seekers And People Hiring Them Author: Dmitri Iarandine Narrator: Dmitri Iarandine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 20, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Transitioning into Agile Project Management and Digital Delivery professional space became a prominent trend across industries over the past 5 years. Competitive job market is becoming saturated with candidates who do not fully understand how modern recruitment for Agile roles works - at least in Australia. They present their professional Resumes filled with mixed messages, absurd qualifications, using language that only sends their job application straight into the bin, missing out on opportunities that otherwise should be within their reach. Lack of this specific knowledge is reducing your chances of getting hired as a Scrum Master, or for any other job within Agile Delivery space. Written primarily for aspiring professionals who want to enter the world of Agile Project Management and Digital Delivery, but lack the right knowledge or specific insights yet, this book is an attempt to share my personal findings and summarize research made as part of becoming a Professional Scrum Master. This includes plenty of my subjective yet educated opinions on a number of topics surrounding general theme of presenting yourself as the most appealing Agile job candidate, providing advice on how to capitalize on your current professional background, understanding your skill gaps and available options, pivoting towards a Scrum Master role within Agile Digital Delivery as efficiently as possible. *** YOU WILL LEARN ABOUT *** * What requirements apply to Scrum Master role candidates these days; * How to deal with Recruiters and get your application through their initial filter; * How different companies see Scrum Master roles and responsibilities; * What are Agile Hybrid roles, and why should it concern Scrum Masters; * How to do your research and other preparation properly; * How to write a good to-the-point Cover Letter, and do you need one at all? * How to reformat your Resume and present it the best possible way; * What interview questions a new Scrum Master can expect, and the best ways to respond. *** TABLE OF CONTENTS *** * Introduction * Chapter 1 - Agile Delivery vs. Project Management * Chapter 2 - Understanding Scrum Master Role * Chapter 3 - Scrum Master Role Hybrids * Chapter 4 - Having the Right Work Experience * Chapter 5 - Value of a Scrum Master Certification * Chapter 6 - Basics of Job Transitioning * Chapter 7 - Importance of a Good Professional Resume * Chapter 8 - Attributes of a Good Agile Resume * Chapter 9 - Sample Scrum Master Resume (Template) * Chapter 10 - Writing a Cover Letter * Chapter 11 - Company Research * Chapter 12 - Preparing for the Interview * Chapter 13 - Agile Collaboration Tools * Chapter 14 - In Conclusion (Further Reading, Feedback, Copyright Notice)]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2af04d3dc6ea9986334c34cdc3b2c141.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Resume: Writing The Ultimate Resume That Gets You The Job That You Wished For by Robert Clark</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/resume-writing-the-ultimate-resume-that-gets-you-the-job-that-you-wished-for-by-robert-clark--65215660</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324922" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324922</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resume: Writing The Ultimate Resume That Gets You The Job That You Wished For Author: Robert Clark Narrator: Jessica Budreau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Are You Tired of Struggling to Land Job Interviews? If So Then Listen To This Audiobook To Learn How To Make A Killer Resume Today only, get this bestseller for a special price. Let’s face it, most of us suck at writing – especially about ourselves. This book will guide you through a step-by-step process to ensure your resume is FLAWLESS. Improve Your Odds of Getting a Job! Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... Hоw tо Writе the Pеrfесt Resume  How To Make A Resume Thаt Gеtѕ Rеѕultѕ  How To Writе A Cоvеr Lеttеr Thаt Gets Rеѕultѕ  Resume Appearance  The Job Interview And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this book now at a special price!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324922</guid><pubDate>Wed, 17 Jan 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215660/9781518990205.mp3" length="2437137" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324922 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resume: Writing The Ultimate Resume That Gets You The Job That You Wished For Author: Robert Clark Narrator: Jessica Budreau Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324922" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324922</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resume: Writing The Ultimate Resume That Gets You The Job That You Wished For Author: Robert Clark Narrator: Jessica Budreau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Are You Tired of Struggling to Land Job Interviews? If So Then Listen To This Audiobook To Learn How To Make A Killer Resume Today only, get this bestseller for a special price. Let’s face it, most of us suck at writing – especially about ourselves. This book will guide you through a step-by-step process to ensure your resume is FLAWLESS. Improve Your Odds of Getting a Job! Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... Hоw tо Writе the Pеrfесt Resume  How To Make A Resume Thаt Gеtѕ Rеѕultѕ  How To Writе A Cоvеr Lеttеr Thаt Gets Rеѕultѕ  Resume Appearance  The Job Interview And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this book now at a special price!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b2bc2848e51de16c1f11873d610755b7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Living Outrageously by Dave Thompson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/living-outrageously-by-dave-thompson--65215582</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333854" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333854</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Outrageously Author: Dave Thompson Narrator: Dave Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 17, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  STOP LIVING A BORING LIFE AND START LIVING OUTRAGEOUSLY Are you staring down the barrel of a job (or life path) that you know is going to suck? When was the last time you felt fully alive and invigorated, enthusiastic about life? If the sloth of mediocrity is infecting your life, you need this book. From the jail of the lawyer cubicle, to the freedom of a location independent entrepreneur, for the first time ever, Dave reveals how: -To quit the job you hate, and fly to Texas on 4 days notice to set a world record for eating chocolate biscuits while crowd-surfing. -To shed society's expectations, and go find your outrageous path; even if no one around you understands. -To never stop exploring, and find out what you are capable of; in whatever pursuit that stirs your soul. -To be a high-achiever, crush your goals AND experience all the peace, beauty and fulfillment of being a human 'being' on this planet. -To heal the past, let go of limiting stories and step forward into a bright, fun, exciting future. Revealing insights and distinctions at every turn, Dave's hilarious story-telling style will entertain and inspire you to bring more outrageous into your life.  Read this book, and become the Samurai of your own life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333854</guid><pubDate>Wed, 17 Jan 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215582/9781982701178.mp3" length="1478250" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333854 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Outrageously Author: Dave Thompson Narrator: Dave Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 17,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333854" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333854</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Outrageously Author: Dave Thompson Narrator: Dave Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 17, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  STOP LIVING A BORING LIFE AND START LIVING OUTRAGEOUSLY Are you staring down the barrel of a job (or life path) that you know is going to suck? When was the last time you felt fully alive and invigorated, enthusiastic about life? If the sloth of mediocrity is infecting your life, you need this book. From the jail of the lawyer cubicle, to the freedom of a location independent entrepreneur, for the first time ever, Dave reveals how: -To quit the job you hate, and fly to Texas on 4 days notice to set a world record for eating chocolate biscuits while crowd-surfing. -To shed society's expectations, and go find your outrageous path; even if no one around you understands. -To never stop exploring, and find out what you are capable of; in whatever pursuit that stirs your soul. -To be a high-achiever, crush your goals AND experience all the peace, beauty and fulfillment of being a human 'being' on this planet. -To heal the past, let go of limiting stories and step forward into a bright, fun, exciting future. Revealing insights and distinctions at every turn, Dave's hilarious story-telling style will entertain and inspire you to bring more outrageous into your life.  Read this book, and become the Samurai of your own life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a3334ed837f0b11594de5c0c4f689155.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Combo Prospecting: The Powerful One-Two Punch That Fills Your Pipeline and Wins Sales by Tony J. Hughes</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/combo-prospecting-the-powerful-one-two-punch-that-fills-your-pipeline-and-wins-sales-by-tony-j-hughes--65215687</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323643" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323643</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Combo Prospecting: The Powerful One-Two Punch That Fills Your Pipeline and Wins Sales Author: Tony J. Hughes Narrator: Simon Mattacks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Unleash a killer combination of old and new sales strategies.How do you break through to impossible-to-reach executive buyers who are intent on blocking out the noise that confronts them every day?Old-school prospecting tactics or new-school techniques alone won’t provide the answers. But Combo Prospecting will…by showing how to combine time-tested sales processes with cutting-edge social media strategies and clever technology hacks. The book reveals today’s new breed of Chief Executive Buyers, the channels they use, the value narrative you need, and the mix of methods that works. With actionable insights in every chapter, it explains how to: - Do deep-dive research into social - Locate leverage points that matter - Secure decision-maker meetings - Earn executive engagement - Build a knockout, online brand - Nurture a network that helps you thrive - Profit from referrals - Publish insights that set you apart and steer the agenda - Employ an efficient, lethal library of scripts and templates - And much, much more Want to wildly exceed your quota? Combo Prospecting is a potent playbook that will pack your pipeline and turn you into a selling champ.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323643</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 Jan 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215687/9781543640762.mp3" length="1478248" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323643 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Combo Prospecting: The Powerful One-Two Punch That Fills Your Pipeline and Wins Sales Author: Tony J. Hughes Narrator: Simon Mattacks Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323643" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323643</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Combo Prospecting: The Powerful One-Two Punch That Fills Your Pipeline and Wins Sales Author: Tony J. Hughes Narrator: Simon Mattacks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Unleash a killer combination of old and new sales strategies.How do you break through to impossible-to-reach executive buyers who are intent on blocking out the noise that confronts them every day?Old-school prospecting tactics or new-school techniques alone won’t provide the answers. But Combo Prospecting will…by showing how to combine time-tested sales processes with cutting-edge social media strategies and clever technology hacks. The book reveals today’s new breed of Chief Executive Buyers, the channels they use, the value narrative you need, and the mix of methods that works. With actionable insights in every chapter, it explains how to: - Do deep-dive research into social - Locate leverage points that matter - Secure decision-maker meetings - Earn executive engagement - Build a knockout, online brand - Nurture a network that helps you thrive - Profit from referrals - Publish insights that set you apart and steer the agenda - Employ an efficient, lethal library of scripts and templates - And much, much more Want to wildly exceed your quota? Combo Prospecting is a potent playbook that will pack your pipeline and turn you into a selling champ.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f046a92549d66e1b70b1a17a608ec144.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Live with Intent: Creating Your Future by Thomas Reichart, Justin Tomlinson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/live-with-intent-creating-your-future-by-thomas-reichart-justin-tomlinson--65215594</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333196" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333196</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live with Intent: Creating Your Future Author: Thomas Reichart, Justin Tomlinson Narrator: Dan Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  What does it look like to live with intent, where self-doubt does not exist and your life is on a course toward remarkable achievement? The Live with Intent authors tap into their deep experience to help people create a road map for personal and professional reinvention. They teach you how to get from where you are to where you want to be, increase your confidence, and live with passion and purpose. The concept of horizons is introduced, encouraging you to dream about a future without fear or self-doubt clouding the picture. By aiming high, these new horizons, coupled with the planning principles presented, paint a picture of endless possibility. Once your horizon is determined, Live with Intent teaches a system for not only reaching that horizon but seeing the chance for yet another to be developed, fulfilling a broader purpose in life. Live with Intent mixes anecdotes from the world of business, politics, and history to guide readers into discovering their new horizons. Using practical exercises, meditations, and unique techniques, these Steven Covey–trained experts will help you understand where you are now, where you are going, and exactly how to get there.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333196</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 Jan 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215594/9781982540685.mp3" length="1478254" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333196 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live with Intent: Creating Your Future Author: Thomas Reichart, Justin Tomlinson Narrator: Dan Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333196" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333196</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live with Intent: Creating Your Future Author: Thomas Reichart, Justin Tomlinson Narrator: Dan Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  What does it look like to live with intent, where self-doubt does not exist and your life is on a course toward remarkable achievement? The Live with Intent authors tap into their deep experience to help people create a road map for personal and professional reinvention. They teach you how to get from where you are to where you want to be, increase your confidence, and live with passion and purpose. The concept of horizons is introduced, encouraging you to dream about a future without fear or self-doubt clouding the picture. By aiming high, these new horizons, coupled with the planning principles presented, paint a picture of endless possibility. Once your horizon is determined, Live with Intent teaches a system for not only reaching that horizon but seeing the chance for yet another to be developed, fulfilling a broader purpose in life. Live with Intent mixes anecdotes from the world of business, politics, and history to guide readers into discovering their new horizons. Using practical exercises, meditations, and unique techniques, these Steven Covey–trained experts will help you understand where you are now, where you are going, and exactly how to get there.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b2d4d168aabe94ba5f6ae3f8af282e64.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Inteligencia intuitiva (en latino): ¿Por qué sabemos la verdad en dos segundos? by Malcolm Gladwell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-inteligencia-intuitiva-en-latino-por-que-sabemos-la-verdad-en-dos-segundos-by-malcolm-gladwell--65215615</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323273" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323273</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia intuitiva (en latino): ¿Por qué sabemos la verdad en dos segundos? Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Taurus Digital Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Edson Matus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 11, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  ¿Por qué algunas personas son brillantes tomando decisiones y otras son torpes una y otra vez? ¿Por qué algunos siguen su instinto y triunfan, mientras que otros acaban siempre dando un paso en falso?  Los mejores libros de desarrollo personal en formato audiolibro  En este libro revolucionario, el periodista estadounidense Malcolm Gladwell nos explica cómo pensamos sin pensar, de dónde proceden las decisiones que parece que tomamos en dos segundos, pero que no son tan simples como aparentan. ¿Por qué algunas personas son brillantes tomando decisiones y otras son torpes una y otra vez? ¿Por qué algunos siguen su instinto y triunfan, mientras que otros acaban siempre dando un paso en falso? ¿Cuál es el funcionamiento real del cerebro en el trabajo, en clase, en la cocina o en la cama? ¿Y por qué las mejores decisiones suelen ser las más difíciles de explicar?  Gladwell nos presenta a un psicólogo que ha aprendido a predecir si un matrimonio puede durar con sólo observarles unos minutos; a un entrenador de tenis que sabe cuándo un jugador hará doble falta antes incluso de que la raqueta toque la bola; a un experto en antigüedades que reconoce una falsificación de un solo vistazo.  Este libro revela que quienes son buenos tomando decisiones no son aquellos que procesan más información o que dedican más tiempo a deliberar, sino aquellos que han perfeccionado el arte de hilar fino, de extraer los pocos factores que realmente importan a partir de una cantidad desmesurada de variables.  Por medio de la neurología y la psicología, y exhibiendo todo el esplendor del que este autor es capaz, Inteligencia intuitivacambia nuestra forma de ver las decisiones que tomamos. Nunca más volverás a pensar en pensar de la misma manera.  Reseñas: «Un mago en los libros de autoayuda. Con más de 10 millones de ejemplares vendidos, Malcolm Gladwell es uno de los principales escritores motivacionales, gurú del éxito y analistade 'estrategias para triunfar'. L a clave del éxito, Inteligencia intuitiva, Lo que vio el perro y Fuera de serie son libros que ejecutivos y líderes de todo tipo devoran en los aeropuertos.» La Gaceta de los negocios  «¿Debería comprar este libro? Es probable que ya intuya la respuesta.» IndependentonSunday «Si Gladwell tiene razón, comprarán este libro. Y eso confirmará su tesis.» Stephen Bayley,TheGuardian  «Confíe en mi intuición: si compra este libro quedará encantado.» The New York Times «Convincente y diabólicamente inteligente.» Evening Standard  «Brillante. Las implicaciones para los negocios, por no hablar del amor, son inmensas.» TheObserver  «Fantástico. Este maravilloso libro debería ser de lectura obligada.» The New Statesman  «Sencillamente este libro podría cambiar tu vida.» Esquire]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323273</guid><pubDate>Thu, 11 Jan 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215615/9788430619641.mp3" length="2437278" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323273 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia intuitiva (en latino): ¿Por qué sabemos la verdad en dos segundos? Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Taurus Digital Author:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323273" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323273</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia intuitiva (en latino): ¿Por qué sabemos la verdad en dos segundos? Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Taurus Digital Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Edson Matus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 11, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  ¿Por qué algunas personas son brillantes tomando decisiones y otras son torpes una y otra vez? ¿Por qué algunos siguen su instinto y triunfan, mientras que otros acaban siempre dando un paso en falso?  Los mejores libros de desarrollo personal en formato audiolibro  En este libro revolucionario, el periodista estadounidense Malcolm Gladwell nos explica cómo pensamos sin pensar, de dónde proceden las decisiones que parece que tomamos en dos segundos, pero que no son tan simples como aparentan. ¿Por qué algunas personas son brillantes tomando decisiones y otras son torpes una y otra vez? ¿Por qué algunos siguen su instinto y triunfan, mientras que otros acaban siempre dando un paso en falso? ¿Cuál es el funcionamiento real del cerebro en el trabajo, en clase, en la cocina o en la cama? ¿Y por qué las mejores decisiones suelen ser las más difíciles de explicar?  Gladwell nos presenta a un psicólogo que ha aprendido a predecir si un matrimonio puede durar con sólo observarles unos minutos; a un entrenador de tenis que sabe cuándo un jugador hará doble falta antes incluso de que la raqueta toque la bola; a un experto en antigüedades que reconoce una falsificación de un solo vistazo.  Este libro revela que quienes son buenos tomando decisiones no son aquellos que procesan más información o que dedican más tiempo a deliberar, sino aquellos que han perfeccionado el arte de hilar fino, de extraer los pocos factores que realmente importan a partir de una cantidad desmesurada de variables.  Por medio de la neurología y la psicología, y exhibiendo todo el esplendor del que este autor es capaz, Inteligencia intuitivacambia nuestra forma de ver las decisiones que tomamos. Nunca más volverás a pensar en pensar de la misma manera.  Reseñas: «Un mago en los libros de autoayuda. Con más de 10 millones de ejemplares vendidos, Malcolm Gladwell es uno de los principales escritores motivacionales, gurú del éxito y analistade 'estrategias para triunfar'. L a clave del éxito, Inteligencia intuitiva, Lo que vio el perro y Fuera de serie son libros que ejecutivos y líderes de todo tipo devoran en los aeropuertos.» La Gaceta de los negocios  «¿Debería comprar este libro? Es probable que ya intuya la respuesta.» IndependentonSunday «Si Gladwell tiene razón, comprarán este libro. Y eso confirmará su tesis.» Stephen Bayley,TheGuardian  «Confíe en mi intuición: si compra este libro quedará encantado.» The New York Times «Convincente y diabólicamente inteligente.» Evening Standard  «Brillante. Las implicaciones para los negocios, por no hablar del amor, son inmensas.» TheObserver  «Fantástico. Este maravilloso libro debería ser de lectura obligada.» The New Statesman  «Sencillamente este libro podría cambiar tu vida.» Esquire]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/04bc9f394f4bd45492a3734d488216a6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Right-and Wrong-Stuff: How Brilliant Careers Are Made and Unmade by Carter Cast</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-right-and-wrong-stuff-how-brilliant-careers-are-made-and-unmade-by-carter-cast--65215678</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323106" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323106</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right-and Wrong-Stuff: How Brilliant Careers Are Made and Unmade Author: Carter Cast Narrator: Carter Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: January  9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  'Warning: Your career might be in danger of going off the rails. You probably have blind spots that are leaving you closer to the edge than you realize. Fortunately, Carter Cast has the solution. In this smart, engaging book he shows you how to avoid career derailment by becoming more self-aware, more agile, and more effective. This is the book you wish you had twenty years ago, which is why you should read it now.' -- Daniel H. Pink, New York Times bestselling author of Drive and To Sell Is Human The Right -- and Wrong -- Stuff is a candid, unvarnished guide to the bumpy road to success. The shocking truth is that 98 percent of us have at least one career-derailment risk factor, and half to two-thirds actually go off the rails. And the reason why people get fired, demoted, or plateau is because they let the wrong stuff act out, not because they lack talent, energy, experience, or credentials.  Carter Cast himself had all the right stuff for a brilliant career, when he was called into his boss's office and berated for being obstinate, resistant, and insubordinate. That defining moment led to a years-long effort to understand why he came so close to getting fired, and what it takes to build a successful career.  His wide range of experiences as a rising, falling, and then rising star again at PepsiCo, an entrepreneur, the CEO of Walmart.com, and now a professor and venture capitalist enables him to identify the five archetypes found in every workplace. You'll recognize people you work with (maybe even yourself) in Captain Fantastic, the Solo Flyer, Version 1.0, the One-Trick Pony, and the Whirling Dervish, and, thanks to Cast's insights, they won't be able to trip up your future.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323106</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Jan 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215678/9781478989462.mp3" length="2437200" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323106 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right-and Wrong-Stuff: How Brilliant Careers Are Made and Unmade Author: Carter Cast Narrator: Carter Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323106" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323106</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right-and Wrong-Stuff: How Brilliant Careers Are Made and Unmade Author: Carter Cast Narrator: Carter Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: January  9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  'Warning: Your career might be in danger of going off the rails. You probably have blind spots that are leaving you closer to the edge than you realize. Fortunately, Carter Cast has the solution. In this smart, engaging book he shows you how to avoid career derailment by becoming more self-aware, more agile, and more effective. This is the book you wish you had twenty years ago, which is why you should read it now.' -- Daniel H. Pink, New York Times bestselling author of Drive and To Sell Is Human The Right -- and Wrong -- Stuff is a candid, unvarnished guide to the bumpy road to success. The shocking truth is that 98 percent of us have at least one career-derailment risk factor, and half to two-thirds actually go off the rails. And the reason why people get fired, demoted, or plateau is because they let the wrong stuff act out, not because they lack talent, energy, experience, or credentials.  Carter Cast himself had all the right stuff for a brilliant career, when he was called into his boss's office and berated for being obstinate, resistant, and insubordinate. That defining moment led to a years-long effort to understand why he came so close to getting fired, and what it takes to build a successful career.  His wide range of experiences as a rising, falling, and then rising star again at PepsiCo, an entrepreneur, the CEO of Walmart.com, and now a professor and venture capitalist enables him to identify the five archetypes found in every workplace. You'll recognize people you work with (maybe even yourself) in Captain Fantastic, the Solo Flyer, Version 1.0, the One-Trick Pony, and the Whirling Dervish, and, thanks to Cast's insights, they won't be able to trip up your future.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9a26449cc19f28a2279f44bc87d533d3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Motivation Myth: How High Achievers Really Set Themselves Up to Win by Jeff Haden</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-motivation-myth-how-high-achievers-really-set-themselves-up-to-win-by-jeff-haden--65215662</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320978" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320978</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Motivation Myth: How High Achievers Really Set Themselves Up to Win Author: Jeff Haden Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: January  9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 46   Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 12 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From Inc.com's most popular columnist, a counterintuitive--but highly practical--guide to finding and maintaining the motivation to achieve great things.     It's comforting to imagine that superstars in their fields were just born better equipped than the rest of us. When a co-worker loses 20 pounds, or a friend runs a marathon while completing a huge project at work, we assume they have more grit, more willpower, more innate talent, and above all, more motivation to see their goals through.     But that's not at actually true, as popular Inc.com columnist Jeff Haden proves. 'Motivation' as we know it is a myth. Motivation isn't the special sauce that we require at the beginning of any major change. In fact, motivation is a result of process, not a cause. Understanding this will change the way you approach any obstacle or big goal.     Haden shows us how to reframe our thinking about the relationship of motivation to success. He meets us at our level--at the beginning of any big goal we have for our lives, a little anxious and unsure about our way forward, a little burned by self help books and strategies that have failed us in the past—and offers practical advice that anyone can use to stop stalling and start working on those dreams.     Haden takes the mystery out of accomplishment, proving that success isn't about spiritual awakening or a lightning bolt of inspiration --as Tony Robbins and adherents of The Secret believe--but instead, about clear and repeatable processes. Using his own advice, Haden has consistently drawn 2 million readers a month to his posts, completed a 107-mile long mountain bike race, and lost 10 pounds in a month.     Success isn't for the uniquely-qualified; it's possible for any person who understands the true nature of motivation. Jeff Haden can help you transcend average and make lasting positive change in your life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320978</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Jan 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215662/9780525499411.mp3" length="4837066" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320978 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Motivation Myth: How High Achievers Really Set Themselves Up to Win Author: Jeff Haden Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320978" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320978</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Motivation Myth: How High Achievers Really Set Themselves Up to Win Author: Jeff Haden Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: January  9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 46   Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 12 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  From Inc.com's most popular columnist, a counterintuitive--but highly practical--guide to finding and maintaining the motivation to achieve great things.     It's comforting to imagine that superstars in their fields were just born better equipped than the rest of us. When a co-worker loses 20 pounds, or a friend runs a marathon while completing a huge project at work, we assume they have more grit, more willpower, more innate talent, and above all, more motivation to see their goals through.     But that's not at actually true, as popular Inc.com columnist Jeff Haden proves. 'Motivation' as we know it is a myth. Motivation isn't the special sauce that we require at the beginning of any major change. In fact, motivation is a result of process, not a cause. Understanding this will change the way you approach any obstacle or big goal.     Haden shows us how to reframe our thinking about the relationship of motivation to success. He meets us at our level--at the beginning of any big goal we have for our lives, a little anxious and unsure about our way forward, a little burned by self help books and strategies that have failed us in the past—and offers practical advice that anyone can use to stop stalling and start working on those dreams.     Haden takes the mystery out of accomplishment, proving that success isn't about spiritual awakening or a lightning bolt of inspiration --as Tony Robbins and adherents of The Secret believe--but instead, about clear and repeatable processes. Using his own advice, Haden has consistently drawn 2 million readers a month to his posts, completed a 107-mile long mountain bike race, and lost 10 pounds in a month.     Success isn't for the uniquely-qualified; it's possible for any person who understands the true nature of motivation. Jeff Haden can help you transcend average and make lasting positive change in your life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/577081790def7f90156c6bdba50f2ee3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The High Potential's Advantage: Get Noticed, Impress Your Bosses, and Become a Top Leader by Jay A. Conger, Allan H. Church</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-high-potential-s-advantage-get-noticed-impress-your-bosses-and-become-a-top-leader-by-jay-a-conger-allan-h-church--65215601</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323331" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323331</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The High Potential's Advantage: Get Noticed, Impress Your Bosses, and Become a Top Leader Author: Jay A. Conger, Allan H. Church Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: January  9, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Are you a high potential? Your managers and HR department are constantly wondering that about you-and assessing whether or not you have what it takes to advance. Here's how to get them to answer yes. Being seen as a high potential leader is essential to getting promoted and reaching an organization's upper echelons, but most companies keep their top talent list a closely guarded secret. And the assessment process they use to decide who is and isn't a future leader is an even greater mystery. The High Potential's Advantage takes readers 'behind the scenes' and shows them how to get on, and stay on, their company's fast track. Leadership development experts Jay Conger and Allan Church draw upon decades of their research and experience-designing high potential programs for hundreds of large well-known global organizations, and managing and coaching thousands of developing leaders-to answer the critical questions asked by ambitious employees and managers: What will it take for me to advance in this organization? What does my boss look for when deciding whether or not I'm a high potential? Once I'm on the list, then what? Can I fall off of it, and how does that happen? Revealing a set of key differentiators-the five 'X factors'-that set people apart across companies of all types, readers learn what they have to do to achieve and maintain the coveted top talent status. Packed with examples of high potential leaders-from those on the verge of their first promotion to those only a step away from the C-suite-the authors provide detailed advice for cultivating and practicing each 'X factor.' In addition, the authors show readers how to identify their company's 'signature factors'-those special capabilities particular to their organization-and how to gain insight into, and excel at, the specific process their company uses to identify and develop high potentials.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323331</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Jan 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215601/9781501977978.mp3" length="1478306" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323331 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The High Potential's Advantage: Get Noticed, Impress Your Bosses, and Become a Top Leader Author: Jay A. Conger, Allan H. Church Narrator: L.J. Ganser...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323331" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323331</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The High Potential's Advantage: Get Noticed, Impress Your Bosses, and Become a Top Leader Author: Jay A. Conger, Allan H. Church Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: January  9, 2018 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Are you a high potential? Your managers and HR department are constantly wondering that about you-and assessing whether or not you have what it takes to advance. Here's how to get them to answer yes. Being seen as a high potential leader is essential to getting promoted and reaching an organization's upper echelons, but most companies keep their top talent list a closely guarded secret. And the assessment process they use to decide who is and isn't a future leader is an even greater mystery. The High Potential's Advantage takes readers 'behind the scenes' and shows them how to get on, and stay on, their company's fast track. Leadership development experts Jay Conger and Allan Church draw upon decades of their research and experience-designing high potential programs for hundreds of large well-known global organizations, and managing and coaching thousands of developing leaders-to answer the critical questions asked by ambitious employees and managers: What will it take for me to advance in this organization? What does my boss look for when deciding whether or not I'm a high potential? Once I'm on the list, then what? Can I fall off of it, and how does that happen? Revealing a set of key differentiators-the five 'X factors'-that set people apart across companies of all types, readers learn what they have to do to achieve and maintain the coveted top talent status. Packed with examples of high potential leaders-from those on the verge of their first promotion to those only a step away from the C-suite-the authors provide detailed advice for cultivating and practicing each 'X factor.' In addition, the authors show readers how to identify their company's 'signature factors'-those special capabilities particular to their organization-and how to gain insight into, and excel at, the specific process their company uses to identify and develop high potentials.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/11a6771ffabf44cb67c74aef5d592ac0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Introvert's Edge: How the Quiet and Shy Can Outsell Anyone by Matthew Pollard, Derek Lewis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-introvert-s-edge-how-the-quiet-and-shy-can-outsell-anyone-by-matthew-pollard-derek-lewis--65215674</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323187" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323187</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Introvert's Edge: How the Quiet and Shy Can Outsell Anyone Author: Matthew Pollard, Derek Lewis Narrator: Jamie Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: January  4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  BookAuthority Best Sales Audiobooks of All Time * BookAuthority Best Introvert AudioBooks of All TimeAn introvert? Great at sales? YES. Sales is a skill anyone can learn and master - and introverts are especially good at it once they learn how to leverage their natural strengths. Introverts aren't comfortable with traditional tactics like aggressively pushing a product or talking over a customer's objections. That's the beauty of The Introvert's Edge: it doesn't focus on the sale itself but on a sales system that helps introverts feel sincere instead of sales-y. Powerful and practical, the book reveals how to: - Find natural confidence - Prepare for every situation - Present your value so that customers want to buy - Sidestep objections - Judge when the customer's ready to buy - Ask for the sale - without asking - Continually adapt and improve - Profit from a process that doesn't rely on personality - Enjoy sales - With stories of introverted entrepreneurs, salespeople, and business owners who went from stagnant to success, The Introvert's Edge shows you how to succeed in sales - without changing who you are.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323187</guid><pubDate>Thu, 04 Jan 2018 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215674/9781501977961.mp3" length="1478262" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323187 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Introvert's Edge: How the Quiet and Shy Can Outsell Anyone Author: Matthew Pollard, Derek Lewis Narrator: Jamie Jackson Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323187" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323187</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Introvert's Edge: How the Quiet and Shy Can Outsell Anyone Author: Matthew Pollard, Derek Lewis Narrator: Jamie Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: January  4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  BookAuthority Best Sales Audiobooks of All Time * BookAuthority Best Introvert AudioBooks of All TimeAn introvert? Great at sales? YES. Sales is a skill anyone can learn and master - and introverts are especially good at it once they learn how to leverage their natural strengths. Introverts aren't comfortable with traditional tactics like aggressively pushing a product or talking over a customer's objections. That's the beauty of The Introvert's Edge: it doesn't focus on the sale itself but on a sales system that helps introverts feel sincere instead of sales-y. Powerful and practical, the book reveals how to: - Find natural confidence - Prepare for every situation - Present your value so that customers want to buy - Sidestep objections - Judge when the customer's ready to buy - Ask for the sale - without asking - Continually adapt and improve - Profit from a process that doesn't rely on personality - Enjoy sales - With stories of introverted entrepreneurs, salespeople, and business owners who went from stagnant to success, The Introvert's Edge shows you how to succeed in sales - without changing who you are.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4862f18285df7d125b1d2399382c1787.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Improve Philosophy Departments by Cutting their Funding by J.-M. Kuczynski</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/improve-philosophy-departments-by-cutting-their-funding-by-j-m-kuczynski--65215684</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323685" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323685</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improve Philosophy Departments by Cutting their Funding Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 29, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  There is a presumption to the effect that specialization is about depth. This presumption, though true in some contexts, is false in others. And in those contexts where it is false, people hyper-specialize as a way of avoiding having to acquire intellectual depth, and they use the just-mentioned presumption as a way of shielding their work, or lack thereof, from critical scrutiny.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323685</guid><pubDate>Fri, 29 Dec 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215684/9781518988813.mp3" length="277240" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323685 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improve Philosophy Departments by Cutting their Funding Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323685" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323685</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improve Philosophy Departments by Cutting their Funding Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 29, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  There is a presumption to the effect that specialization is about depth. This presumption, though true in some contexts, is false in others. And in those contexts where it is false, people hyper-specialize as a way of avoiding having to acquire intellectual depth, and they use the just-mentioned presumption as a way of shielding their work, or lack thereof, from critical scrutiny.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>35</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1bea40d75c04e2b0f7f5dba9d6a09bdd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>What's Your Message? Public Speaking with twice the impact, using half the effort by Cam Barber</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-s-your-message-public-speaking-with-twice-the-impact-using-half-the-effort-by-cam-barber--65215597</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330477" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330477</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's Your Message? Public Speaking with twice the impact, using half the effort Author: Cam Barber Narrator: Cam Barber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 13, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Public Speaking has evolved. And most people haven't caught up! This audiobook has 69 chapters so you can easily find the section you want. For example, if you want to control anxiety, check out CHAPTERS 39-44.  - Want a quick method to prepare? Go straight to CHAPTER 49.  - How to start a speech? CHAPTER 59.  - How to end a speech? CHAPTER 60.  - Techniques to engage your listeners from start to finish? CHAPTERS 61-65.  And if you want to immerse yourself in examples of great messaging, CHAPTERS 4 through 29 include case studies of Steve Jobs, Gandhi, Richard Branson, Bill Clinton, Jack Welch, Nelson Mandela and many others. The revolutionary method in 'What's Your Message?' shows you how to think clearly, manage anxiety and speak persuasively. It helps you bring your ideas to life with:  - A simpler way to control nerves.  - A simpler way to structure your ideas.  - A simpler way to engage your audience with natural delivery skills.  ----------------------------- Ch 01 - Audible Intro Ch 02 - Before We Get Started Ch 03 - The Power of Messaging Ch 04 - One Presentation Can Define a Career Ch 05 - Messaging Case Study_Professional Football Clubs Ch 06 - External Messages Ch 07 - Internal Messages (to players and staff) Ch 08 - The Glue That Holds The Team Plan Together Ch 09 - Game-Day Motivational Messages Ch 10 - The Power of Messaging in 4 Areas of Life Ch 11 - Messaging Makes Great Leaders Ch 12 - Gandhi Ch 13 - Nelson Mandela-His Life in Messages Ch 14 - Steve Jobs_Chief Messaging Officer Ch 15 - David Morrison_Changing the Culture Ch 16 - CEO_The Reason for the New Plan Ch 17 - Messaging Gets Your Ideas Heard_Anita Roddick Ch 18 - Alan Carr_The Easy Way to Stop Smoking Ch 19 - Steve Waugh_Leadership for a New Audience Ch 20 - Politician_How Much Water to Grow an Orange Ch 21 - Doctor_Convincing People to Support a New Idea Ch 22 - Messaging Builds Your Personal Brand Ch 23 - Jules Lund_Finding the Message Changed Everything Effortlessly Ch 24 - Janine Allis_Messaging Allows Natural Style Ch 25 - Senior Manager_Leveraging His Knowledge Ch 26 - Messaging Promotes Your Organisation_Richard Branson Ch 27 - The Hot Tub Ski Lodge Marketing Message Ch 28 - CSIRO_Securing Science Funding Ch 29 - The Pope Francis Effect Ch 30 - Bad Messaging_The Cake That Cost a Federal Election Ch 31 - IBM Didn't Think Ch 32 - Confusing Bushfire Warning_Stay or Go Ch 33 - Format Wars_BluRay vs HD DVD-Can you put it in a Sentence Ch 34 - The Vivid Method For Public Speaking Ch 35 - Public Speaking Myths Ch 36 - The Other Seven Myths Ch 37 - The Three Parts of the Vivid Method Ch 38 - Vivid Method Part One_The Clarity First Principles Ch 39 - Principle 1_ All Anxiety is Caused by Uncertainty Ch 40 - Principle 2_Message Transfer is Your Measure of Success Ch 41 - Principle 3_We All Have The Closeness Problem Ch 42 - Principle 4_Your Natural Style is the Right Style Ch 43 - Principle 5_You Can Control Anxiety By Understanding It Ch 44 - Vivid Method Part 2_Create a Speech Outline Ch 45 - What is a Speech Outline Ch 46 - Typical Procrastination Schedule Ch 47 - Why Does It Work So Well_The Speech Outline as Checklist Ch 48 - The Difference Between a Traditional Outline and a Vivid Outline Ch 49 - Crafting Your Message Step By Step Ch 50 - The Magic of Chunking Ch 51 - Structuring Your Ideas Step By Step Ch 52 - Start With Message Statement and Title Ch 53 - Define Your Chunk Headings Ch 54 - Find the Key Point for Each Chunk Ch 55 - Fill The Chunks With Examples, Stories, Evidence Ch 56 - Structure Helps You DELIVER a Speech More Powerfully Ch 57 - How to Rehearse in Half The Time Ch 58 - Vivid Method Part Three_Give Great Explanations Ch 59 - How to Start a Speech Ch 60 - How to End a Speech Ch 61 - Optional Techniques to Engage Your Listeners Ch 62 - How to PROVOKE the Mind Of Your Listener Ch 63 - How to CONNECT With Your Listener Ch 64 - How to ACTIVATE Your Listener's Mind Ch 65 - Visual Explanations_Leveraging Slides and Visual Support Ch 66 - Public Speaking Recap Ch 67 - So To Wrap Up, Bring Your Ideas To Life Ch 68 - Attend The Course Ch 69 - Audible close]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330477</guid><pubDate>Wed, 13 Dec 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215597/9781518992544.mp3" length="1478436" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330477 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's Your Message? Public Speaking with twice the impact, using half the effort Author: Cam Barber Narrator: Cam Barber Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330477" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330477</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's Your Message? Public Speaking with twice the impact, using half the effort Author: Cam Barber Narrator: Cam Barber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 13, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Public Speaking has evolved. And most people haven't caught up! This audiobook has 69 chapters so you can easily find the section you want. For example, if you want to control anxiety, check out CHAPTERS 39-44.  - Want a quick method to prepare? Go straight to CHAPTER 49.  - How to start a speech? CHAPTER 59.  - How to end a speech? CHAPTER 60.  - Techniques to engage your listeners from start to finish? CHAPTERS 61-65.  And if you want to immerse yourself in examples of great messaging, CHAPTERS 4 through 29 include case studies of Steve Jobs, Gandhi, Richard Branson, Bill Clinton, Jack Welch, Nelson Mandela and many others. The revolutionary method in 'What's Your Message?' shows you how to think clearly, manage anxiety and speak persuasively. It helps you bring your ideas to life with:  - A simpler way to control nerves.  - A simpler way to structure your ideas.  - A simpler way to engage your audience with natural delivery skills.  ----------------------------- Ch 01 - Audible Intro Ch 02 - Before We Get Started Ch 03 - The Power of Messaging Ch 04 - One Presentation Can Define a Career Ch 05 - Messaging Case Study_Professional Football Clubs Ch 06 - External Messages Ch 07 - Internal Messages (to players and staff) Ch 08 - The Glue That Holds The Team Plan Together Ch 09 - Game-Day Motivational Messages Ch 10 - The Power of Messaging in 4 Areas of Life Ch 11 - Messaging Makes Great Leaders Ch 12 - Gandhi Ch 13 - Nelson Mandela-His Life in Messages Ch 14 - Steve Jobs_Chief Messaging Officer Ch 15 - David Morrison_Changing the Culture Ch 16 - CEO_The Reason for the New Plan Ch 17 - Messaging Gets Your Ideas Heard_Anita Roddick Ch 18 - Alan Carr_The Easy Way to Stop Smoking Ch 19 - Steve Waugh_Leadership for a New Audience Ch 20 - Politician_How Much Water to Grow an Orange Ch 21 - Doctor_Convincing People to Support a New Idea Ch 22 - Messaging Builds Your Personal Brand Ch 23 - Jules Lund_Finding the Message Changed Everything Effortlessly Ch 24 - Janine Allis_Messaging Allows Natural Style Ch 25 - Senior Manager_Leveraging His Knowledge Ch 26 - Messaging Promotes Your Organisation_Richard Branson Ch 27 - The Hot Tub Ski Lodge Marketing Message Ch 28 - CSIRO_Securing Science Funding Ch 29 - The Pope Francis Effect Ch 30 - Bad Messaging_The Cake That Cost a Federal Election Ch 31 - IBM Didn't Think Ch 32 - Confusing Bushfire Warning_Stay or Go Ch 33 - Format Wars_BluRay vs HD DVD-Can you put it in a Sentence Ch 34 - The Vivid Method For Public Speaking Ch 35 - Public Speaking Myths Ch 36 - The Other Seven Myths Ch 37 - The Three Parts of the Vivid Method Ch 38 - Vivid Method Part One_The Clarity First Principles Ch 39 - Principle 1_ All Anxiety is Caused by Uncertainty Ch 40 - Principle 2_Message Transfer is Your Measure of Success Ch 41 - Principle 3_We All Have The Closeness Problem Ch 42 - Principle 4_Your Natural Style is the Right Style Ch 43 - Principle 5_You Can Control Anxiety By Understanding It Ch 44 - Vivid Method Part 2_Create a Speech Outline Ch 45 - What is a Speech Outline Ch 46 - Typical Procrastination Schedule Ch 47 - Why Does It Work So Well_The Speech Outline as Checklist Ch 48 - The Difference Between a Traditional Outline and a Vivid Outline Ch 49 - Crafting Your Message Step By Step Ch 50 - The Magic of Chunking Ch 51 - Structuring Your Ideas Step By Step Ch 52 - Start With Message Statement and Title Ch 53 - Define Your Chunk Headings Ch 54 - Find the Key Point...]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6b7a65ad7f71d3ec8bbf68478622b04f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Share Your Passion: 7 Stages To Leverage Your Expertise And Make A Difference by Renee Hasseldine</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/share-your-passion-7-stages-to-leverage-your-expertise-and-make-a-difference-by-renee-hasseldine--65215681</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322513" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322513</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Share Your Passion: 7 Stages To Leverage Your Expertise And Make A Difference Author: Renee Hasseldine Narrator: Renee Hasseldine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: December  5, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  This book details Share Your Passion's proven 7 Stage process to leverage your expertise and make a difference. It inspires and motivates you to ignite your passion and capture the essence of your own unique methodology, with step-by-step directions and action plans to escape the trading time for money' trap. If you want to turn your knowledge and experience into online courses, webinars, group programs, live workshops and retreats, then this book is a must read.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322513</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215681/9781518987137.mp3" length="2437177" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322513 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Share Your Passion: 7 Stages To Leverage Your Expertise And Make A Difference Author: Renee Hasseldine Narrator: Renee Hasseldine Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322513" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322513</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Share Your Passion: 7 Stages To Leverage Your Expertise And Make A Difference Author: Renee Hasseldine Narrator: Renee Hasseldine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: December  5, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  This book details Share Your Passion's proven 7 Stage process to leverage your expertise and make a difference. It inspires and motivates you to ignite your passion and capture the essence of your own unique methodology, with step-by-step directions and action plans to escape the trading time for money' trap. If you want to turn your knowledge and experience into online courses, webinars, group programs, live workshops and retreats, then this book is a must read.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ef79b2968f6a256ceda864952193cd80.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Ignite Your Potential by Mark Carter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/ignite-your-potential-by-mark-carter--65215679</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322661" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322661</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ignite Your Potential Author: Mark Carter Narrator: Mark Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 37 minutes Release date: December  5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Ignite your potential is a development book that offers practical advice through a combination of memoir, Emotional Intelligence and practical tips from a variety of programs and accredited models. Each chapter centres on a theme of personal improvement, through insight or entertaining story, that is then summarised in three quick tips. These can be applied to all areas of life but geared more towards peak performance, personal development and business improvement. The print book has been beautifully illustrated with a bespoke set of 25 pieces brought to life by artist Deborah Gillham. A set of personal development cards, like personal development tarot, are associated with the book. A deep dive online program, aligned with the book, will be launched through Mark Carters online academy in early 2018.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322661</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215679/9780995413955.mp3" length="2437188" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322661 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ignite Your Potential Author: Mark Carter Narrator: Mark Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 37 minutes Release date: December  5, 2017...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322661" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322661</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ignite Your Potential Author: Mark Carter Narrator: Mark Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 37 minutes Release date: December  5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Ignite your potential is a development book that offers practical advice through a combination of memoir, Emotional Intelligence and practical tips from a variety of programs and accredited models. Each chapter centres on a theme of personal improvement, through insight or entertaining story, that is then summarised in three quick tips. These can be applied to all areas of life but geared more towards peak performance, personal development and business improvement. The print book has been beautifully illustrated with a bespoke set of 25 pieces brought to life by artist Deborah Gillham. A set of personal development cards, like personal development tarot, are associated with the book. A deep dive online program, aligned with the book, will be launched through Mark Carters online academy in early 2018.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1c5de863978944ec970076f26501942b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The 10 Best Habits of Successful People by James David Rockefeller</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-10-best-habits-of-successful-people-by-james-david-rockefeller--65215680</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322505" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322505</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 10 Best Habits of Successful People Author: James David Rockefeller Narrator: Tim Carper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: December  3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  What makes people successful? Is it education? Is it money? Is it something beyond the understanding of humans? Does it require certain skills? Is it just hard work? Is it just a matter of being at the right place in the right time? Is it because they had the right people to guide them? If you have been asking yourself these questions, then you are in the right place. While it is true that almost all the things mentioned above are true to some extent, no one can deny that it takes more than sheer luck to become a success. It requires a lot of hard work. It requires a lot of focus, planning, and management. It requires learning and education. It requires availing oneself of the right opportunities. Success also involves the willingness to take risks and make challenging decisions at the right time and in the right place. Success requires getting rid of negative attitudes and replacing them with positive ones. It requires you to be open to new challenges that take you beyond your comfort zone. Success also requires a person to be constantly learning, changing, adapting, innovating, and keeping up with the times. While all this is easier said than done, it is definitely not an impossible task. If you want to be successful, you need to adopt the habits of successful people. The list of good habits is virtually endless and may vary from one individual to the other. But here in this guide, we will be discussing the 10 best habits that can put you on the road to success. So, let's get started!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322505</guid><pubDate>Sun, 03 Dec 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215680/9781518986987.mp3" length="2437183" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322505 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 10 Best Habits of Successful People Author: James David Rockefeller Narrator: Tim Carper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322505" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322505</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 10 Best Habits of Successful People Author: James David Rockefeller Narrator: Tim Carper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: December  3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  What makes people successful? Is it education? Is it money? Is it something beyond the understanding of humans? Does it require certain skills? Is it just hard work? Is it just a matter of being at the right place in the right time? Is it because they had the right people to guide them? If you have been asking yourself these questions, then you are in the right place. While it is true that almost all the things mentioned above are true to some extent, no one can deny that it takes more than sheer luck to become a success. It requires a lot of hard work. It requires a lot of focus, planning, and management. It requires learning and education. It requires availing oneself of the right opportunities. Success also involves the willingness to take risks and make challenging decisions at the right time and in the right place. Success requires getting rid of negative attitudes and replacing them with positive ones. It requires you to be open to new challenges that take you beyond your comfort zone. Success also requires a person to be constantly learning, changing, adapting, innovating, and keeping up with the times. While all this is easier said than done, it is definitely not an impossible task. If you want to be successful, you need to adopt the habits of successful people. The list of good habits is virtually endless and may vary from one individual to the other. But here in this guide, we will be discussing the 10 best habits that can put you on the road to success. So, let's get started!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8211406a45faf0b7cbcba1989d92cb46.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Do you speak business? English version by Richard Ludvik</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/do-you-speak-business-english-version-by-richard-ludvik--65215700</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320881" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320881</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do you speak business? English version Author: Richard Ludvik Narrator: Richard Ludvik Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: December  2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Do you speak business? English version Would you like well-paid job or higher position at work? Do you need English for communication at work? Increase your English vocabulary and learn real business words by listening 1650 English business sentences. If you need English in your job, download this audiobook. Five hours of listening business sentences can help you learn new words and improve your confidence at business meetings or in business generally. Listen how business words are used in sentences. This audiobook is for advanced students who somehow know the grammar up to present perfect tense. Every word is practised at least in five English examples. Each sentence twice. You can repeat sentences and improve your English business communication. Practise words: deal, profit, decision, supplier, reduce, subscriber, promote, purpose, notice, self-employed, research, proposal, lack, estimate, carefully, negotiation, interest rate and other 313 similar business words. Experience fun in business environment. Start listening and improving your English business communication. Download Do you speak business? now.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320881</guid><pubDate>Sat, 02 Dec 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215700/sabrlv9780012.mp3" length="2437178" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320881 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do you speak business? English version Author: Richard Ludvik Narrator: Richard Ludvik Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320881" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320881</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do you speak business? English version Author: Richard Ludvik Narrator: Richard Ludvik Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: December  2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Do you speak business? English version Would you like well-paid job or higher position at work? Do you need English for communication at work? Increase your English vocabulary and learn real business words by listening 1650 English business sentences. If you need English in your job, download this audiobook. Five hours of listening business sentences can help you learn new words and improve your confidence at business meetings or in business generally. Listen how business words are used in sentences. This audiobook is for advanced students who somehow know the grammar up to present perfect tense. Every word is practised at least in five English examples. Each sentence twice. You can repeat sentences and improve your English business communication. Practise words: deal, profit, decision, supplier, reduce, subscriber, promote, purpose, notice, self-employed, research, proposal, lack, estimate, carefully, negotiation, interest rate and other 313 similar business words. Experience fun in business environment. Start listening and improving your English business communication. Download Do you speak business? now.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/54124f6bcb4e2518a76de796eddf4ca3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Exactly What to Say: The Magic Words for Influence and Impact by Phil M. Jones</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/exactly-what-to-say-the-magic-words-for-influence-and-impact-by-phil-m-jones--65215611</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331829" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331829</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exactly What to Say: The Magic Words for Influence and Impact Author: Phil M. Jones Narrator: Phil M. Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: November 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 59   Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Often the decision between a customer choosing you over someone like you is your ability to know exactly what to say, when to say it, and how to make it count. Phil M. Jones has trained more than two million people across five continents and over fifty countries in the lost art of spoken communication. In Exactly What to Say, he delivers the tactics you need to get more of what you want.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331829</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Nov 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215611/9781945213717.mp3" length="2437150" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331829 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exactly What to Say: The Magic Words for Influence and Impact Author: Phil M. Jones Narrator: Phil M. Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331829" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331829</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exactly What to Say: The Magic Words for Influence and Impact Author: Phil M. Jones Narrator: Phil M. Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: November 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 59   Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Often the decision between a customer choosing you over someone like you is your ability to know exactly what to say, when to say it, and how to make it count. Phil M. Jones has trained more than two million people across five continents and over fifty countries in the lost art of spoken communication. In Exactly What to Say, he delivers the tactics you need to get more of what you want.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/88be7632e6b8350cfa91d48af180dedc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Breaking Bad Habits: Defy Industry Norms and Reinvigorate Your Business by Freek Vermeulen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/breaking-bad-habits-defy-industry-norms-and-reinvigorate-your-business-by-freek-vermeulen--65215683</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321188" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321188</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Bad Habits: Defy Industry Norms and Reinvigorate Your Business Author: Freek Vermeulen Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 14, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  It's very likely that best practices-ideas, processes, and strategies that are commonplace in your industry-are actually hurting your business. Although best practices can help businesses operate more competitively and efficiently, they are often outdated, harmful, and a hindrance to innovation. The problem is, managers and executives are usually blind to the negative effects of best practices, so they don't question their purpose or measure their effectiveness. As a consequence, outdated or harmful practices spread and persist without their knowledge. In Breaking Bad Habits, Freek Vermeulen, a strategy professor at London Business School, offers the tools to identify bad practices eliminate them from your organization, and then move on to create new sources of innovation and growth by outthinking your competitors. Brimming with examples of norm-defying organizations in an eclectic range of industries, Breaking Bad Habits will make you rethink your long-held beliefs about industry norms while encouraging you to reinvigorate your business by breaking out of the status quo.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321188</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Nov 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215683/9781501978043.mp3" length="2437158" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321188 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Bad Habits: Defy Industry Norms and Reinvigorate Your Business Author: Freek Vermeulen Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321188" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321188</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Bad Habits: Defy Industry Norms and Reinvigorate Your Business Author: Freek Vermeulen Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 14, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  It's very likely that best practices-ideas, processes, and strategies that are commonplace in your industry-are actually hurting your business. Although best practices can help businesses operate more competitively and efficiently, they are often outdated, harmful, and a hindrance to innovation. The problem is, managers and executives are usually blind to the negative effects of best practices, so they don't question their purpose or measure their effectiveness. As a consequence, outdated or harmful practices spread and persist without their knowledge. In Breaking Bad Habits, Freek Vermeulen, a strategy professor at London Business School, offers the tools to identify bad practices eliminate them from your organization, and then move on to create new sources of innovation and growth by outthinking your competitors. Brimming with examples of norm-defying organizations in an eclectic range of industries, Breaking Bad Habits will make you rethink your long-held beliefs about industry norms while encouraging you to reinvigorate your business by breaking out of the status quo.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1d0e042371dd6c7d9d43a22af678024f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>SMART Time Management for Doctors by Kate Christie</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/smart-time-management-for-doctors-by-kate-christie--65215701</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313785" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313785</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: SMART Time Management for Doctors Author: Kate Christie Narrator: Kate Christie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: November  9, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  It's Time to Control Your Time! You work in a profession where, despite your best efforts to plan your working week, your daily activities are often dictated by circumstance rather than strategy. You are sick of the constant juggle and live with an ever-present undercurrent of stress. You simply don't have enough time. And time for a quality life outside work? Forget it! You know that something needs to change so that you can continue to be a great doctor and live a more integrated work/life. Imagine if you could gain Control over your time. Bestselling author Kate Christie will help you invest your time to find your lost time. Smart Time Management for Doctors provides a proven 5 Step process along with practical and easy to implement productivity strategies to help you identify and harness 30 hours of lost time a month. "Kate Christie is a Time Management expert, best selling author and dynamic international Speaker with a passion for teaching professionals how to gain control of their time   she will take you from extraordinary to unstoppable. I've never met anyone so incredibly passionate and so hugely capable when it comes to helping people take control of their time   the number one issue we all face in life. Her laser like focus is to help people take control of their time to ensure more meaningful success across career, family, community, and life. Kate has now delivered the definitive workbook to help Doctors gain control of their time. My advice is simple, if you're a doctor or work in the medical industry take the time to read everything Kate does. Her advice really does have the potential to change your life. Many people promise this, few deliver, Kate Christie most certainly does!'   Andrew Griffiths, International Bestselling Author and Global Speaker.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313785</guid><pubDate>Thu, 09 Nov 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215701/9781518985331.mp3" length="2437170" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313785 to listen full audiobooks. Title: SMART Time Management for Doctors Author: Kate Christie Narrator: Kate Christie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313785" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313785</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: SMART Time Management for Doctors Author: Kate Christie Narrator: Kate Christie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: November  9, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  It's Time to Control Your Time! You work in a profession where, despite your best efforts to plan your working week, your daily activities are often dictated by circumstance rather than strategy. You are sick of the constant juggle and live with an ever-present undercurrent of stress. You simply don't have enough time. And time for a quality life outside work? Forget it! You know that something needs to change so that you can continue to be a great doctor and live a more integrated work/life. Imagine if you could gain Control over your time. Bestselling author Kate Christie will help you invest your time to find your lost time. Smart Time Management for Doctors provides a proven 5 Step process along with practical and easy to implement productivity strategies to help you identify and harness 30 hours of lost time a month. "Kate Christie is a Time Management expert, best selling author and dynamic international Speaker with a passion for teaching professionals how to gain control of their time   she will take you from extraordinary to unstoppable. I've never met anyone so incredibly passionate and so hugely capable when it comes to helping people take control of their time   the number one issue we all face in life. Her laser like focus is to help people take control of their time to ensure more meaningful success across career, family, community, and life. Kate has now delivered the definitive workbook to help Doctors gain control of their time. My advice is simple, if you're a doctor or work in the medical industry take the time to read everything Kate does. Her advice really does have the potential to change your life. Many people promise this, few deliver, Kate Christie most certainly does!'   Andrew Griffiths, International Bestselling Author and Global Speaker.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2368cebc5a3decfbf903ea10bc11e65b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Entering Startupland: An Essential Guide to Finding the Right Job by Jeffrey Bussgang</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/entering-startupland-an-essential-guide-to-finding-the-right-job-by-jeffrey-bussgang--65215692</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321132" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321132</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entering Startupland: An Essential Guide to Finding the Right Job Author: Jeffrey Bussgang Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 10, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Many professionals aspire to work for a start-up. Executives from large companies view them as models to help them adapt to today's dynamic innovation economy. Yes, start-ups look magical, but they can also be chaotic and inaccessible. Many books are written for those who aspire to be founders, but a company only has one or two of those. What's needed are hundreds of employees to do the day-to-day work required to operate a fledgling company and grow it into something of value. This practical, step-by-step guide provides an insider's analysis of various start-up roles and responsibilities, including product development, marketing, growth strategy, and sales, to help you figure out if you want to join a start-up and what to expect if you do. You'll gain insight into how successful start-ups operate and learn to assess which of them you might want to join-or emulate. Inside this book you'll find: - A tour of typical start-up roles to help you determine which one might be the best fit for you - Profiles of start-up executives in many different functions who share their stories and describe their responsibilities - A practical approach to your job search that will help you position yourself to find the start-up opportunity that's right for you Written by an experienced venture capitalist, entrepreneur, and Harvard Business School professor, Entering StartUpLand will guide you as you seek your ideal entry point into this popular, cutting-edge organizational paradigm.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321132</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215692/9781501978036.mp3" length="2437153" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321132 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entering Startupland: An Essential Guide to Finding the Right Job Author: Jeffrey Bussgang Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321132" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321132</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entering Startupland: An Essential Guide to Finding the Right Job Author: Jeffrey Bussgang Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 10, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Many professionals aspire to work for a start-up. Executives from large companies view them as models to help them adapt to today's dynamic innovation economy. Yes, start-ups look magical, but they can also be chaotic and inaccessible. Many books are written for those who aspire to be founders, but a company only has one or two of those. What's needed are hundreds of employees to do the day-to-day work required to operate a fledgling company and grow it into something of value. This practical, step-by-step guide provides an insider's analysis of various start-up roles and responsibilities, including product development, marketing, growth strategy, and sales, to help you figure out if you want to join a start-up and what to expect if you do. You'll gain insight into how successful start-ups operate and learn to assess which of them you might want to join-or emulate. Inside this book you'll find: - A tour of typical start-up roles to help you determine which one might be the best fit for you - Profiles of start-up executives in many different functions who share their stories and describe their responsibilities - A practical approach to your job search that will help you position yourself to find the start-up opportunity that's right for you Written by an experienced venture capitalist, entrepreneur, and Harvard Business School professor, Entering StartUpLand will guide you as you seek your ideal entry point into this popular, cutting-edge organizational paradigm.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8db13011968a2a60c6826e9cdb910218.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Creating Great Choices: A Leader's Guide to Integrative Thinking by Roger L. Martin, Jennifer Riel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/creating-great-choices-a-leader-s-guide-to-integrative-thinking-by-roger-l-martin-jennifer-riel--65215651</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321081" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321081</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creating Great Choices: A Leader's Guide to Integrative Thinking Author: Roger L. Martin, Jennifer Riel Narrator: Jack Garrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  A practical four-step methodology for any leader or manager facing a tough choice, and for creating integrative solutions to big, complex and pressing problems. Conventional wisdom-and business school curricula-teaches us that making trade-offs is inevitable when it comes to hard choices. But sometimes, accepting the obvious trade-off just isn't good enough: the choices in front of us don't get us what we need. In those cases, rather than choosing the least worst option, we can use the models in front of us to create a new and better answer. This is integrative thinking. First introduced by Roger Martin in The Opposable Mind, integrative thinking is an approach to problem solving that uses opposing ideas as the basis for innovation. Now, in Creating Great Choices, Martin and fellow Rotman expert Jennifer Riel vividly show how they have refined and enhanced the understanding and practice of integrative thinking through their work teaching the concept and its principles to business and nonprofit executives, MBA students, even kids. Integrative thinking has been embraced by organizations such as Procter &amp; Gamble, Deloitte, Verizon, and the Toronto District School Board-all seeking a replicable, thoughtful approach to creating a 'third and better way' to make important choices in the face of unacceptable trade-offs. The book includes new stories of successful integrative thinkers that will demystify the process of creative problem solving. It lays out the authors' practical four-step methodology, which can be applied in virtually any context: - Articulating opposing models - Examining the models - Generating possibilities - Assessing prototypes Stimulating and practical, Creating Great Choices blends storytelling, theory, and hands-on advice to help any leader or manager facing a tough choice.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321081</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215651/9781501977992.mp3" length="2437169" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321081 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creating Great Choices: A Leader's Guide to Integrative Thinking Author: Roger L. Martin, Jennifer Riel Narrator: Jack Garrett Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321081" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321081</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creating Great Choices: A Leader's Guide to Integrative Thinking Author: Roger L. Martin, Jennifer Riel Narrator: Jack Garrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  A practical four-step methodology for any leader or manager facing a tough choice, and for creating integrative solutions to big, complex and pressing problems. Conventional wisdom-and business school curricula-teaches us that making trade-offs is inevitable when it comes to hard choices. But sometimes, accepting the obvious trade-off just isn't good enough: the choices in front of us don't get us what we need. In those cases, rather than choosing the least worst option, we can use the models in front of us to create a new and better answer. This is integrative thinking. First introduced by Roger Martin in The Opposable Mind, integrative thinking is an approach to problem solving that uses opposing ideas as the basis for innovation. Now, in Creating Great Choices, Martin and fellow Rotman expert Jennifer Riel vividly show how they have refined and enhanced the understanding and practice of integrative thinking through their work teaching the concept and its principles to business and nonprofit executives, MBA students, even kids. Integrative thinking has been embraced by organizations such as Procter &amp; Gamble, Deloitte, Verizon, and the Toronto District School Board-all seeking a replicable, thoughtful approach to creating a 'third and better way' to make important choices in the face of unacceptable trade-offs. The book includes new stories of successful integrative thinkers that will demystify the process of creative problem solving. It lays out the authors' practical four-step methodology, which can be applied in virtually any context: - Articulating opposing models - Examining the models - Generating possibilities - Assessing prototypes Stimulating and practical, Creating Great Choices blends storytelling, theory, and hands-on advice to help any leader or manager facing a tough choice.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8b1ea2cbebf029cb2b7b0710ca6512f8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The 2-Hour Job Search: Using Technology to Get the Right Job Faster by Steve Dalton</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-2-hour-job-search-using-technology-to-get-the-right-job-faster-by-steve-dalton--65215703</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315925" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315925</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 2-Hour Job Search: Using Technology to Get the Right Job Faster Author: Steve Dalton Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: September  5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The 2-Hour Job Search shows job seekers how to work smarter (and faster) to secure first interviews. Through a prescriptive approach, Steve Dalton explains how to wade through the Internet's sea of information and create a job search system that relies on mainstream technology such as Excel, Google, LinkedIn, and alumni databases to create a list of target employers, contact them, and then secure an interview—with only two hours of effort. Avoiding vague tips like 'leverage your contacts,' Dalton tells job hunters exactly what to do and how to do it. This empowering book focuses on the critical middle phase of the job search and helps listeners bring organization to what is all too often an ineffectual and frustrating process.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315925</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215703/9781541474529.mp3" length="14437180" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315925 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 2-Hour Job Search: Using Technology to Get the Right Job Faster Author: Steve Dalton Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315925" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315925</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 2-Hour Job Search: Using Technology to Get the Right Job Faster Author: Steve Dalton Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: September  5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The 2-Hour Job Search shows job seekers how to work smarter (and faster) to secure first interviews. Through a prescriptive approach, Steve Dalton explains how to wade through the Internet's sea of information and create a job search system that relies on mainstream technology such as Excel, Google, LinkedIn, and alumni databases to create a list of target employers, contact them, and then secure an interview—with only two hours of effort. Avoiding vague tips like 'leverage your contacts,' Dalton tells job hunters exactly what to do and how to do it. This empowering book focuses on the critical middle phase of the job search and helps listeners bring organization to what is all too often an ineffectual and frustrating process.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0c880f394dd7b77ed67f7cbfa36f4ad9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Be Happy at Work: The Power of Purpose, Hope, and Friendship by Annie McKee</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-be-happy-at-work-the-power-of-purpose-hope-and-friendship-by-annie-mckee--65215663</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321062" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321062</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Happy at Work: The Power of Purpose, Hope, and Friendship Author: Annie McKee Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: September  5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Life's too short to be unhappy at work 'I'm working harder than I ever have, and I don't know if it's worth it anymore.' If you're a manager or leader, these words have probably run through your mind. So many of us are feeling fed up, burned out, and unhappy at work: the constant pressure and stress, the unending changes, the politics--people feel as though they can't give much more, and performance is suffering. But it's work, after all, right? Should we even expect to be fulfilled and happy at work? Yes, we should, says Annie McKee, coauthor of the bestselling Primal Leadership. In her new transformative book, she makes the most compelling case yet that happiness--and the full engagement that comes with it--is more important than ever in today's workplace, and she sheds new light on the powerful relationship of happiness to individual, team, and organizational success. Based on extensive research and decades of experience with leaders, this book reveals that people must have three essential elements in order to be happy at work: - A sense of purpose and the chance to contribute to something bigger than themselves - A vision that is powerful and personal, creating a real sense of hope - Resonant, friendly relationships With vivid and moving real-life stories, the book shows how leaders can use these powerful pillars to create and sustain happiness even when they're under pressure. By emphasizing purpose, hope, and friendships they can also ensure a healthy, positive climate for their teams and throughout the organization. How to Be Happy at Work deepens our understanding of what it means to be truly fulfilled and effective at work and provides clear, practical advice and instruction for how to get there-no matter what job you have.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321062</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215663/9781501977985.mp3" length="2437149" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321062 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Happy at Work: The Power of Purpose, Hope, and Friendship Author: Annie McKee Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321062" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321062</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Happy at Work: The Power of Purpose, Hope, and Friendship Author: Annie McKee Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: September  5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Life's too short to be unhappy at work 'I'm working harder than I ever have, and I don't know if it's worth it anymore.' If you're a manager or leader, these words have probably run through your mind. So many of us are feeling fed up, burned out, and unhappy at work: the constant pressure and stress, the unending changes, the politics--people feel as though they can't give much more, and performance is suffering. But it's work, after all, right? Should we even expect to be fulfilled and happy at work? Yes, we should, says Annie McKee, coauthor of the bestselling Primal Leadership. In her new transformative book, she makes the most compelling case yet that happiness--and the full engagement that comes with it--is more important than ever in today's workplace, and she sheds new light on the powerful relationship of happiness to individual, team, and organizational success. Based on extensive research and decades of experience with leaders, this book reveals that people must have three essential elements in order to be happy at work: - A sense of purpose and the chance to contribute to something bigger than themselves - A vision that is powerful and personal, creating a real sense of hope - Resonant, friendly relationships With vivid and moving real-life stories, the book shows how leaders can use these powerful pillars to create and sustain happiness even when they're under pressure. By emphasizing purpose, hope, and friendships they can also ensure a healthy, positive climate for their teams and throughout the organization. How to Be Happy at Work deepens our understanding of what it means to be truly fulfilled and effective at work and provides clear, practical advice and instruction for how to get there-no matter what job you have.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/639df58a9a66540dd0ffb31a42fa8c16.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Russian] - 80/20 Law: Success without Efforts [Russian Edition] by Scott Johnson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/russian-80-20-law-success-without-efforts-russian-edition-by-scott-johnson--65215637</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324179" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324179</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - 80/20 Law: Success without Efforts [Russian Edition] Author: Scott Johnson Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 33 minutes Release date: July 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Are you satisfied with your life? Would you like to change it? What do you lack: money, position in society or just human happiness? This book will open your eyes to how easy and simple it is to achieve a happy and happy life without applying titanic efforts. It is enough just to learn how to live according to the 80/20 principle.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324179</guid><pubDate>Fri, 21 Jul 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215637/9781518958069.mp3" length="2437208" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324179 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - 80/20 Law: Success without Efforts [Russian Edition] Author: Scott Johnson Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324179" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324179</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - 80/20 Law: Success without Efforts [Russian Edition] Author: Scott Johnson Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 33 minutes Release date: July 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Are you satisfied with your life? Would you like to change it? What do you lack: money, position in society or just human happiness? This book will open your eyes to how easy and simple it is to achieve a happy and happy life without applying titanic efforts. It is enough just to learn how to live according to the 80/20 principle.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f67e9d398935df9f1e62bed8960f8905.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Russian] - Career Advantage [Russian Edition]: Real-World Applications from Great Work, Great Career by Stephen R. Covey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/russian-career-advantage-russian-edition-real-world-applications-from-great-work-great-career-by-stephen-r-covey--65215600</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324181" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324181</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Career Advantage [Russian Edition]: Real-World Applications from Great Work, Great Career Author: Stephen R. Covey Narrator: Alexey Muzhitskii Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 43 minutes Release date: July 21, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The New York Times best-selling author and co-author of Great Work, Great Career shares the secrets of getting and keeping the job you want. This audio program teaching you how to create your ultimate job and make an extraordinary contribution includes the following: You'll learn the importance of becoming a solution, not a problem to an organization. Discover how to start making the contribution you'd like to make by focusing on your talents, passion, and conscience. This audio also provides tips on how to network in a way that leads to success in both becoming more employable, and in advancing your career. Learn elements to help you create an effective resume covering five main elements: resume dos, including the top requirements for a great resume, how to write a highly targeted resume and then get it in the hands of a person who can make a decision, and finally, cover letters. By the end of the audio, you'll have a good draft of your resume and all the information you need.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324181</guid><pubDate>Fri, 21 Jul 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215600/9781518958106.mp3" length="2437250" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324181 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Career Advantage [Russian Edition]: Real-World Applications from Great Work, Great Career Author: Stephen R. Covey Narrator: Alexey...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324181" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324181</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Career Advantage [Russian Edition]: Real-World Applications from Great Work, Great Career Author: Stephen R. Covey Narrator: Alexey Muzhitskii Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 43 minutes Release date: July 21, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The New York Times best-selling author and co-author of Great Work, Great Career shares the secrets of getting and keeping the job you want. This audio program teaching you how to create your ultimate job and make an extraordinary contribution includes the following: You'll learn the importance of becoming a solution, not a problem to an organization. Discover how to start making the contribution you'd like to make by focusing on your talents, passion, and conscience. This audio also provides tips on how to network in a way that leads to success in both becoming more employable, and in advancing your career. Learn elements to help you create an effective resume covering five main elements: resume dos, including the top requirements for a great resume, how to write a highly targeted resume and then get it in the hands of a person who can make a decision, and finally, cover letters. By the end of the audio, you'll have a good draft of your resume and all the information you need.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b3278a69df0d8431c9536bf66a64f5f5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Leadership on the Line: Staying Alive Through the Dangers of Change by Ronald A. Heifetz, Marty Linsky</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/leadership-on-the-line-staying-alive-through-the-dangers-of-change-by-ronald-a-heifetz-marty-linsky--65215623</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322122" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322122</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership on the Line: Staying Alive Through the Dangers of Change Author: Ronald A. Heifetz, Marty Linsky Narrator: Jack Garrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  To lead is to live dangerously. It's romantic and exciting to think of leadership as all inspiration, decisive action, and rich rewards, but leading requires taking risks that can jeopardize your career and your personal life. It requires putting yourself on the line, disrupting the status quo, and surfacing hidden conflict. And when people resist and push back, there's a strong temptation to play it safe. Those who choose to lead plunge in, take the risks, and sometimes get burned. But it doesn't have to be that way say renowned leadership experts Ronald Heifetz and Marty Linsky. In Leadership on the Line, they show how it's possible to make a difference without getting 'taken out' or pushed aside. They present everyday tools that give equal weight to the dangerous work of leading change and the critical importance of personal survival. Through vivid stories from all walks of life, the authors present straightforward strategies for navigating the perilous straits of leadership. Whether you're a parent or a politician, a CEO or a community activist, this practical book shows how you can exercise leadership and survive and thrive to enjoy the fruits of your labor.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322122</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215623/9781501972317.mp3" length="2437180" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322122 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership on the Line: Staying Alive Through the Dangers of Change Author: Ronald A. Heifetz, Marty Linsky Narrator: Jack Garrett Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322122" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322122</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership on the Line: Staying Alive Through the Dangers of Change Author: Ronald A. Heifetz, Marty Linsky Narrator: Jack Garrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  To lead is to live dangerously. It's romantic and exciting to think of leadership as all inspiration, decisive action, and rich rewards, but leading requires taking risks that can jeopardize your career and your personal life. It requires putting yourself on the line, disrupting the status quo, and surfacing hidden conflict. And when people resist and push back, there's a strong temptation to play it safe. Those who choose to lead plunge in, take the risks, and sometimes get burned. But it doesn't have to be that way say renowned leadership experts Ronald Heifetz and Marty Linsky. In Leadership on the Line, they show how it's possible to make a difference without getting 'taken out' or pushed aside. They present everyday tools that give equal weight to the dangerous work of leading change and the critical importance of personal survival. Through vivid stories from all walks of life, the authors present straightforward strategies for navigating the perilous straits of leadership. Whether you're a parent or a politician, a CEO or a community activist, this practical book shows how you can exercise leadership and survive and thrive to enjoy the fruits of your labor.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/463a9d4a60db23de964cd9c170758fbe.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Psyched Up: How the Science of Mental Preparation Can Help You Succeed by Daniel McGinn</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/psyched-up-how-the-science-of-mental-preparation-can-help-you-succeed-by-daniel-mcginn--65215646</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330346" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330346</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psyched Up: How the Science of Mental Preparation Can Help You Succeed Author: Daniel McGinn Narrator: Jonathan McClain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: June  8, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Psyched Up by Daniel McGinn, read by Jonathan McClain. What's the difference between succeeding and failing in life's big moments? In Psyched Up, acclaimed journalist Daniel McGinn explains why mental preparation is the key to mastering any challenge. Examining the latest scientific research into the smartest ways to deal with a flood of adrenaline, increase focus, minimize negative thoughts, and optimize emotions, Psyched Up teaches you what do in the last few minutes before a major event. Drawing on interviews with high-performing professionals such as retired General Stanley McChrystal, NASCAR champion driver Jimmie Johnson and legendary tennis coach Nick Bollettieri, McGinn illustrates how to develop a personal psyching up routine and reveals why introverts and extroverts might employ different methods.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330346</guid><pubDate>Thu, 08 Jun 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215646/9780241982341.mp3" length="2437180" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330346 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psyched Up: How the Science of Mental Preparation Can Help You Succeed Author: Daniel McGinn Narrator: Jonathan McClain Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330346" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330346</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psyched Up: How the Science of Mental Preparation Can Help You Succeed Author: Daniel McGinn Narrator: Jonathan McClain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: June  8, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Psyched Up by Daniel McGinn, read by Jonathan McClain. What's the difference between succeeding and failing in life's big moments? In Psyched Up, acclaimed journalist Daniel McGinn explains why mental preparation is the key to mastering any challenge. Examining the latest scientific research into the smartest ways to deal with a flood of adrenaline, increase focus, minimize negative thoughts, and optimize emotions, Psyched Up teaches you what do in the last few minutes before a major event. Drawing on interviews with high-performing professionals such as retired General Stanley McChrystal, NASCAR champion driver Jimmie Johnson and legendary tennis coach Nick Bollettieri, McGinn illustrates how to develop a personal psyching up routine and reveals why introverts and extroverts might employ different methods.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5ea1e4de43c9521298b756a903bbb803.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Secrets of Six-Figure Women: Surprising Strategies to Up Your Earnings and Change Your Life by Barbara Stanny</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/secrets-of-six-figure-women-surprising-strategies-to-up-your-earnings-and-change-your-life-by-barbara-stanny--65215702</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316677" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316677</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of Six-Figure Women: Surprising Strategies to Up Your Earnings and Change Your Life Author: Barbara Stanny Narrator: Vanessa Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 23, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 34   Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Quietly and steadily, the number of women making six figures or more is increasing and continues to rise at a rate faster than for men. From entrepreneurs to corporate executives, from white-collar professionals to freelancers and part-timers, women are forging careers with considerable financial success. In Secrets of Six-Figure Women, Barbara Stanny, journalist, motivational speaker, and financial educator, identifies the seven key strategies of female high earners: A Profit Motive, Audacity, Resilience, Encouragement, Self-Awareness, Non-Attachment, and Financial Know-How. Based on extensive research and hundreds of interviews, including more than 150 women whose annual earnings range from $100,000 to $7 million, Stanny turns each of the six-figure traits into a specific strategy for upping earnings. By rigorously fine-tuning them, listeners can, step-by-step, climb the income ladder.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316677</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215702/9781541472853.mp3" length="14437230" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316677 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of Six-Figure Women: Surprising Strategies to Up Your Earnings and Change Your Life Author: Barbara Stanny Narrator: Vanessa Daniels Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316677" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316677</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of Six-Figure Women: Surprising Strategies to Up Your Earnings and Change Your Life Author: Barbara Stanny Narrator: Vanessa Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 23, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 34   Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Quietly and steadily, the number of women making six figures or more is increasing and continues to rise at a rate faster than for men. From entrepreneurs to corporate executives, from white-collar professionals to freelancers and part-timers, women are forging careers with considerable financial success. In Secrets of Six-Figure Women, Barbara Stanny, journalist, motivational speaker, and financial educator, identifies the seven key strategies of female high earners: A Profit Motive, Audacity, Resilience, Encouragement, Self-Awareness, Non-Attachment, and Financial Know-How. Based on extensive research and hundreds of interviews, including more than 150 women whose annual earnings range from $100,000 to $7 million, Stanny turns each of the six-figure traits into a specific strategy for upping earnings. By rigorously fine-tuning them, listeners can, step-by-step, climb the income ladder.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/891719e1179c14c189ffd182ebc469ad.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Gary Player's Black Book: 60 Tips on Golf, Business, and Life from the Black Knight by Gary Player</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/gary-player-s-black-book-60-tips-on-golf-business-and-life-from-the-black-knight-by-gary-player--65215696</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316543" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316543</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gary Player's Black Book: 60 Tips on Golf, Business, and Life from the Black Knight Author: Gary Player Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 23, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Gary Player's Black Book contains fifty questions and detailed responses from eighteen-time major winner Gary Player. The book, divided into three parts, focuses on specific scenarios and problems that arise in golf, life, and business. In the first section on golf, topics include putting, scoring, etiquette, the mental side of the game, and fitness and nutrition. In the section on life, Player, the father of six and grandfather to twenty-two, addresses issues such as parenting, who to turn to when in need of advice, and more. Finally, in the section on business, he details how to deal with competition, among other topics. Player responds to questions such as: - Golf: How do I play a bunker shot from a plugged lie? - Life: I feel like I’ve lost the passion for what I do. How do I get that back? - Business: When people criticize my work I take it very personally. How do you handle criticism? Player draws from both on and off the course experiences dealing with competitors, businesspeople, and family. In doing so, he offers a unique glimpse into handling adversity with regard to these relationships. The advice that he offers is invaluable to fans of all ages.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316543</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215696/9781541474291.mp3" length="14437206" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316543 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gary Player's Black Book: 60 Tips on Golf, Business, and Life from the Black Knight Author: Gary Player Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316543" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316543</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gary Player's Black Book: 60 Tips on Golf, Business, and Life from the Black Knight Author: Gary Player Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 23, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Gary Player's Black Book contains fifty questions and detailed responses from eighteen-time major winner Gary Player. The book, divided into three parts, focuses on specific scenarios and problems that arise in golf, life, and business. In the first section on golf, topics include putting, scoring, etiquette, the mental side of the game, and fitness and nutrition. In the section on life, Player, the father of six and grandfather to twenty-two, addresses issues such as parenting, who to turn to when in need of advice, and more. Finally, in the section on business, he details how to deal with competition, among other topics. Player responds to questions such as: - Golf: How do I play a bunker shot from a plugged lie? - Life: I feel like I’ve lost the passion for what I do. How do I get that back? - Business: When people criticize my work I take it very personally. How do you handle criticism? Player draws from both on and off the course experiences dealing with competitors, businesspeople, and family. In doing so, he offers a unique glimpse into handling adversity with regard to these relationships. The advice that he offers is invaluable to fans of all ages.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ea409168c6241f63da6152caeef9a0b0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Power of Little Ideas: A Low-Risk, High-Reward Approach to Innovation by David Robertson, Kent Lineback</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-little-ideas-a-low-risk-high-reward-approach-to-innovation-by-david-robertson-kent-lineback--65215695</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321977" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321977</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Little Ideas: A Low-Risk, High-Reward Approach to Innovation Author: David Robertson, Kent Lineback Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: May  2, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Conventional wisdom today says that to survive, companies must move beyond incremental, sustaining innovation and invest in some form of radical innovation. 'Disrupt yourself or be disrupted!' is the relentless message company leaders hear. The Power of Little Ideas argues there's a 'third way' that is neither sustaining nor disruptive. This low-risk, high-reward strategy is an approach to innovation that all company leaders should understand so that they recognize it when their competitors practice it, and apply it when it will give them a competitive advantage. This distinctive approach has three key elements: - It consists of creating a family of complementary innovations around a product or service, all of which work together to make that product more appealing and competitive. - The complementary innovations work together as a system to carry out a single strategy or purpose. - Crucially, unlike disruptive or radical innovation, innovating around a key product does not change the central product in any fundamental way. In this powerful, practical book, Wharton professor David Robertson illustrates how many well-known companies, including CarMax, GoPro, LEGO, Gatorade, Disney, USAA, Novo Nordisk, and many others, used this approach to stave off competitive threats and achieve great success. He outlines the organizational practices that unintentionally torpedo this approach to innovation in many companies and shows how organizations can overcome those challenges. Aimed at leaders seeking strategies for sustained innovation, and at the quickly growing numbers of managers involved with creating new products, The Power of Little Ideas provides a logical, organic, and enduring third way to innovate.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321977</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215695/9781501959660.mp3" length="2437173" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321977 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Little Ideas: A Low-Risk, High-Reward Approach to Innovation Author: David Robertson, Kent Lineback Narrator: Graham Winton Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321977" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321977</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Little Ideas: A Low-Risk, High-Reward Approach to Innovation Author: David Robertson, Kent Lineback Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: May  2, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Conventional wisdom today says that to survive, companies must move beyond incremental, sustaining innovation and invest in some form of radical innovation. 'Disrupt yourself or be disrupted!' is the relentless message company leaders hear. The Power of Little Ideas argues there's a 'third way' that is neither sustaining nor disruptive. This low-risk, high-reward strategy is an approach to innovation that all company leaders should understand so that they recognize it when their competitors practice it, and apply it when it will give them a competitive advantage. This distinctive approach has three key elements: - It consists of creating a family of complementary innovations around a product or service, all of which work together to make that product more appealing and competitive. - The complementary innovations work together as a system to carry out a single strategy or purpose. - Crucially, unlike disruptive or radical innovation, innovating around a key product does not change the central product in any fundamental way. In this powerful, practical book, Wharton professor David Robertson illustrates how many well-known companies, including CarMax, GoPro, LEGO, Gatorade, Disney, USAA, Novo Nordisk, and many others, used this approach to stave off competitive threats and achieve great success. He outlines the organizational practices that unintentionally torpedo this approach to innovation in many companies and shows how organizations can overcome those challenges. Aimed at leaders seeking strategies for sustained innovation, and at the quickly growing numbers of managers involved with creating new products, The Power of Little Ideas provides a logical, organic, and enduring third way to innovate.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b54a55611f1ee2d787668aeeff60de3c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - ¡Cierre las brechas!: Diríjase a un desempeno mAs alto y ¡consígalo! by James C. Robinson, Dana Robinson, Ken Blanchard</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-cierre-las-brechas-dirijase-a-un-desempeno-mas-alto-y-consigalo-by-james-c-robinson-dana-robinson-ken-blanchard--65215537</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340096" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340096</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ¡Cierre las brechas!: Diríjase a un desempeno mAs alto y ¡consígalo! Author: James C. Robinson, Dana Robinson, Ken Blanchard Narrator: Johnny Pena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 28, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  «Si un desempeño pobre está atacando a su empresa, no se deje atrapar. Saque provecho de ¡Cierre las brechas!». —Harvey Mackay, autor del best seller del New York Times Nada entre tiburones sin que te coman vivo «Este libro describe un enfoque, un marco para la acción y unas herramientas que pueden mejorar el desempeño general de una compañía mediante su personal. Este es un libro que tanto los gerentes de Recursos Humanos como los supervisores inmediatos deben leer». —Mike Woerner, director de Recursos Humanos, Wawa, Inc. Gracias a sus clásicos empresariales, como El nuevo mánager al minuto y El autoliderazgo y el ejecutivo al minuto, el autor best seller Ken Blanchard se ha convertido en un gurú de los negocios reconocido nacionalmente que presenta nuevos enfoques revolucionarios sobre la gerencia, el liderazgo, el servicio al cliente y más. Ahora, Blanchard trabaja en equipo con Dana y Jim Robinson para enfrentar el problema crucial del desempeño humano en ¡Cierre las brechas!, una divertida parabola de negocios que combina el talento de Blanchard para contar historias con el enfoque pionero de los Robinson sobre la resolución de problemas. Los gerentes de todos los niveles que laboran en las organizaciones a menudo identifican un problema y se lanzan de inmediato a resolverlo. Sin embargo, muchas veces la solución no resuelve el problema, porque el gerente no descubrió la raíz del asunto. Blanchard y sus coautores están aquí para enseñarle a evitar que caiga en esta... trampa destructora. En ¡Cierre las brechas!, Bill Ambers, el director de servicio al cliente en una firma de alta tecnología, se encuentra con un problema en la empresa: su centro de llamadas no está alcanzando el número de llamadas estipulados. Con la ayuda de Michael St. Vincent, jardinero y legendario jefe de Saint’s Nurseries and Landscaping, aprende a cavar sistemáticamente hasta encontrar la raíz del problema, y al hacerlo descubre tanto el enfoque de BRECHAS en cuanto a mejorar el rendimiento y una herramienta llamada Cerrador de brechas. Con su fascinante historia, sus ejemplos vívidos y su enfoque amistoso hacia el lector, ¡Cierre las brechas! es de lectura obligatoria para todo aquel que busca identificar y corregir los factores que impactan negativamente el desempeño, de tal manera que el impacto determinante es significativo y mensurable.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340096</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215537/9781418597351.mp3" length="1478266" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340096 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ¡Cierre las brechas!: Diríjase a un desempeno mAs alto y ¡consígalo! Author: James C. Robinson, Dana Robinson, Ken Blanchard Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340096" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340096</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ¡Cierre las brechas!: Diríjase a un desempeno mAs alto y ¡consígalo! Author: James C. Robinson, Dana Robinson, Ken Blanchard Narrator: Johnny Pena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 28, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  «Si un desempeño pobre está atacando a su empresa, no se deje atrapar. Saque provecho de ¡Cierre las brechas!». —Harvey Mackay, autor del best seller del New York Times Nada entre tiburones sin que te coman vivo «Este libro describe un enfoque, un marco para la acción y unas herramientas que pueden mejorar el desempeño general de una compañía mediante su personal. Este es un libro que tanto los gerentes de Recursos Humanos como los supervisores inmediatos deben leer». —Mike Woerner, director de Recursos Humanos, Wawa, Inc. Gracias a sus clásicos empresariales, como El nuevo mánager al minuto y El autoliderazgo y el ejecutivo al minuto, el autor best seller Ken Blanchard se ha convertido en un gurú de los negocios reconocido nacionalmente que presenta nuevos enfoques revolucionarios sobre la gerencia, el liderazgo, el servicio al cliente y más. Ahora, Blanchard trabaja en equipo con Dana y Jim Robinson para enfrentar el problema crucial del desempeño humano en ¡Cierre las brechas!, una divertida parabola de negocios que combina el talento de Blanchard para contar historias con el enfoque pionero de los Robinson sobre la resolución de problemas. Los gerentes de todos los niveles que laboran en las organizaciones a menudo identifican un problema y se lanzan de inmediato a resolverlo. Sin embargo, muchas veces la solución no resuelve el problema, porque el gerente no descubrió la raíz del asunto. Blanchard y sus coautores están aquí para enseñarle a evitar que caiga en esta... trampa destructora. En ¡Cierre las brechas!, Bill Ambers, el director de servicio al cliente en una firma de alta tecnología, se encuentra con un problema en la empresa: su centro de llamadas no está alcanzando el número de llamadas estipulados. Con la ayuda de Michael St. Vincent, jardinero y legendario jefe de Saint’s Nurseries and Landscaping, aprende a cavar sistemáticamente hasta encontrar la raíz del problema, y al hacerlo descubre tanto el enfoque de BRECHAS en cuanto a mejorar el rendimiento y una herramienta llamada Cerrador de brechas. Con su fascinante historia, sus ejemplos vívidos y su enfoque amistoso hacia el lector, ¡Cierre las brechas! es de lectura obligatoria para todo aquel que busca identificar y corregir los factores que impactan negativamente el desempeño, de tal manera que el impacto determinante es significativo y mensurable.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/dee9b2c6659c689408b7a36f09703f71.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Fail Better: Design Smart Mistakes and Succeed Sooner by Anjali Sastry, Kara Penn</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/fail-better-design-smart-mistakes-and-succeed-sooner-by-anjali-sastry-kara-penn--65215675</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321844" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321844</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fail Better: Design Smart Mistakes and Succeed Sooner Author: Anjali Sastry, Kara Penn Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 24, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  If you're aiming to innovate, failure along the way is a given. But can you fail better? Whether you're rolling out a new product from a city-view office or rolling up your sleeves to deliver a social service in the field, learning why and how to embrace failure can help you do better, faster. Smart leaders, entrepreneurs, and change agents design their innovation projects with a key idea in mind: ensure that every failure is maximally useful. In Fail Better, Anjali Sastry and Kara Penn show how to create the conditions, culture, and habits to systematically, ruthlessly, and quickly figure out what works, in three steps: 1. Launch every innovation project with the right groundwork 2. Build and refine ideas and products through iterative action 3. Identify and embed the learning Fail Better teaches you how to design your efforts to test the boundaries of your thinking, explore crucial interdependencies, and find the factors that can shift results from just acceptable to groundbreaking-or even world-changing. Practical instructions intertwined with compelling real-world examples show you how to: - Make predictions and map system relationships ahead of time so you can better assess results - Establish how much failure you can afford - Prioritize project activities for disconfirmation and iteration - Learn from every action step by collecting and examining the right data - Support efficient, productive habits to link action and reflection - Distill, share, and embed the lessons from every success and failure You may be a Fortune 500 manager, scrappy start-up innovator, social impact visionary, or simply leading your own small project. If you aim to break through without breaking the bank-or ruining your reputation-this book is for you.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321844</guid><pubDate>Fri, 24 Mar 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215675/9781501946073.mp3" length="2437157" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321844 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fail Better: Design Smart Mistakes and Succeed Sooner Author: Anjali Sastry, Kara Penn Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321844" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321844</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fail Better: Design Smart Mistakes and Succeed Sooner Author: Anjali Sastry, Kara Penn Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 24, 2017 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  If you're aiming to innovate, failure along the way is a given. But can you fail better? Whether you're rolling out a new product from a city-view office or rolling up your sleeves to deliver a social service in the field, learning why and how to embrace failure can help you do better, faster. Smart leaders, entrepreneurs, and change agents design their innovation projects with a key idea in mind: ensure that every failure is maximally useful. In Fail Better, Anjali Sastry and Kara Penn show how to create the conditions, culture, and habits to systematically, ruthlessly, and quickly figure out what works, in three steps: 1. Launch every innovation project with the right groundwork 2. Build and refine ideas and products through iterative action 3. Identify and embed the learning Fail Better teaches you how to design your efforts to test the boundaries of your thinking, explore crucial interdependencies, and find the factors that can shift results from just acceptable to groundbreaking-or even world-changing. Practical instructions intertwined with compelling real-world examples show you how to: - Make predictions and map system relationships ahead of time so you can better assess results - Establish how much failure you can afford - Prioritize project activities for disconfirmation and iteration - Learn from every action step by collecting and examining the right data - Support efficient, productive habits to link action and reflection - Distill, share, and embed the lessons from every success and failure You may be a Fortune 500 manager, scrappy start-up innovator, social impact visionary, or simply leading your own small project. If you aim to break through without breaking the bank-or ruining your reputation-this book is for you.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f6c92f35a09e538a0a5708b1bb34073b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Mind As Builder: The Positive Mind Metaphysics of Edgar Cayce by Mitch Horowitz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/mind-as-builder-the-positive-mind-metaphysics-of-edgar-cayce-by-mitch-horowitz--65215556</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333399" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333399</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind As Builder: The Positive Mind Metaphysics of Edgar Cayce Author: Mitch Horowitz Narrator: Mitch Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: January  1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Gain a whole new perspective on Edgar Cayce’s core principle that “mind is the builder”—and what it means for you.  In this electrifying and practical book, acclaimed author Mitch Horowitz explores the inner meaning of Edgar Cayce’s positive-mind principles, and how to use them in your life. With brevity and precision, Mitch combines history and hands-on instruction to open a new window on power of thought, the ways that current science is validating metaphysics, and how to use Cayce’s mind philosophy to improve and expand your life.  What They’re Saying About Mitch Horowitz… Deepak Chopra: “Simply brilliant”          Ken Burns: “Wonderfully inspirational” Publishers Weekly: “Spell-binding”          Paris Match: “Convincing” Washington Times: “Remarkable”           Christian Science Monitor: “Thoughtful”]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333399</guid><pubDate>Sun, 01 Jan 2017 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215556/9781469036076.mp3" length="14437233" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333399 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind As Builder: The Positive Mind Metaphysics of Edgar Cayce Author: Mitch Horowitz Narrator: Mitch Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333399" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333399</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind As Builder: The Positive Mind Metaphysics of Edgar Cayce Author: Mitch Horowitz Narrator: Mitch Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: January  1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Gain a whole new perspective on Edgar Cayce’s core principle that “mind is the builder”—and what it means for you.  In this electrifying and practical book, acclaimed author Mitch Horowitz explores the inner meaning of Edgar Cayce’s positive-mind principles, and how to use them in your life. With brevity and precision, Mitch combines history and hands-on instruction to open a new window on power of thought, the ways that current science is validating metaphysics, and how to use Cayce’s mind philosophy to improve and expand your life.  What They’re Saying About Mitch Horowitz… Deepak Chopra: “Simply brilliant”          Ken Burns: “Wonderfully inspirational” Publishers Weekly: “Spell-binding”          Paris Match: “Convincing” Washington Times: “Remarkable”           Christian Science Monitor: “Thoughtful”]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0769dc01d560de946d6fd5c39944b995.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The First Mile: A Launch Manual for Getting Great Ideas Into the Market by Scott D. Anthony</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-first-mile-a-launch-manual-for-getting-great-ideas-into-the-market-by-scott-d-anthony--65215691</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321725" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321725</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First Mile: A Launch Manual for Getting Great Ideas Into the Market Author: Scott D. Anthony Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: December  9, 2016 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  You have a great idea, now what? That first mile-where an innovation moves from an idea on paper to the market-is often plagued by failure. In fact, less than one percent of ideas launched by big companies end up having real impact. The ideas aren't the problem. It's the process. The First Mile focuses on the critical moment when an innovator moves from planning to reality. It is a perilous place where hidden traps snare entrepreneurs and roadblocks slow innovators inside large companies. In this practical and enlightening manual, strategic adviser Scott Anthony equips innovators with new tools, questions, and examples to speed through this crucial early stage of innovation. You'll learn: - How to evaluate your idea's strengths and weaknesses using the 'DEFT' process-Document, Evaluate, Focus, and Test - Fourteen recipes from an 'experiment cookbook' to gain confidence in your idea or business - Why 'spinouts,' 'wrong turns,' and other challenges commonly trip up innovation-and the practical strategies you can use to avoid them - Why innovators need to seek chaos in an age of constant change-and other essential leadership skills Drawing on his decade of experience as an innovation adviser and investor, Anthony describes hard-won lessons from disruptive start-ups and global giants alike. The First Mile will give you the knowledge and confidence to travel this perilous-but ultimately promising-terrain. The first mile can be a scary place, but you don't have to traverse it alone. This book can help.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321725</guid><pubDate>Fri, 09 Dec 2016 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215691/9781501945649.mp3" length="2437149" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321725 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First Mile: A Launch Manual for Getting Great Ideas Into the Market Author: Scott D. Anthony Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321725" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321725</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First Mile: A Launch Manual for Getting Great Ideas Into the Market Author: Scott D. Anthony Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: December  9, 2016 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  You have a great idea, now what? That first mile-where an innovation moves from an idea on paper to the market-is often plagued by failure. In fact, less than one percent of ideas launched by big companies end up having real impact. The ideas aren't the problem. It's the process. The First Mile focuses on the critical moment when an innovator moves from planning to reality. It is a perilous place where hidden traps snare entrepreneurs and roadblocks slow innovators inside large companies. In this practical and enlightening manual, strategic adviser Scott Anthony equips innovators with new tools, questions, and examples to speed through this crucial early stage of innovation. You'll learn: - How to evaluate your idea's strengths and weaknesses using the 'DEFT' process-Document, Evaluate, Focus, and Test - Fourteen recipes from an 'experiment cookbook' to gain confidence in your idea or business - Why 'spinouts,' 'wrong turns,' and other challenges commonly trip up innovation-and the practical strategies you can use to avoid them - Why innovators need to seek chaos in an age of constant change-and other essential leadership skills Drawing on his decade of experience as an innovation adviser and investor, Anthony describes hard-won lessons from disruptive start-ups and global giants alike. The First Mile will give you the knowledge and confidence to travel this perilous-but ultimately promising-terrain. The first mile can be a scary place, but you don't have to traverse it alone. This book can help.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/234f45034da9a54b606ad279b6b6e387.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Risk-Driven Business Model: Four Questions That Will Define Your Company by Serguei Netessine, Karan Girotra</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-risk-driven-business-model-four-questions-that-will-define-your-company-by-serguei-netessine-karan-girotra--65215688</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321719" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321719</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Risk-Driven Business Model: Four Questions That Will Define Your Company Author: Serguei Netessine, Karan Girotra Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: December  2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  How to outsmart risk Risk has been defined as the potential for losing something of value. In business, that value could be your original investment or your expected future returns. The Risk-Driven Business Model will help you manage risk better by showing how the key choices you make in designing your business models either increase or reduce two characteristic types of risk-information risk, when you make decisions without enough information, and incentive-alignment risk, when decision makers' incentives are at odds with the broader goals of the company. Leaders who understand how the structure of their business model affects risk have the power to create wealth, revolutionize industries, and shape a better world. INSEAD's Karan Girotra and Serguei Netessine, noted operations and innovation professors who have consulted with dozens of companies, walk you through a business model audit to determine what key decisions get made in a business, when they get made, who makes them, and why we make the decisions we do. By changing your company's key decisions within this framework, you can fundamentally alter the risks that will impact your business. This book is for entrepreneurs and executives in companies involved in dynamic industries where the locus of risk is shifting, and includes lessons from Zipcar, Blockbuster, Apple, Benetton, Kickstarter, Walmart, and dozens of other global companies. The Risk-Driven Business Model demystifies business model risk, with clear directives aimed at improving decision making and driving your business forward.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321719</guid><pubDate>Fri, 02 Dec 2016 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215688/9781501945663.mp3" length="2437180" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321719 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Risk-Driven Business Model: Four Questions That Will Define Your Company Author: Serguei Netessine, Karan Girotra Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321719" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321719</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Risk-Driven Business Model: Four Questions That Will Define Your Company Author: Serguei Netessine, Karan Girotra Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: December  2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  How to outsmart risk Risk has been defined as the potential for losing something of value. In business, that value could be your original investment or your expected future returns. The Risk-Driven Business Model will help you manage risk better by showing how the key choices you make in designing your business models either increase or reduce two characteristic types of risk-information risk, when you make decisions without enough information, and incentive-alignment risk, when decision makers' incentives are at odds with the broader goals of the company. Leaders who understand how the structure of their business model affects risk have the power to create wealth, revolutionize industries, and shape a better world. INSEAD's Karan Girotra and Serguei Netessine, noted operations and innovation professors who have consulted with dozens of companies, walk you through a business model audit to determine what key decisions get made in a business, when they get made, who makes them, and why we make the decisions we do. By changing your company's key decisions within this framework, you can fundamentally alter the risks that will impact your business. This book is for entrepreneurs and executives in companies involved in dynamic industries where the locus of risk is shifting, and includes lessons from Zipcar, Blockbuster, Apple, Benetton, Kickstarter, Walmart, and dozens of other global companies. The Risk-Driven Business Model demystifies business model risk, with clear directives aimed at improving decision making and driving your business forward.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e93848cfad910554a33abd6893071c86.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Jobs To Be Done: A Roadmap for Customer-Centered Innovation by Stephen Wunker, Jessica Wattman, David Farber</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/jobs-to-be-done-a-roadmap-for-customer-centered-innovation-by-stephen-wunker-jessica-wattman-david-farber--65215552</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333400" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333400</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jobs To Be Done: A Roadmap for Customer-Centered Innovation Author: Stephen Wunker, Jessica Wattman, David Farber Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: November  7, 2016 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In a challenging economy filled with nimble competitors, no one can afford to stagnate. Yet, innovation is notoriously difficult. Only 1 in 100 new products are successful enough to cover development costs, and even fewer impact a company's growth trajectory. So how do you pinpoint the winning ideas that customers will love?    Sifting through purchasing data for clues about what might sell or haphazardly brainstorming ideas are typical strategies. But Jobs to Be Done offers a far more precise and effective approach: determining the drivers of customer behavior--those functional and emotional goals that people want to achieve. Using the Jobs method, it becomes easy to see that people don't really need a 1/4-inch drill bit, but a 1/4-inch hole. They're not just buying ice cream, but also celebration, bonding, and indulgence.   This simple shift in perspective opens up new insights about your customers and a wealth of hidden opportunities. Social media newcomer Snapchat, for example, used the Jobs process to capture the millennial demographic. By reducing functionality, the company satisfied its users' unmet need to document real life, in the moment, without filters and 'like' buttons.    Packed with similar examples from every industry, this complete innovation guide explains both foundational concepts and a detailed action plan developed by innovation expert Stephen Wunker and his team. From unlocking customer insights to ideation to iteration, you'll learn how to:   * Figure out what customers really want, even if they can't express it * Sort out valuable insights from less useful customer data  * Dig into the underlying 'why' of consumer behavior, not just the 'what' * Target unaddressed jobs to be done that have the power to disrupt  * Identify key customer segments you didn't know existed * Develop solutions that work with ingrained habits, not against them * Use a Jobs-based lens to get a broader view of the competition * Generate better ideas in brainstorming sessions and vet your solutions * Sidestep common mistakes, such as engaging in 'feature wars'  * Spot emerging trends that are changing how customers will behave * Work customer insights into the design process * And much more   Jobs to Be Done gives you a clear-cut framework for thinking about your business, outlines a roadmap for discovering new markets, new products and services, and helps you generate creative opportunities to innovate your way to success.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333400</guid><pubDate>Mon, 07 Nov 2016 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215552/9781469005287.mp3" length="14437254" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333400 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jobs To Be Done: A Roadmap for Customer-Centered Innovation Author: Stephen Wunker, Jessica Wattman, David Farber Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333400" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333400</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jobs To Be Done: A Roadmap for Customer-Centered Innovation Author: Stephen Wunker, Jessica Wattman, David Farber Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: November  7, 2016 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In a challenging economy filled with nimble competitors, no one can afford to stagnate. Yet, innovation is notoriously difficult. Only 1 in 100 new products are successful enough to cover development costs, and even fewer impact a company's growth trajectory. So how do you pinpoint the winning ideas that customers will love?    Sifting through purchasing data for clues about what might sell or haphazardly brainstorming ideas are typical strategies. But Jobs to Be Done offers a far more precise and effective approach: determining the drivers of customer behavior--those functional and emotional goals that people want to achieve. Using the Jobs method, it becomes easy to see that people don't really need a 1/4-inch drill bit, but a 1/4-inch hole. They're not just buying ice cream, but also celebration, bonding, and indulgence.   This simple shift in perspective opens up new insights about your customers and a wealth of hidden opportunities. Social media newcomer Snapchat, for example, used the Jobs process to capture the millennial demographic. By reducing functionality, the company satisfied its users' unmet need to document real life, in the moment, without filters and 'like' buttons.    Packed with similar examples from every industry, this complete innovation guide explains both foundational concepts and a detailed action plan developed by innovation expert Stephen Wunker and his team. From unlocking customer insights to ideation to iteration, you'll learn how to:   * Figure out what customers really want, even if they can't express it * Sort out valuable insights from less useful customer data  * Dig into the underlying 'why' of consumer behavior, not just the 'what' * Target unaddressed jobs to be done that have the power to disrupt  * Identify key customer segments you didn't know existed * Develop solutions that work with ingrained habits, not against them * Use a Jobs-based lens to get a broader view of the competition * Generate better ideas in brainstorming sessions and vet your solutions * Sidestep common mistakes, such as engaging in 'feature wars'  * Spot emerging trends that are changing how customers will behave * Work customer insights into the design process * And much more   Jobs to Be Done gives you a clear-cut framework for thinking about your business, outlines a roadmap for discovering new markets, new products and services, and helps you generate creative opportunities to innovate your way to success.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/25c5317da56a3adbfc32675a239c19cd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Elegant Pitch: Create a Compelling Recommendation, Build Broad Support, and Get It Approved by Mike Figliuolo</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-elegant-pitch-create-a-compelling-recommendation-build-broad-support-and-get-it-approved-by-mike-figliuolo--65215575</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334882" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334882</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elegant Pitch: Create a Compelling Recommendation, Build Broad Support, and Get It Approved Author: Mike Figliuolo Narrator: Scott Merriman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: November  1, 2016 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  'We're sorry but your recommendation wasn't approved.'We've all heard those words; it's a sentence that swallows your hopes and crushes your confidence.Getting ideas or projects approved and securing the resources needed to implement them is one of the greatest challenges business leaders face. With multiple stakeholders, constrained budgets, and competing agendas, it's difficult to cut through the clutter and garner the required support.The Elegant Pitch provides a simple, proven process to go from idea to approval more quickly and effectively than ever before. This is the same method used by elite strategy consulting firms such as McKinsey &amp; Co. and Bain Consulting. But you don't have to be a high-priced consultant to master a process that promises:• Clearer and more compelling recommendations and ideas. • Shorter and crisper communications. • Greater efficiency. • Shorter and fewer meetings. • More efficient decision-making processes. • A higher likelihood of getting your recommendations approved.Do less work, hold fewer and shorter meetings, and get ideas approved on the first pass? Sign me up!By using the methods in The Elegant Pitch, you can get to 'yes' more quickly and drive the results that set you apart from the crowd.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334882</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2016 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215575/9781511376488.mp3" length="1478250" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334882 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elegant Pitch: Create a Compelling Recommendation, Build Broad Support, and Get It Approved Author: Mike Figliuolo Narrator: Scott Merriman Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334882" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334882</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elegant Pitch: Create a Compelling Recommendation, Build Broad Support, and Get It Approved Author: Mike Figliuolo Narrator: Scott Merriman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: November  1, 2016 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  'We're sorry but your recommendation wasn't approved.'We've all heard those words; it's a sentence that swallows your hopes and crushes your confidence.Getting ideas or projects approved and securing the resources needed to implement them is one of the greatest challenges business leaders face. With multiple stakeholders, constrained budgets, and competing agendas, it's difficult to cut through the clutter and garner the required support.The Elegant Pitch provides a simple, proven process to go from idea to approval more quickly and effectively than ever before. This is the same method used by elite strategy consulting firms such as McKinsey &amp; Co. and Bain Consulting. But you don't have to be a high-priced consultant to master a process that promises:• Clearer and more compelling recommendations and ideas. • Shorter and crisper communications. • Greater efficiency. • Shorter and fewer meetings. • More efficient decision-making processes. • A higher likelihood of getting your recommendations approved.Do less work, hold fewer and shorter meetings, and get ideas approved on the first pass? Sign me up!By using the methods in The Elegant Pitch, you can get to 'yes' more quickly and drive the results that set you apart from the crowd.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c35edd73092dc027359ff15688e5be0e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Innovator's Method: Bringing the Lean Start-up into Your Organization by Jeffrey Dyer, Nathan Furr</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-innovator-s-method-bringing-the-lean-start-up-into-your-organization-by-jeffrey-dyer-nathan-furr--65215648</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321619" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321619</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovator's Method: Bringing the Lean Start-up into Your Organization Author: Jeffrey Dyer, Nathan Furr Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Have you ever come up with an idea for a new product or service but didn't take any action because you thought it would be too risky? Or at work, have you had what you thought could be a big idea for your company-perhaps changing the way you develop or distribute a product, provide customer service, or hire and train your employees? If you have, but you haven't known how to take the next step, you need to understand what the authors call the innovator's method-a set of tools emerging from lean start-up, design thinking, and agile software development that are revolutionizing how new ideas are created, refined, and brought to market. To date these tools have helped entrepreneurs, designers, and software developers manage uncertainty-through cheap and rapid experiments that systematically lower failure rates and risk. But many managers and leaders struggle to apply these powerful tools within their organizations, as they often run counter to traditional managerial thinking and practice. Authors Nathan Furr and Jeff Dyer wrote this book to address that very problem. Following the breakout success of The Innovator's DNA-which Dyer wrote with Hal Gregersen and bestselling author Clay Christensen to provide a framework for generating ideas-this book shows how to make those ideas actually happen, to commercialize them for success. Based on their research inside corporations and successful start-ups, Furr and Dyer developed the innovator's method, an end-to-end process for creating, refining, and bringing ideas to market. They show when and how to apply the tools of their method, how to adapt them to your business, and how to answer commonly asked questions about the method itself, including: How do we know if this idea is worth pursuing? Have we found the right solution? What is the best business model for this new offering? This book focuses on the 'how'-how to test, how to validate, and how to commercialize ideas with the lean, design, and agile techniques successful start-ups use. Whether you're launching a start-up, leading an established one, or simply working to get a new product off the ground in an existing company, this book is for you.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321619</guid><pubDate>Fri, 14 Oct 2016 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215648/9781501943799.mp3" length="2437169" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321619 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovator's Method: Bringing the Lean Start-up into Your Organization Author: Jeffrey Dyer, Nathan Furr Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321619" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321619</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovator's Method: Bringing the Lean Start-up into Your Organization Author: Jeffrey Dyer, Nathan Furr Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Have you ever come up with an idea for a new product or service but didn't take any action because you thought it would be too risky? Or at work, have you had what you thought could be a big idea for your company-perhaps changing the way you develop or distribute a product, provide customer service, or hire and train your employees? If you have, but you haven't known how to take the next step, you need to understand what the authors call the innovator's method-a set of tools emerging from lean start-up, design thinking, and agile software development that are revolutionizing how new ideas are created, refined, and brought to market. To date these tools have helped entrepreneurs, designers, and software developers manage uncertainty-through cheap and rapid experiments that systematically lower failure rates and risk. But many managers and leaders struggle to apply these powerful tools within their organizations, as they often run counter to traditional managerial thinking and practice. Authors Nathan Furr and Jeff Dyer wrote this book to address that very problem. Following the breakout success of The Innovator's DNA-which Dyer wrote with Hal Gregersen and bestselling author Clay Christensen to provide a framework for generating ideas-this book shows how to make those ideas actually happen, to commercialize them for success. Based on their research inside corporations and successful start-ups, Furr and Dyer developed the innovator's method, an end-to-end process for creating, refining, and bringing ideas to market. They show when and how to apply the tools of their method, how to adapt them to your business, and how to answer commonly asked questions about the method itself, including: How do we know if this idea is worth pursuing? Have we found the right solution? What is the best business model for this new offering? This book focuses on the 'how'-how to test, how to validate, and how to commercialize ideas with the lean, design, and agile techniques successful start-ups use. Whether you're launching a start-up, leading an established one, or simply working to get a new product off the ground in an existing company, this book is for you.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5b93f5fa3d3b8ed0111f573142cfd99e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Secrets of Successful Selling Habits by Zig Ziglar, Tom Ziglar</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-secrets-of-successful-selling-habits-by-zig-ziglar-tom-ziglar--65215629</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333401" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333401</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Successful Selling Habits Author: Zig Ziglar, Tom Ziglar Narrator: Zig Ziglar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In this all-time classic recording, updated by Tom Ziglar to address unique selling challenges in the 21st Century, you’ll get coached by the master—Zig Ziglar—in what he calls “the proud profession!' Zig Ziglar has been called the man who helped turn selling into a profession to be proud of. In this exciting audio seminar recorded before an enthusiastic live audience, Zig Ziglar tells you: How to relate best to your customer The importance of maintaining a positive attitude The importance of servicing your accounts 25 successful sales habits you must develop Why if you’re good at selling, it’s the most secure job you’ll ever find Effective use of the phone and other technology in sales How to turn objections into sales. The secrets of great sales presentations. And much more!   Nobody can make a career in selling sound better than Zig Ziglar can. That’s because he sincerely believes in his product. When he tells you it’s the best career known to man, he really believes it. Once you’ve experienced this inspiring presentation from Zig Ziglar, you will too!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333401</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2016 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215629/9781469005225.mp3" length="14437222" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333401 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Successful Selling Habits Author: Zig Ziglar, Tom Ziglar Narrator: Zig Ziglar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333401" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333401</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Successful Selling Habits Author: Zig Ziglar, Tom Ziglar Narrator: Zig Ziglar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In this all-time classic recording, updated by Tom Ziglar to address unique selling challenges in the 21st Century, you’ll get coached by the master—Zig Ziglar—in what he calls “the proud profession!' Zig Ziglar has been called the man who helped turn selling into a profession to be proud of. In this exciting audio seminar recorded before an enthusiastic live audience, Zig Ziglar tells you: How to relate best to your customer The importance of maintaining a positive attitude The importance of servicing your accounts 25 successful sales habits you must develop Why if you’re good at selling, it’s the most secure job you’ll ever find Effective use of the phone and other technology in sales How to turn objections into sales. The secrets of great sales presentations. And much more!   Nobody can make a career in selling sound better than Zig Ziglar can. That’s because he sincerely believes in his product. When he tells you it’s the best career known to man, he really believes it. Once you’ve experienced this inspiring presentation from Zig Ziglar, you will too!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/73da4cb12b5c267df459cd8856303a8d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Mentor 101 by John C. Maxwell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-mentor-101-by-john-c-maxwell--65215592</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325171" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325171</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mentor 101 Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Eduardo Gonzalez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 11, 2016 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Otro gran librito lleno de sabiduría e instrucción para añadir a la exitosa serie 101 de John C. Maxwell. Basándose en muchos de los éxitos de librería de John Maxwell, este libro explora los principios eternos que se han convertido en el estilo característico del doctor Maxwell. Con voz concisa y franca, Maxwell se enfoca en las cualidades esenciales y probadas por el tiempo que son necesarias para el desarrollo de relaciones de mentor que marcan la diferencia en la vida de sus colegas y de su negocio.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325171</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2016 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215592/9780718094775.mp3" length="1477583" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325171 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mentor 101 Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Eduardo Gonzalez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 49 minutes Release date: October...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325171" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325171</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mentor 101 Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Eduardo Gonzalez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 11, 2016 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Otro gran librito lleno de sabiduría e instrucción para añadir a la exitosa serie 101 de John C. Maxwell. Basándose en muchos de los éxitos de librería de John Maxwell, este libro explora los principios eternos que se han convertido en el estilo característico del doctor Maxwell. Con voz concisa y franca, Maxwell se enfoca en las cualidades esenciales y probadas por el tiempo que son necesarias para el desarrollo de relaciones de mentor que marcan la diferencia en la vida de sus colegas y de su negocio.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/04326fa517572b4261be3d35b9594365.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Only Sales Guide You'll Ever Need by Anthony Iannarino</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-only-sales-guide-you-ll-ever-need-by-anthony-iannarino--65215587</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333403" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333403</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Sales Guide You'll Ever Need Author: Anthony Iannarino Narrator: Anthony Iannarino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  'Contrary to what most underperformers claim, sales success is not situational. It's not about the market, the product, the company, or the competition. No, it's all about the seller—the individual.' —from the Foreword   Anthony Iannarino never set out to become a salesman, let alone a sales manager, speaker, coach, or writer of the most prominent blog about the art and science of great selling. He fell into his profession by accident, as a day job while pursuing rock-and-roll stardom.   Once he realized he'd never become the next Mick Jagger, Iannarino turned his focus to a question that's been debated for at least a century: Why are a small number of salespeople in any field hugely successful, while the rest are stuck with mediocre results at best? Since then, and for over twenty-five years, he has read hundreds of books, tested countless strategies, and interviewed dozens of the best salespeople to figure out what sets the extraordinary ones apart from the rest. Now he's boiled down everything he's learned and tested into one convenient audiobook, packed with useful material for everyone from raw rookies to tested veterans. He focuses on the building blocks that all successful sellers, regardless of industry or organization, share: a mind-set of powerful beliefs and a skill-set of key actions. He explores nineteen essential traits and skills that nearly all great salespeople have, including...   ·Self-discipline: How to keep your commitments to yourself and others. ·Accountability: How to own the outcomes you sell. ·Competitiveness: How to embrace competition rather than let it intimidate you. ·Resourcefulness: How to blend your imagination, experience, and knowledge into unique solutions. ·Storytelling: How to create deeper relationships by presenting a story in which the client is the hero and you're their guide. ·Diagnosing: How to look below the surface to figure out someone else's real challenges and needs. Once you learn Iannarino's core strategies, picking up the specific tactics for your product and customers will be that much easier. Whether you sell to big companies, small companies, or individual consumers, this is the book you'll turn to again and again for proven wisdom, strategies, and tips that really work.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333403</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2016 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215587/9781469005263.mp3" length="14437246" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333403 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Sales Guide You'll Ever Need Author: Anthony Iannarino Narrator: Anthony Iannarino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333403" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333403</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Sales Guide You'll Ever Need Author: Anthony Iannarino Narrator: Anthony Iannarino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  'Contrary to what most underperformers claim, sales success is not situational. It's not about the market, the product, the company, or the competition. No, it's all about the seller—the individual.' —from the Foreword   Anthony Iannarino never set out to become a salesman, let alone a sales manager, speaker, coach, or writer of the most prominent blog about the art and science of great selling. He fell into his profession by accident, as a day job while pursuing rock-and-roll stardom.   Once he realized he'd never become the next Mick Jagger, Iannarino turned his focus to a question that's been debated for at least a century: Why are a small number of salespeople in any field hugely successful, while the rest are stuck with mediocre results at best? Since then, and for over twenty-five years, he has read hundreds of books, tested countless strategies, and interviewed dozens of the best salespeople to figure out what sets the extraordinary ones apart from the rest. Now he's boiled down everything he's learned and tested into one convenient audiobook, packed with useful material for everyone from raw rookies to tested veterans. He focuses on the building blocks that all successful sellers, regardless of industry or organization, share: a mind-set of powerful beliefs and a skill-set of key actions. He explores nineteen essential traits and skills that nearly all great salespeople have, including...   ·Self-discipline: How to keep your commitments to yourself and others. ·Accountability: How to own the outcomes you sell. ·Competitiveness: How to embrace competition rather than let it intimidate you. ·Resourcefulness: How to blend your imagination, experience, and knowledge into unique solutions. ·Storytelling: How to create deeper relationships by presenting a story in which the client is the hero and you're their guide. ·Diagnosing: How to look below the surface to figure out someone else's real challenges and needs. Once you learn Iannarino's core strategies, picking up the specific tactics for your product and customers will be that much easier. Whether you sell to big companies, small companies, or individual consumers, this is the book you'll turn to again and again for proven wisdom, strategies, and tips that really work.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/61a20f3f3c5903cb15267e36be6bfba6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Big Data at Work: Dispelling the Myths, Uncovering the Opportunities by Thomas H. Davenport</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/big-data-at-work-dispelling-the-myths-uncovering-the-opportunities-by-thomas-h-davenport--65215642</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321592" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321592</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Data at Work: Dispelling the Myths, Uncovering the Opportunities Author: Thomas H. Davenport Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: October  7, 2016 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Go ahead, be skeptical about big data. The author was-at first. When the term 'big data' first came on the scene, bestselling author Tom Davenport (Competing on Analytics, Analytics at Work) thought it was just another example of technology hype. But his research in the years that followed changed his mind. Now, in clear, conversational language, Davenport explains what big data means-and why everyone in business needs to know about it. Big Data at Work covers all the bases: what big data means from a technical, consumer, and management perspective; what its opportunities and costs are; where it can have real business impact; and which aspects of this hot topic have been oversold. This book will help you understand: Why big data is important to you and your organization; What technology you need to manage it; How big data could change your job, your company, and your industry; How to hire, rent, or develop the kinds of people who make big data work; The key success factors in implementing any big data project; How big data is leading to a new approach to managing analytics. With dozens of company examples, including UPS, GE, Amazon, United Healthcare, Citigroup, and many others, this book will help you seize all opportunities-from improving decisions, products, and services to strengthening customer relationships. It will show you how to put big data to work in your own organization so that you too can harness the power of this ever-evolving new resource.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321592</guid><pubDate>Fri, 07 Oct 2016 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215642/9781501943805.mp3" length="2437155" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321592 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Data at Work: Dispelling the Myths, Uncovering the Opportunities Author: Thomas H. Davenport Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321592" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321592</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Data at Work: Dispelling the Myths, Uncovering the Opportunities Author: Thomas H. Davenport Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: October  7, 2016 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Go ahead, be skeptical about big data. The author was-at first. When the term 'big data' first came on the scene, bestselling author Tom Davenport (Competing on Analytics, Analytics at Work) thought it was just another example of technology hype. But his research in the years that followed changed his mind. Now, in clear, conversational language, Davenport explains what big data means-and why everyone in business needs to know about it. Big Data at Work covers all the bases: what big data means from a technical, consumer, and management perspective; what its opportunities and costs are; where it can have real business impact; and which aspects of this hot topic have been oversold. This book will help you understand: Why big data is important to you and your organization; What technology you need to manage it; How big data could change your job, your company, and your industry; How to hire, rent, or develop the kinds of people who make big data work; The key success factors in implementing any big data project; How big data is leading to a new approach to managing analytics. With dozens of company examples, including UPS, GE, Amazon, United Healthcare, Citigroup, and many others, this book will help you seize all opportunities-from improving decisions, products, and services to strengthening customer relationships. It will show you how to put big data to work in your own organization so that you too can harness the power of this ever-evolving new resource.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0fa8624a4b942b3238536fae24016796.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Winning the Brain Game: Fixing the 7 Fatal Flaws of Thinking by Matthew E. May</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/winning-the-brain-game-fixing-the-7-fatal-flaws-of-thinking-by-matthew-e-may--65215617</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335053" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335053</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning the Brain Game: Fixing the 7 Fatal Flaws of Thinking Author: Matthew E. May Narrator: Alexander Cendese Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 27, 2016 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Mindful thinking is the new competitive edgeScience confirms the distinction between the biological brain and the conscious mind. Each day, a game of mind versus matter plays out on a field defined by the problems we must solve. Most are routine, and don’t demand a more mindful approach. It’s when we’re faced with more difficult challenges that our thinking becomes vulnerable to brain patterns that can lead us astray.We leap to solutions that simply don’t work. We fixate on old mindsets that keep us stuck in neutral. We overthink problems and make them worse. We kill the ideas of others, as well as our own. Worse, we keep doing these things, over and over again, naturally and instinctively.But it doesn’t have to be that way.In Winning the Brain Game, author and creative strategist Matthew E. May explains these and other “fatal flaws” of thinking, catalogued over the course of ten years and hundreds of interactive creative sessions in which he gave more than 100,000 professionals a thought challenge based on a real case far less complex than their everyday problems. Not only did less than 5% arrive at the best and most elegant solution, but the solutions given were remarkably similar, revealing seven observable problem-solving patterns that can block our best thinking.Calling on modern neuroscience and psychology to help explain the seven fatal flaws, May draws insights from some of the world’s most innovative thinkers. He then blends in a super-curated, field-tested set of “fixes” proven through hundreds of creative sessions to raise our thinking game to a more mindful level. Regardless of playing field, mindful thinking is the new competitive advantage, and the seven fixes are a magic set of tools for achieving it.Winning the Brain Game will lead you to better decision-making, higher levels of creativity, clearer strategies, and overall success in business, work and life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335053</guid><pubDate>Fri, 27 May 2016 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215617/9781511364669.mp3" length="1478266" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335053 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning the Brain Game: Fixing the 7 Fatal Flaws of Thinking Author: Matthew E. May Narrator: Alexander Cendese Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335053" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335053</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning the Brain Game: Fixing the 7 Fatal Flaws of Thinking Author: Matthew E. May Narrator: Alexander Cendese Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 27, 2016 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Mindful thinking is the new competitive edgeScience confirms the distinction between the biological brain and the conscious mind. Each day, a game of mind versus matter plays out on a field defined by the problems we must solve. Most are routine, and don’t demand a more mindful approach. It’s when we’re faced with more difficult challenges that our thinking becomes vulnerable to brain patterns that can lead us astray.We leap to solutions that simply don’t work. We fixate on old mindsets that keep us stuck in neutral. We overthink problems and make them worse. We kill the ideas of others, as well as our own. Worse, we keep doing these things, over and over again, naturally and instinctively.But it doesn’t have to be that way.In Winning the Brain Game, author and creative strategist Matthew E. May explains these and other “fatal flaws” of thinking, catalogued over the course of ten years and hundreds of interactive creative sessions in which he gave more than 100,000 professionals a thought challenge based on a real case far less complex than their everyday problems. Not only did less than 5% arrive at the best and most elegant solution, but the solutions given were remarkably similar, revealing seven observable problem-solving patterns that can block our best thinking.Calling on modern neuroscience and psychology to help explain the seven fatal flaws, May draws insights from some of the world’s most innovative thinkers. He then blends in a super-curated, field-tested set of “fixes” proven through hundreds of creative sessions to raise our thinking game to a more mindful level. Regardless of playing field, mindful thinking is the new competitive advantage, and the seven fixes are a magic set of tools for achieving it.Winning the Brain Game will lead you to better decision-making, higher levels of creativity, clearer strategies, and overall success in business, work and life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c4dd51edf97c151a4ac877ded5620c06.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Sharing Economy: The End of Employment and the Rise of Crowd-Based Capitalism by Arun Sundararajan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-sharing-economy-the-end-of-employment-and-the-rise-of-crowd-based-capitalism-by-arun-sundararajan--65215699</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316695" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316695</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sharing Economy: The End of Employment and the Rise of Crowd-Based Capitalism Author: Arun Sundararajan Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Sharing isn't new. Giving someone a ride, having a guest in your spare room, running errands for someone, participating in a supper club—these are not revolutionary concepts. What is new, in the 'sharing economy,' is that you are not helping a friend for free; you are providing these services to a stranger for money. In this book, Arun Sundararajan, an expert on the sharing economy, explains the transition to what he describes as 'crowd-based capitalism'—a new way of organizing economic activity that may supplant the traditional corporate-centered model. As peer-to-peer commercial exchange blurs the lines between the personal and the professional, how will the economy, government regulation, what it means to have a job, and our social fabric be affected? Drawing on extensive research and numerous real-world examples, Sundararajan explains the basics of crowd-based capitalism. He describes the intriguing mix of 'gift' and 'market' in its transactions, demystifies emerging blockchain technologies, and clarifies the dizzying array of emerging on-demand platforms. He then considers how this new paradigm changes economic growth and the future of work.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316695</guid><pubDate>Fri, 13 May 2016 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215699/9781515975083.mp3" length="14437184" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316695 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sharing Economy: The End of Employment and the Rise of Crowd-Based Capitalism Author: Arun Sundararajan Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316695" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316695</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sharing Economy: The End of Employment and the Rise of Crowd-Based Capitalism Author: Arun Sundararajan Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Sharing isn't new. Giving someone a ride, having a guest in your spare room, running errands for someone, participating in a supper club—these are not revolutionary concepts. What is new, in the 'sharing economy,' is that you are not helping a friend for free; you are providing these services to a stranger for money. In this book, Arun Sundararajan, an expert on the sharing economy, explains the transition to what he describes as 'crowd-based capitalism'—a new way of organizing economic activity that may supplant the traditional corporate-centered model. As peer-to-peer commercial exchange blurs the lines between the personal and the professional, how will the economy, government regulation, what it means to have a job, and our social fabric be affected? Drawing on extensive research and numerous real-world examples, Sundararajan explains the basics of crowd-based capitalism. He describes the intriguing mix of 'gift' and 'market' in its transactions, demystifies emerging blockchain technologies, and clarifies the dizzying array of emerging on-demand platforms. He then considers how this new paradigm changes economic growth and the future of work.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/035db4bc92e397683f62b4d3ec5bd24d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>101 Smart Questions to Ask on Your Interview, Completely Updated 4th Edition by Ronald W. Fry</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/101-smart-questions-to-ask-on-your-interview-completely-updated-4th-edition-by-ronald-w-fry--65215698</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317879" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317879</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 101 Smart Questions to Ask on Your Interview, Completely Updated 4th Edition Author: Ronald W. Fry Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: February  1, 2016 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  101 Smart Questions to Ask on Your Interview is for every job candidate who thinks the question “Do you have any questions for me?” marks the end of an interview. In Fry’s view, it marks the beginning of the last and perhaps most important interview phase, one that’s so important that failing to properly prepare for it can undo all the rest of your hard work, including providing great answers to tough questions.  It’s your moment to shine—to show off the depth and breadth of your research, to remind the interviewer of how perfectly your credentials fit the job description, and to actually ask for the job!  Fry shows you how to take charge of the interview process, presenting yourself as the self-managing, versatile, and confident candidate most employers are seeking. He demonstrates how to use the interview process to sell the company on you while obtaining the information necessary to make sure you are sold on them. From what to ask, when to ask it, and the kinds of answers to expect, 101 Smart Questions to Ask on Your Interview gives every candidate, from first-timers to seasoned pros, the practical information and advice they need to ace the entire interview…and get their dream job.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317879</guid><pubDate>Mon, 01 Feb 2016 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215698/9781681680316.mp3" length="2437247" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317879 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 101 Smart Questions to Ask on Your Interview, Completely Updated 4th Edition Author: Ronald W. Fry Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317879" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317879</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 101 Smart Questions to Ask on Your Interview, Completely Updated 4th Edition Author: Ronald W. Fry Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: February  1, 2016 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  101 Smart Questions to Ask on Your Interview is for every job candidate who thinks the question “Do you have any questions for me?” marks the end of an interview. In Fry’s view, it marks the beginning of the last and perhaps most important interview phase, one that’s so important that failing to properly prepare for it can undo all the rest of your hard work, including providing great answers to tough questions.  It’s your moment to shine—to show off the depth and breadth of your research, to remind the interviewer of how perfectly your credentials fit the job description, and to actually ask for the job!  Fry shows you how to take charge of the interview process, presenting yourself as the self-managing, versatile, and confident candidate most employers are seeking. He demonstrates how to use the interview process to sell the company on you while obtaining the information necessary to make sure you are sold on them. From what to ask, when to ask it, and the kinds of answers to expect, 101 Smart Questions to Ask on Your Interview gives every candidate, from first-timers to seasoned pros, the practical information and advice they need to ace the entire interview…and get their dream job.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/22fca75e98e53e155036c26d5730b12b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Líder de 360° by John C. Maxwell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-lider-de-360-by-john-c-maxwell--65215529</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340092" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340092</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Líder de 360° Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Salomon Adams Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 17, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Durante sus más de treinta años en enseñar acerca del liderazgo, John Maxwell se ha enfrentado a la siguiente pregunta una y otra vez: ¿Cómo pongo en práctica principios de liderazgo si no soy el jefe? Esta buena pregunta recibe su respuesta en el libro de Maxwell, Líder de 360°. Usted no tiene que ser el líder principal para causar un impacto en su organización. Los buenos líderes no son capaces únicamente de dirigir a sus seguidores, sino también son expertos en dirigir a sus supervisores y sus contemporáneos. John Maxwell ofrece principios específicos para delegar, dirigir y supervisar que acabarán con los mitos sobre el liderazgo y ofrecerán una luz más clara sobre los retos futuros. Los líderes de 360 grados pueden dirigir efectivamente, sin importar su posición en una organización. Si aplica los principios de Maxwell, usted podrá ampliar su influencia y poder trabajar en equipo de una manera más eficiente. In his nearly thirty years of teaching leadership, John Maxwell has encountered this question again and again: How do I apply leadership principles if I'm not the boss? It's a valid question that Maxwell answers in Líder de 360°. You don’t have to be the main leader, asserts Maxwell, to make significant impact in your organization. Good leaders are not only capable of leading their followers but are also adept at leading their superiors and their peers. Debunking myths and shedding light on the challenges, John Maxwell offers specific principles for Leading Down, Leading Up, and Leading Across. 360-Degree Leaders can lead effectively, regardless of their position in an organization. By applying Maxwell's principles, you will expand your influence and ultimately be a more valuable team member.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340092</guid><pubDate>Sun, 17 Nov 2013 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215529/9780529112958.mp3" length="1478252" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340092 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Líder de 360° Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Salomon Adams Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: November...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340092" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340092</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Líder de 360° Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Salomon Adams Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 17, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Durante sus más de treinta años en enseñar acerca del liderazgo, John Maxwell se ha enfrentado a la siguiente pregunta una y otra vez: ¿Cómo pongo en práctica principios de liderazgo si no soy el jefe? Esta buena pregunta recibe su respuesta en el libro de Maxwell, Líder de 360°. Usted no tiene que ser el líder principal para causar un impacto en su organización. Los buenos líderes no son capaces únicamente de dirigir a sus seguidores, sino también son expertos en dirigir a sus supervisores y sus contemporáneos. John Maxwell ofrece principios específicos para delegar, dirigir y supervisar que acabarán con los mitos sobre el liderazgo y ofrecerán una luz más clara sobre los retos futuros. Los líderes de 360 grados pueden dirigir efectivamente, sin importar su posición en una organización. Si aplica los principios de Maxwell, usted podrá ampliar su influencia y poder trabajar en equipo de una manera más eficiente. In his nearly thirty years of teaching leadership, John Maxwell has encountered this question again and again: How do I apply leadership principles if I'm not the boss? It's a valid question that Maxwell answers in Líder de 360°. You don’t have to be the main leader, asserts Maxwell, to make significant impact in your organization. Good leaders are not only capable of leading their followers but are also adept at leading their superiors and their peers. Debunking myths and shedding light on the challenges, John Maxwell offers specific principles for Leading Down, Leading Up, and Leading Across. 360-Degree Leaders can lead effectively, regardless of their position in an organization. By applying Maxwell's principles, you will expand your influence and ultimately be a more valuable team member.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7503fb7c179deec2f889b72f7059eb91.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Eyes Wide Open by Noreena Hertz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/eyes-wide-open-by-noreena-hertz--65215665</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320747" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320747</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eyes Wide Open Author: Noreena Hertz Narrator: Noreena Hertz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 12, 2013 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In a fast-moving world we’re often overloaded with differing opinions, conflicting data and changing advice. In this essential guide, Noreena Hertz offers practical steps to how to make better, smarter decisions.           Most of us think we make decisions for the right reasons: we scour books, we talk over options with our friends, we search the internet, we ask experts, we look at data or we trust our guts. But how hard do we scrutinise those we listen to? How much do we interrogate the information they provide? Are we open to new ways of tackling problems? Or are we swayed by how we’ve made decisions in the past?           Noreena Hertz reveals the extent to which life-altering, business-affecting, policy-determining, and also health-defining decisions are being made based on partial information, assumed wisdoms, corrupted data and insufficient scrutiny. She provides a clear, practical toolkit for how you can be a smarter decision-maker and better problem-solver. Whether knowing when to trust experts and when to trust the internet or how you can be unconsciously swayed by certain behaviours or phoney stats, this books instructs you how to make better choices and more accurate predictions – through your personal life, your work and all your decisions.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320747</guid><pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2013 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215665/9780007536788.mp3" length="2437259" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320747 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eyes Wide Open Author: Noreena Hertz Narrator: Noreena Hertz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 12, 2013...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320747" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320747</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eyes Wide Open Author: Noreena Hertz Narrator: Noreena Hertz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 12, 2013 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  In a fast-moving world we’re often overloaded with differing opinions, conflicting data and changing advice. In this essential guide, Noreena Hertz offers practical steps to how to make better, smarter decisions.           Most of us think we make decisions for the right reasons: we scour books, we talk over options with our friends, we search the internet, we ask experts, we look at data or we trust our guts. But how hard do we scrutinise those we listen to? How much do we interrogate the information they provide? Are we open to new ways of tackling problems? Or are we swayed by how we’ve made decisions in the past?           Noreena Hertz reveals the extent to which life-altering, business-affecting, policy-determining, and also health-defining decisions are being made based on partial information, assumed wisdoms, corrupted data and insufficient scrutiny. She provides a clear, practical toolkit for how you can be a smarter decision-maker and better problem-solver. Whether knowing when to trust experts and when to trust the internet or how you can be unconsciously swayed by certain behaviours or phoney stats, this books instructs you how to make better choices and more accurate predictions – through your personal life, your work and all your decisions.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f19b3ddf7eab61183bbe5e39045ca70f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Why 'A' Students Work for 'C' Students and 'B' Students Work for the Government: Rich Dad's Guide to Financial Education for Parents by Robe</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-a-students-work-for-c-students-and-b-students-work-for-the-government-rich-dad-s-guide-to-financial-education-for-parents-by-robe--65215603</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335145" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335145</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why 'A' Students Work for 'C' Students and 'B' Students Work for the Government: Rich Dad's Guide to Financial Education for Parents Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki Narrator: Tim Wheeler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: September  8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Kiyosaki expands on his belief that the school system was created to churn out Es / Employees...those 'A Students' who read well, memorize well and test well... and not the creative thinkers, visionaries, and dreamers - entrepreneurs-in-the-making...those 'C Students' who grow up to be the innovators and creators of new ideas, businesses, applications, and products. The audiobook urges parents not to be obsessed with their kids' 'letter grades' ('good grades' might only mean they or the student themselves were successful in jamming a square peg into a round hole...) and focus, instead, on concepts, ideas, and helping their child find their true genius, their special gift. The path they can pursue with a love and true passion. Robert showcases success stories of 'C Students' who grew up to be phenomenal successes - and HIRED those 'A Students' (attorneys, accountants, and other school-smart specialists) to work in their businesses... while the more average students, 'B Students', often find themselves in government-type jobs.... Not surprisingly, Kiyosaki will coin his own definitions of what 'A,' 'B,' and 'C' stand for as he gives parents and their children bits of wisdom as well as insights and tools for navigating an ever-changing world...an Information Age world where the ability to change and adapt, understand relationships, and anticipate the future will shape their lives.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335145</guid><pubDate>Sun, 08 Sep 2013 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215603/9781469218991.mp3" length="1478364" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335145 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why 'A' Students Work for 'C' Students and 'B' Students Work for the Government: Rich Dad's Guide to Financial Education for Parents Author: Robert T....</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335145" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335145</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why 'A' Students Work for 'C' Students and 'B' Students Work for the Government: Rich Dad's Guide to Financial Education for Parents Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki Narrator: Tim Wheeler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: September  8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Kiyosaki expands on his belief that the school system was created to churn out Es / Employees...those 'A Students' who read well, memorize well and test well... and not the creative thinkers, visionaries, and dreamers - entrepreneurs-in-the-making...those 'C Students' who grow up to be the innovators and creators of new ideas, businesses, applications, and products. The audiobook urges parents not to be obsessed with their kids' 'letter grades' ('good grades' might only mean they or the student themselves were successful in jamming a square peg into a round hole...) and focus, instead, on concepts, ideas, and helping their child find their true genius, their special gift. The path they can pursue with a love and true passion. Robert showcases success stories of 'C Students' who grew up to be phenomenal successes - and HIRED those 'A Students' (attorneys, accountants, and other school-smart specialists) to work in their businesses... while the more average students, 'B Students', often find themselves in government-type jobs.... Not surprisingly, Kiyosaki will coin his own definitions of what 'A,' 'B,' and 'C' stand for as he gives parents and their children bits of wisdom as well as insights and tools for navigating an ever-changing world...an Information Age world where the ability to change and adapt, understand relationships, and anticipate the future will shape their lives.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7bf8364f4af21d02395dd3afbb43a077.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Master Key to Riches by Napoleon Hill</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-master-key-to-riches-by-napoleon-hill--65215553</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334900" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334900</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Master Key to Riches Author: Napoleon Hill Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: January  8, 2013 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The Master Key to Riches, a powerful formula for self-improvement, shows you how to harness the powers of your will and mind so that you can achieve mental happiness, business success, spiritual vitality and financial superiority. Millions of readers all over the world are grateful to Dr. Napoleon Hill for his now classic Think and Grow Rich. The Master-Key to Riches provides the key to why some people become successful and how you can become one of them. The Master Key is a marvelous device which, once discovered, may be used to: - Open the door to sound health - Reveal the method by which every disadvantage and disappointment can be turned into advantages of priceless value - Open the door to love and romance - Renew the spirit of youth - Lift humble men to positions of power, fame and fortune Based on the Andrew Carnegie formula for money making, The Master-Key to Riches describes in step-by-step detail the greatest practical philosophy of success. “Riches” means all riches—“not merely those represented by bank balances and material things,” says Napoleon Hill in the introduction to this master-manual for personal achievement. This amazing philosophy, culled from the success experiences of many of the world’s most powerful and wealthy men, will show you how to succeed in any path of life, whether it be love, wealth, personal satisfaction, faith, or any number of other goals. The material woven by Napoleon Hill into The Master-Key to Riches has the endorsement of many men whose names have become synonymous with great achievement in the fields of industry, finance and statesmanship.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334900</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Jan 2013 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215553/9781455890040.mp3" length="1478256" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334900 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Master Key to Riches Author: Napoleon Hill Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: January  8,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334900" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334900</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Master Key to Riches Author: Napoleon Hill Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: January  8, 2013 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The Master Key to Riches, a powerful formula for self-improvement, shows you how to harness the powers of your will and mind so that you can achieve mental happiness, business success, spiritual vitality and financial superiority. Millions of readers all over the world are grateful to Dr. Napoleon Hill for his now classic Think and Grow Rich. The Master-Key to Riches provides the key to why some people become successful and how you can become one of them. The Master Key is a marvelous device which, once discovered, may be used to: - Open the door to sound health - Reveal the method by which every disadvantage and disappointment can be turned into advantages of priceless value - Open the door to love and romance - Renew the spirit of youth - Lift humble men to positions of power, fame and fortune Based on the Andrew Carnegie formula for money making, The Master-Key to Riches describes in step-by-step detail the greatest practical philosophy of success. “Riches” means all riches—“not merely those represented by bank balances and material things,” says Napoleon Hill in the introduction to this master-manual for personal achievement. This amazing philosophy, culled from the success experiences of many of the world’s most powerful and wealthy men, will show you how to succeed in any path of life, whether it be love, wealth, personal satisfaction, faith, or any number of other goals. The material woven by Napoleon Hill into The Master-Key to Riches has the endorsement of many men whose names have become synonymous with great achievement in the fields of industry, finance and statesmanship.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8cf05f72a378b35cd913296713730d0c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Interview by Heather Salter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/interview-by-heather-salter--65215689</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319658" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319658</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Interview Series: Part of Collins Business Secrets Author: Heather Salter Narrator: Business Secrets Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 29, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The interview secrets that experts and top professionals use.           Get results fast with this quick, easy guide to the fundamentals of Interviews. Includes how to: • Research the needs of the employer • Focus the interview on your strengths • Use body language to impress • Deal with difficult questions • Negotiate the perfect package]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319658</guid><pubDate>Thu, 29 Apr 2010 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215689/9780007366910.mp3" length="2437151" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319658 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Interview Series: Part of Collins Business Secrets Author: Heather Salter Narrator: Business Secrets Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 40...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319658" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319658</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Interview Series: Part of Collins Business Secrets Author: Heather Salter Narrator: Business Secrets Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 29, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The interview secrets that experts and top professionals use.           Get results fast with this quick, easy guide to the fundamentals of Interviews. Includes how to: • Research the needs of the employer • Focus the interview on your strengths • Use body language to impress • Deal with difficult questions • Negotiate the perfect package]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9b611103fcc1a91b1cf4512bc44dafbf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Negotiating by David Brown</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/negotiating-by-david-brown--65215697</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319670" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319670</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating Author: David Brown Narrator: Business Secrets Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: April  1, 2010 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The negotiating secrets that experts and top professionals use.           Get results fast with this quick, easy guide to the fundamentals of Negotiating. Includes how to: • Set clear goals and limits • Understand your potential adversary or partner • Use and interpret body language • Deal with difficult people • Close brilliant deals]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319670</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2010 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215697/9780007366736.mp3" length="2437150" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319670 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating Author: David Brown Narrator: Business Secrets Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: April  1, 2010 Genres:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319670" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319670</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating Author: David Brown Narrator: Business Secrets Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: April  1, 2010 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The negotiating secrets that experts and top professionals use.           Get results fast with this quick, easy guide to the fundamentals of Negotiating. Includes how to: • Set clear goals and limits • Understand your potential adversary or partner • Use and interpret body language • Deal with difficult people • Close brilliant deals]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/445a231d62fcb7292171d9eb5c592c29.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Time Management by Martin Manser</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/time-management-by-martin-manser--65215624</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319674" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319674</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Time Management Series: Part of Collins Business Secrets Author: Martin Manser Narrator: Business Secrets Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 40 minutes Release date: April  1, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The time management secrets that experts and top professionals use.           Get results fast with this quick, easy guide to the fundamentals of Time Management. Includes how to: • Identify your biggest priorities and find time to achieve them • Deal with the biggest hidden time-wasters • Communicate effectively with colleagues and clients • Cope with information overload • Take control of your inbox and voicemail]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319674</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2010 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215624/9780007366798.mp3" length="2437156" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319674 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Time Management Series: Part of Collins Business Secrets Author: Martin Manser Narrator: Business Secrets Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319674" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319674</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Time Management Series: Part of Collins Business Secrets Author: Martin Manser Narrator: Business Secrets Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 40 minutes Release date: April  1, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  The time management secrets that experts and top professionals use.           Get results fast with this quick, easy guide to the fundamentals of Time Management. Includes how to: • Identify your biggest priorities and find time to achieve them • Deal with the biggest hidden time-wasters • Communicate effectively with colleagues and clients • Cope with information overload • Take control of your inbox and voicemail]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ba50ef611c41cbf297ad39f575dcbcc5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Qualities of Success by Zig Ziglar</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/qualities-of-success-by-zig-ziglar--65215508</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340427" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340427</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Qualities of Success Author: Zig Ziglar Narrator: Zig Ziglar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 25, 2009 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Ziglar's Qualities of Success was created with a focus on helping your people succeed. This program is designed to help you grow personally and professionally in four critical areas: qualities, abilities, skills, and attitudes. By focusing on these core areas, you gain characteristics of success, professionalism, excellence, and perhaps the very best return of all: improved overall performance. Qualities of Success will cover: 1) Planning, preparing and expecting to win. 2) Taking the first step to a brighter future.3) Motivation, the key to Accomplishment. 4) Identifying the qualities of success. 5) Developing the qualities of success. 6) Maintaining a winning attitude.  In this valuable program Zig encourages you to remember, “You were designed for accomplishment. You were engineered for success. You were endowed with the seeds of greatness.”]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340427</guid><pubDate>Wed, 25 Nov 2009 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215508/9781608146499.mp3" length="2437150" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340427 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Qualities of Success Author: Zig Ziglar Narrator: Zig Ziglar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 25, 2009...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340427" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340427</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Qualities of Success Author: Zig Ziglar Narrator: Zig Ziglar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 25, 2009 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Ziglar's Qualities of Success was created with a focus on helping your people succeed. This program is designed to help you grow personally and professionally in four critical areas: qualities, abilities, skills, and attitudes. By focusing on these core areas, you gain characteristics of success, professionalism, excellence, and perhaps the very best return of all: improved overall performance. Qualities of Success will cover: 1) Planning, preparing and expecting to win. 2) Taking the first step to a brighter future.3) Motivation, the key to Accomplishment. 4) Identifying the qualities of success. 5) Developing the qualities of success. 6) Maintaining a winning attitude.  In this valuable program Zig encourages you to remember, “You were designed for accomplishment. You were engineered for success. You were endowed with the seeds of greatness.”]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b0cf2ad3c753b21827ccd9396faf27d9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Biscuits, Fleas and Pump Handles by Zig Ziglar</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/biscuits-fleas-and-pump-handles-by-zig-ziglar--65215569</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340430" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340430</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biscuits, Fleas and Pump Handles Author: Zig Ziglar Narrator: Zig Ziglar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: November 19, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  A legacy that has touched audiences all over the world began in Dallas, Texas, in 1972 when Zig Ziglar recorded perhaps the definitive work of his career. Biscuits Fleas and Pump Handles is the compilation of observations, thoughts and research Zig had spent years preparing to present as the foundation of a philosophy born of hope and nurtured with integrity. In this 60 minute recording, Zig lays out a plan for living a balanced and fulfilling life, teaching us that we can have everything in life we want if we will just help enough other people get what they want. The applications outlined in this message have changed lives, built careers, and propelled individuals and institutions to unexpected heights. Used as the cornerstone for all training provided by Ziglar, this program is packed with answers to tough questions in turbulent times.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340430</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 Nov 2009 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215569/9781608146482.mp3" length="2437157" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340430 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biscuits, Fleas and Pump Handles Author: Zig Ziglar Narrator: Zig Ziglar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: November...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340430" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340430</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biscuits, Fleas and Pump Handles Author: Zig Ziglar Narrator: Zig Ziglar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: November 19, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  A legacy that has touched audiences all over the world began in Dallas, Texas, in 1972 when Zig Ziglar recorded perhaps the definitive work of his career. Biscuits Fleas and Pump Handles is the compilation of observations, thoughts and research Zig had spent years preparing to present as the foundation of a philosophy born of hope and nurtured with integrity. In this 60 minute recording, Zig lays out a plan for living a balanced and fulfilling life, teaching us that we can have everything in life we want if we will just help enough other people get what they want. The applications outlined in this message have changed lives, built careers, and propelled individuals and institutions to unexpected heights. Used as the cornerstone for all training provided by Ziglar, this program is packed with answers to tough questions in turbulent times.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/595a46e37270f25ade08ab3f037ba4a1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The 11th Element: The Key to Unlocking Your Master Blueprint for Wealth and Success by Robert Scheinfeld</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-11th-element-the-key-to-unlocking-your-master-blueprint-for-wealth-and-success-by-robert-scheinfeld--65215495</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343136" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343136</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 11th Element: The Key to Unlocking Your Master Blueprint for Wealth and Success Author: Robert Scheinfeld Narrator: John Mcdonough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 15, 2008 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Business leaders in more than 110 countries have benefited from the extraordinary wisdom of Robert Scheinfeld, whose seminars and writings have helped dramatically improve sales and profits. In The 11th Element, Scheinfeld shares the secrets that propelled his grandfather's company, Manpower Inc., into the Fortune 500-the same approach that fueled the success of Microsoft, Starbucks and Dell.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343136</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Jan 2008 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215495/9781449802219.mp3" length="1478242" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343136 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 11th Element: The Key to Unlocking Your Master Blueprint for Wealth and Success Author: Robert Scheinfeld Narrator: John Mcdonough Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343136" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343136</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 11th Element: The Key to Unlocking Your Master Blueprint for Wealth and Success Author: Robert Scheinfeld Narrator: John Mcdonough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 15, 2008 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Business leaders in more than 110 countries have benefited from the extraordinary wisdom of Robert Scheinfeld, whose seminars and writings have helped dramatically improve sales and profits. In The 11th Element, Scheinfeld shares the secrets that propelled his grandfather's company, Manpower Inc., into the Fortune 500-the same approach that fueled the success of Microsoft, Starbucks and Dell.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4ab1d76a3ce648d1080dfc1b3618a017.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>No More Mondays: Fire Yourself -- And Other Revolutionary Ways to Discover Your True Calling at Work by Dan Miller</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/no-more-mondays-fire-yourself-and-other-revolutionary-ways-to-discover-your-true-calling-at-work-by-dan-miller--65215545</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340767" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340767</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No More Mondays: Fire Yourself -- And Other Revolutionary Ways to Discover Your True Calling at Work Author: Dan Miller Narrator: Dan Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: January  1, 2008 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  For everyone who dreads going to work on Monday mornings, inspiring advice on how to find fulfilling work in an uncertain age. Do you hate Mondays? If so, what's keeping you at your current job? If you said a steady paycheck and the promise of a secure retirement, then you're in for a big disappointment. In today's volatile economy, there is nothing safe about punching the clock for a job you hate. As beloved talk-show host and bestselling author Dan Miller reveals, the only way to find true security is by following your calling and then finding or creating work that matches that calling and passion. No More Mondays’s practical, inspirational advice speaks to people looking for guidance on how to launch a new career or business, those who want to stay in their current jobs and give the old 9-to-5 model a twenty-first-century makeover, and managers desperate to understand the way people want to work today. For all of them, Dan Miller's message is loud and clear: If you're one of those people who dread going to work on Mondays, do something about it!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340767</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Jan 2008 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215545/9781608143207.mp3" length="2437140" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340767 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No More Mondays: Fire Yourself -- And Other Revolutionary Ways to Discover Your True Calling at Work Author: Dan Miller Narrator: Dan Miller Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340767" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340767</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No More Mondays: Fire Yourself -- And Other Revolutionary Ways to Discover Your True Calling at Work Author: Dan Miller Narrator: Dan Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: January  1, 2008 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  For everyone who dreads going to work on Monday mornings, inspiring advice on how to find fulfilling work in an uncertain age. Do you hate Mondays? If so, what's keeping you at your current job? If you said a steady paycheck and the promise of a secure retirement, then you're in for a big disappointment. In today's volatile economy, there is nothing safe about punching the clock for a job you hate. As beloved talk-show host and bestselling author Dan Miller reveals, the only way to find true security is by following your calling and then finding or creating work that matches that calling and passion. No More Mondays’s practical, inspirational advice speaks to people looking for guidance on how to launch a new career or business, those who want to stay in their current jobs and give the old 9-to-5 model a twenty-first-century makeover, and managers desperate to understand the way people want to work today. For all of them, Dan Miller's message is loud and clear: If you're one of those people who dread going to work on Mondays, do something about it!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f36190d770d99008fa38df1a0ceca706.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Everything Guide to Being a Sales Rep: Winning Secrets to a Successful and Profitable Career by Ruth Klein</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-everything-guide-to-being-a-sales-rep-winning-secrets-to-a-successful-and-profitable-career-by-ruth-klein--65215514</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341032" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341032</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything Guide to Being a Sales Rep: Winning Secrets to a Successful and Profitable Career Series: Part of Everything Books Author: Ruth Klein Narrator: Rick Plastina Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 21, 2007 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Successful selling is much more than qualifying prospects and making calls. If you're planning on entering the exciting field of sales, The Everything Guide to Being a Sales Rep is your unique career audiobook, with constant 'keep positive' reminders and practical applications throughout. The Everything Guide to Being a Sales Rep teaches you the proven five-prong approach to selling: 1. Identifying and following the roadmap to sales success. 2. Understanding the psychology and motivation of sales. 3. Clarifying goals, prospects, and customer relationships. 4. Making time to sell, market, and follow up on products and services. 5. Keeping a positive attitude. With The Everything Guide to Being a Sales Rep, you'll learn how to use two of your most valuable assets-time and energy-to create an extraordinarily dynamic and profitable selling career.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341032</guid><pubDate>Fri, 21 Sep 2007 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215514/9781608141845.mp3" length="2437165" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341032 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything Guide to Being a Sales Rep: Winning Secrets to a Successful and Profitable Career Series: Part of Everything Books Author: Ruth Klein...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341032" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341032</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything Guide to Being a Sales Rep: Winning Secrets to a Successful and Profitable Career Series: Part of Everything Books Author: Ruth Klein Narrator: Rick Plastina Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 21, 2007 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Successful selling is much more than qualifying prospects and making calls. If you're planning on entering the exciting field of sales, The Everything Guide to Being a Sales Rep is your unique career audiobook, with constant 'keep positive' reminders and practical applications throughout. The Everything Guide to Being a Sales Rep teaches you the proven five-prong approach to selling: 1. Identifying and following the roadmap to sales success. 2. Understanding the psychology and motivation of sales. 3. Clarifying goals, prospects, and customer relationships. 4. Making time to sell, market, and follow up on products and services. 5. Keeping a positive attitude. With The Everything Guide to Being a Sales Rep, you'll learn how to use two of your most valuable assets-time and energy-to create an extraordinarily dynamic and profitable selling career.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/701eb94fe2eb2391a97c19ac8e39713d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>On the Fly Guide to Balancing Work and Life by Bill Butterworth</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/on-the-fly-guide-to-balancing-work-and-life-by-bill-butterworth--65215500</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341114" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341114</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Fly Guide to Balancing Work and Life Author: Bill Butterworth Narrator: Bill Butterworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 29 minutes Release date: July  1, 2007 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Being a captivating speaker, Bill Butterworth can take his time getting to the point in this compact primer on living a balanced life. He's utterly charming as he asks us to clarify our goals and work on the distractions and dysfunctions that throw us off course. His lengthy illustrations will force listeners to get out of their impatient Western brains and open up listening centers closer to the heart. He gently but convincingly reminds us that personal discipline remains a cornerstone of the satisfying life. This includes staying organized, pacing oneself, staying connected to others, and making time for learning, fun, and reflection. The production is a concise mix of narrative and intellectual content that will motivate a wide range of would-be achievers.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341114</guid><pubDate>Sun, 01 Jul 2007 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215500/9781608140398.mp3" length="2437186" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341114 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Fly Guide to Balancing Work and Life Author: Bill Butterworth Narrator: Bill Butterworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 29 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341114" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341114</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Fly Guide to Balancing Work and Life Author: Bill Butterworth Narrator: Bill Butterworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 29 minutes Release date: July  1, 2007 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Being a captivating speaker, Bill Butterworth can take his time getting to the point in this compact primer on living a balanced life. He's utterly charming as he asks us to clarify our goals and work on the distractions and dysfunctions that throw us off course. His lengthy illustrations will force listeners to get out of their impatient Western brains and open up listening centers closer to the heart. He gently but convincingly reminds us that personal discipline remains a cornerstone of the satisfying life. This includes staying organized, pacing oneself, staying connected to others, and making time for learning, fun, and reflection. The production is a concise mix of narrative and intellectual content that will motivate a wide range of would-be achievers.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cd6fbda7514ee66a88bb324d0eaef340.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Everything Get-a-Job Book by Dawn Rosenberg Mckay</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-everything-get-a-job-book-by-dawn-rosenberg-mckay--65215536</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341055" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341055</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything Get-a-Job Book Series: Part of Everything Books Author: Dawn Rosenberg Mckay Narrator: Michael Coon Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 24, 2007 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Whether you're a first-time job hunter or an experienced job hopper, The Everything Get-a-Job Book, 2nd Edition is your indispensable guide to the ever-changing job market. This easy-to-use resource takes you through the necessary steps to find a job you'll love. Look inside for up-to-date information on: - Writing powerful, effective resumes and cover letters; - Online job search strategies; - Returning to work after an extended absence; - Negotiating the best possible salary, bonus, and benefits package. With practical advice on networking, creating a polished resume, setting goals, and handling stressful interview questions, The Everything Get-a-Job Book, 2nd Edition will help you stand out from the crowd and land the perfect job!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341055</guid><pubDate>Sat, 24 Feb 2007 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215536/9781608141821.mp3" length="2437172" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341055 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything Get-a-Job Book Series: Part of Everything Books Author: Dawn Rosenberg Mckay Narrator: Michael Coon Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341055" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341055</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything Get-a-Job Book Series: Part of Everything Books Author: Dawn Rosenberg Mckay Narrator: Michael Coon Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 24, 2007 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Whether you're a first-time job hunter or an experienced job hopper, The Everything Get-a-Job Book, 2nd Edition is your indispensable guide to the ever-changing job market. This easy-to-use resource takes you through the necessary steps to find a job you'll love. Look inside for up-to-date information on: - Writing powerful, effective resumes and cover letters; - Online job search strategies; - Returning to work after an extended absence; - Negotiating the best possible salary, bonus, and benefits package. With practical advice on networking, creating a polished resume, setting goals, and handling stressful interview questions, The Everything Get-a-Job Book, 2nd Edition will help you stand out from the crowd and land the perfect job!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6bfa41436b664d6dc55877bfcdab7ccd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Las 21 cualidades indispensables de un líder: Conviértase en una persona que los demás quieren seguir by John C. Maxwell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-las-21-cualidades-indispensables-de-un-lider-conviertase-en-una-persona-que-los-demas-quieren-seguir-by-john-c-maxwell--65215538</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340088" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340088</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las 21 cualidades indispensables de un líder: Conviértase en una persona que los demás quieren seguir Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Salomon Adams Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: October  8, 2006 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Un audiolibro accesible y conciso acerca de las cualidades indispensables del liderazgo eficaz Siguiendo la tradición de su éxito millonario Las 21 leyes irrefutables del liderazgo, el autor John C. Maxwell presenta un audiolibro accesible y conciso acerca del liderazgo que le ayuda a los oyentes a ser líderes más eficientes desde adentro hacia fuera. Realza veintiun cualidades esenciales del liderazgo además de incluir las secciones «Reflexionando» y «Poniéndolo en práctica» que les ayuda a integrar y aplicar el material cada día.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340088</guid><pubDate>Sun, 08 Oct 2006 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215538/9781418590567.mp3" length="1477815" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340088 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las 21 cualidades indispensables de un líder: Conviértase en una persona que los demás quieren seguir Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340088" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340088</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las 21 cualidades indispensables de un líder: Conviértase en una persona que los demás quieren seguir Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Salomon Adams Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: October  8, 2006 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Un audiolibro accesible y conciso acerca de las cualidades indispensables del liderazgo eficaz Siguiendo la tradición de su éxito millonario Las 21 leyes irrefutables del liderazgo, el autor John C. Maxwell presenta un audiolibro accesible y conciso acerca del liderazgo que le ayuda a los oyentes a ser líderes más eficientes desde adentro hacia fuera. Realza veintiun cualidades esenciales del liderazgo además de incluir las secciones «Reflexionando» y «Poniéndolo en práctica» que les ayuda a integrar y aplicar el material cada día.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/badeeb15a8cd65dbe9b535256c1ddbda.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Power of Nice: How to Conquer the Business World With Kindness by Robin Koval, Linda Kaplan Thaler</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-nice-how-to-conquer-the-business-world-with-kindness-by-robin-koval-linda-kaplan-thaler--65215509</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340750" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340750</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Nice: How to Conquer the Business World With Kindness Author: Robin Koval, Linda Kaplan Thaler Narrator: Robin Koval, Linda Kaplan Thaler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: October  1, 2006 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  “For my money, I would always rather make a deal with people I like who treat me well. If you want to discover the surprising power of nice, read this book. Memorize it. Use it. You’ll be glad you did.” -Donald Trump.  Linda Kaplan Thaler and Robin Koval have moved to the top of the advertising industry by following a simple but powerful philosophy: it pays to be nice. Where so many companies encourage a dog-eat-dog mentality, The Kaplan Thaler Group has succeeded through chocolate and flowers. In The Power of Nice, through their own experiences and the stories of other people and businesses, they demonstrate why, contrary to conventional wisdom, nice people finish first.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340750</guid><pubDate>Sun, 01 Oct 2006 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215509/9781608143412.mp3" length="2437186" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340750 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Nice: How to Conquer the Business World With Kindness Author: Robin Koval, Linda Kaplan Thaler Narrator: Robin Koval, Linda Kaplan Thaler...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340750" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340750</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Nice: How to Conquer the Business World With Kindness Author: Robin Koval, Linda Kaplan Thaler Narrator: Robin Koval, Linda Kaplan Thaler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: October  1, 2006 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  “For my money, I would always rather make a deal with people I like who treat me well. If you want to discover the surprising power of nice, read this book. Memorize it. Use it. You’ll be glad you did.” -Donald Trump.  Linda Kaplan Thaler and Robin Koval have moved to the top of the advertising industry by following a simple but powerful philosophy: it pays to be nice. Where so many companies encourage a dog-eat-dog mentality, The Kaplan Thaler Group has succeeded through chocolate and flowers. In The Power of Nice, through their own experiences and the stories of other people and businesses, they demonstrate why, contrary to conventional wisdom, nice people finish first.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/104c5887312c0d9c8e79f00354121bd9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Life Management for Busy Women: Living Out God's Plan With Passion &amp; Purpose by Elizabeth George</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/life-management-for-busy-women-living-out-god-s-plan-with-passion-purpose-by-elizabeth-george--65215540</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340923" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340923</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Management for Busy Women: Living Out God's Plan With Passion &amp; Purpose Author: Elizabeth George Narrator: Aimee Lilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: January  1, 2003 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Elizabeth George speaker, teacher, and bestselling author of A Woman After Gods Own Heart admits to being a disorganized, goalless woman when she was in her 20s. Over the decades, the love and patience of God and the transforming power of his Word and Spirit have taught her the lifechanging principles she shares here, including how to live each day Gods way, take charge of busyness and find a balanced life, and be a better steward of resources. 'Just for Today' and 'Just for This Week' sections help listeners apply and solidify transforming new habits. This unique audiobook will strike a chord with women hungering to live orderly lives that are a testimony to their faith.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340923</guid><pubDate>Wed, 01 Jan 2003 01:52:51 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65215540/9781608142880.mp3" length="2437162" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Megane  Powlowski</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340923 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Management for Busy Women: Living Out God's Plan With Passion &amp;amp; Purpose Author: Elizabeth George Narrator: Aimee Lilly Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340923" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340923</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Management for Busy Women: Living Out God's Plan With Passion &amp; Purpose Author: Elizabeth George Narrator: Aimee Lilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: January  1, 2003 Genres: Career Development Publisher's Summary:  Elizabeth George speaker, teacher, and bestselling author of A Woman After Gods Own Heart admits to being a disorganized, goalless woman when she was in her 20s. Over the decades, the love and patience of God and the transforming power of his Word and Spirit have taught her the lifechanging principles she shares here, including how to live each day Gods way, take charge of busyness and find a balanced life, and be a better steward of resources. 'Just for Today' and 'Just for This Week' sections help listeners apply and solidify transforming new habits. This unique audiobook will strike a chord with women hungering to live orderly lives that are a testimony to their faith.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/215134406436697fb9dde79087f02229.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item></channel></rss>
